WO2021141320A1 - Electromagnetic contactor - Google Patents

Electromagnetic contactor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021141320A1
WO2021141320A1 PCT/KR2020/019406 KR2020019406W WO2021141320A1 WO 2021141320 A1 WO2021141320 A1 WO 2021141320A1 KR 2020019406 W KR2020019406 W KR 2020019406W WO 2021141320 A1 WO2021141320 A1 WO 2021141320A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
coupling
fixed contact
electromagnetic contactor
arc
support frame
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2020/019406
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
장경훈
김민석
윤덕용
Original Assignee
엘에스일렉트릭 (주)
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020200003859A external-priority patent/KR102303549B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020200003858A external-priority patent/KR102303548B1/en
Application filed by 엘에스일렉트릭 (주) filed Critical 엘에스일렉트릭 (주)
Priority to CN202080092556.1A priority Critical patent/CN114946005A/en
Publication of WO2021141320A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021141320A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H50/00Details of electromagnetic relays
    • H01H50/02Bases; Casings; Covers
    • H01H50/04Mounting complete relay or separate parts of relay on a base or inside a case

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an electromagnetic contactor, and more particularly, to an electromagnetic contactor having a structure in which each component of the electromagnetic contactor is easily coupled and is not arbitrarily separated.
  • the magnetic contactor is provided between the power source and the load, and is used to prevent the load from being damaged by overcurrent.
  • the electromagnetic contactor includes a coil and a movable core.
  • the movable core including the movable contact is attracted toward the fixed core by the magnetic field formed by the coil.
  • the magnetic contactor When the fixed contact and the movable contact are in contact, the magnetic contactor can be energized with the outside. Accordingly, the power source, the magnetic contactor and the load can be energized.
  • a plurality of phase currents may be passed through the electromagnetic contactor.
  • a three-phase current including a U-phase, a V-phase and a W-phase may be energized in the magnetic contactor.
  • a three-phase current including an R-phase, an S-phase and a T-phase may be energized through the electromagnetic contactor.
  • the currents in each of these phases must be electrically spaced apart so that they do not pass through each other. This is because, when the currents of each phase electrically interfere with each other, a safety accident such as a short circuit may occur.
  • the electromagnetic contactors when there are a plurality of wires provided with the electromagnetic contactors, a plurality of the electromagnetic contactors may be provided and disposed adjacent to each other. In this situation, the electromagnetic contactors adjacent to each other must also be electrically spaced apart.
  • Korean Patent Document No. 10-1094038 discloses an earth leakage breaker. Specifically, an earth leakage breaker for preventing interference between currents of each phase passing through the earth leakage breaker by forming a barrier between phases on the main body cover is disclosed.
  • the interphase barrier is integrally formed in the body cover, there is a limitation in that it is difficult to maintain only the interphase barrier.
  • the earth leakage breaker according to the prior literature has a structure in which the size between the phase barrier and the body cover is influenced by each other, since the interphase barrier is fixed to the main body cover. Accordingly, the degree of freedom in design may be reduced.
  • Korean Patent Document No. 10-0527823 discloses a circuit breaker. Specifically, it discloses a circuit breaker including an insulating barrier that is coupled to the case to adjust the length, the length exposed to the outside can be adjusted.
  • this type of earth leakage breaker has a limitation in that it proposes only a method for varying the length of the insulation barrier exposed to the outside of the case. That is, the insulating barrier coupled to the case does not suggest a method for stably maintaining the coupled state.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor having a structure capable of solving the above-described problems.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure that can be easily coupled to and separated from the electromagnetic contactor.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which a state coupled to the electromagnetic contactor can be stably maintained.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure that can prevent damage to a member coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which electrical interference may not occur between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which electrical interference does not occur between the respective electromagnetic contactors.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which a user may not be injured by an arc generated in the electromagnetic contactor.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor even after other components of the electromagnetic contactor are coupled.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure in which a state coupled to the electromagnetic contactor can be stably maintained.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure in which electrical interference may not occur between currents of different phases energized to the electromagnetic contactor.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can prevent injury to a user.
  • an electromagnetic contactor a fixed contact; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and a cover frame detachably coupled to the support frame and covering one side of the support frame, wherein the cover frame includes: a plurality of outer surfaces spaced apart from each other and disposed to face; a plurality of ribs positioned between the outer surfaces; and a frame coupling part extending from one side of the rib part and inserted and coupled to the support frame, wherein the frame coupling part includes an extension part extending from the one side of the rib part and having a predetermined width; and an insertion portion positioned at an end of the extension portion and having a greater width than the extension portion.
  • extension portion may be formed to have a width smaller than a thickness of the rib portion
  • insertion portion may be formed to have a width greater than a thickness of the rib portion
  • the insertion part is formed in a square plate shape, and at least one of the corners of the insertion part may be chamfered.
  • the outer surface, the first surface is formed in a plate-shaped length in one direction is longer than the length in the other direction; and a second surface and a third surface extending from each end of the first surface in the one direction and disposed to face each other, wherein the rib portion includes, between the second surface and the third surface, the second surface It may be disposed to be spaced apart from the second surface and the third surface, respectively.
  • the second surface and the third surface are formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface, and the rib part is continuous with the first surface, and the second surface and the third surface are formed in a direction away from the first surface. It may be formed to extend by a length shorter than the third surface.
  • the frame coupling part may be positioned adjacent to an end of the rib part at one edge of the rib part facing the electromagnetic contactor.
  • the first surface, the second surface, and the rib portion, the first surface, the third surface, and the rib portion An arc space portion surrounded by the portion is formed, and the arc space portion may communicate with an arc discharge hole of the electromagnetic contactor.
  • a fourth surface extending from an end opposite to the electromagnetic contactor among ends of the first surface in the other direction, the fourth surface extending between the second surface and the third surface, It may be continuous with the other end opposite to one side of the rib portion where the frame coupling portion is located.
  • the support frame may include: a first groove recessed from one side facing the cover frame; and a first protrusion and a second protrusion protruding from a surface surrounding the first groove from both sides and facing each other.
  • first protrusion and the second protrusion extend in a direction opposite to the cover frame from the one side surface of the support frame, and the depth at which the first groove is recessed is determined by the first protrusion and the first protrusion.
  • the second protrusion may be formed to be longer than the extended length.
  • the support frame may include a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and an accommodating groove communicating with the second groove, each of which is a space formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the cover frame, wherein the extension portion of the frame coupling portion is in the second groove. is inserted, and the insertion portion of the frame coupling portion may be inserted into the receiving groove.
  • a height of the insertion part of the frame coupling part may be formed to be less than or equal to a height of the first groove.
  • one side of the first groove is formed to be open, the other side opposite to the one side is closed, and, in the insertion part, an edge of the first groove facing the other side may be chamfered.
  • the electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention, a fixed contact fixed to the support frame; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; an arc box positioned inside and including a space for accommodating the fixed contact and the movable contact, and an arc discharge hole communicating with the space and the outside; and a cover frame detachably coupled to the arc box and covering one side of the arc box, wherein the cover frame includes: a first surface formed in a plate shape having a length in one direction longer than a length in the other direction; and an arc box fastening portion extending from one end of the first surface in the other direction toward the arc box and coupled to the arc discharge hole.
  • the arc box fastening portion an extension portion extending from the one end of the first surface; an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and inserted and coupled to the arc discharge hole; and a fastening part located at an end of the insertion part, extending radially outward with respect to the extending direction of the extension part, and contacting a corner surrounding the arc discharge hole.
  • the electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention, a fixed contact; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and an insulating member detachably coupled to the support frame, wherein the insulating member includes: a plate portion formed in a plate shape; a coupling edge forming one edge of the plate part; and a coupling protrusion provided at the coupling edge and detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame, wherein the coupling protrusion extends from the one side of the plate part toward the support frame and has an extension having a predetermined width. ; an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and extending toward the support frame; and a fastening part protruding from one side of the insertion part and having a width greater than that of the extension part,
  • the plate portion may be formed to have a predetermined thickness
  • the extension portion may be formed to have a width smaller than a thickness of the plate portion
  • the fastening part may protrude in a thickness direction of the plate part, and an end of one side of the fastening part may be located more outside than a surface of one side of the plate part in the thickness direction of the plate part.
  • the fastening portion may protrude in a thickness direction of the plate portion and extend at a predetermined angle with the insertion portion.
  • the insertion part may be formed such that a cross-sectional area thereof is reduced in a direction away from the extension part, and the fastening part may be positioned adjacent to a point where the extension part and the insertion part are continuous.
  • a plurality of the coupling protrusions may be provided, and the plurality of coupling protrusions may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other in a direction in which the coupling edges extend.
  • the plurality of coupling protrusions first coupling protrusions that are located biased to one side of the coupling edge; a second coupling protrusion positioned adjacent to the first coupling protrusion and biased toward the other side opposite to the one side of the coupling edge; and a third coupling protrusion positioned adjacent to the second coupling protrusion, and positioned to be biased toward the one side of the coupling edge.
  • first coupling portion of the first coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge
  • second coupling portion of the second coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the other side of the coupling edge
  • the third coupling part of the third coupling protrusion may protrude in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge.
  • each end of the edge of the other side opposite to the coupling edge may be chamfered (tapered).
  • the support frame may include: a first groove recessed from one side facing the insulating member; and a first protrusion and a second protrusion protruding from a surface surrounding the first groove from both sides and facing each other.
  • first protrusion and the second protrusion extend in a direction opposite to the insulating member from the one side surface of the support frame, and the depth at which the first groove is recessed is determined by the first protrusion and the first protrusion.
  • the second protrusion may be formed to be longer than the extended length.
  • the support frame may include a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and receiving grooves respectively communicating with the second grooves and being spaces formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the insulating member, wherein the extended portion of the insulating member is disposed in the second groove. is inserted, and the insertion portion and the fastening portion of the insulating member may be inserted into the receiving groove.
  • the fastening part may be disposed to overlap the first protrusion and the second protrusion along a direction in which the insulating member is inserted into the support frame.
  • a plurality of the fixed contact and the insulating member may be provided, respectively, and the plurality of the insulating members may be respectively positioned between the plurality of the fixed contacts.
  • the insulating member and the support frame may be hook-coupled.
  • the cover frame is provided with a frame coupling portion.
  • the frame coupling part is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part provided in the support frame of the electromagnetic contactor.
  • the cover frame is provided with an arc box coupling portion.
  • the arc box coupling portion is coupled through the arc discharge hole formed in the arc box of the electromagnetic contactor.
  • the cover frame can be coupled to the support frame and the arc box in the form of insertion and penetration. Accordingly, the cover frame can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
  • the frame coupling portion includes an extension portion and an insertion portion.
  • the insertion portion is positioned at an end of the extension portion and is formed to have a greater width than the extension portion.
  • the cover coupling part into which the frame coupling part is inserted includes a second groove into which the extended part is inserted and a receiving groove into which the insertion part is accommodated.
  • the second groove and the accommodating groove communicate with each other, and the width of the second groove is formed to be smaller than the width of the accommodating groove.
  • the insertion portion inserted into the receiving groove is not drawn out through the second groove, and can be drawn out only through the receiving groove or an opening formed at the upper side of the first groove. Accordingly, a state in which the cover frame is coupled to the electromagnetic contactor may be stably maintained.
  • the insertion portion is provided with a tapered portion formed through chamfering.
  • the tapered portion is formed on the lower side of the insert, that is, at the edge of the portion in contact with the support frame. The impact generated by the swinging of the support frame may be distributed by the tapered portion having a larger surface area.
  • the rigidity of the frame coupling portion inserted into the cover coupling portion may be reinforced. Accordingly, even if the electromagnetic contactor is operated, damage and breakage of the frame coupling portion can be minimized.
  • the cover coupling portion includes a plurality of ribs.
  • the plurality of ribs When the cover coupling portion is coupled to the support frame, the plurality of ribs are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact portions.
  • the plurality of ribs may be formed of an insulating material to physically and electrically separate the plurality of fixed contact portions.
  • currents of different phases conducted to the plurality of fixed contact portions may be physically and electrically separated from each other by the plurality of ribs. Accordingly, no electrical interference is generated between the respective currents.
  • the cover coupling portion includes an outer surface.
  • a portion of the outer surface is disposed to surround the fixed contact portion on both sides of the support frame.
  • the outer surface may be formed of an insulating material.
  • each of the electromagnetic contactors may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other by the outer surface. Accordingly, no electrical interference is generated between the respective electromagnetic contactors.
  • the cover coupling portion includes an arc space portion that is a space formed surrounded by the outer surface and the outer surface.
  • the arc space may be in communication with the arc discharge hole, and the arc generated inside the arc box may be introduced.
  • the path of the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole is blocked by the outer surface surrounding the arc space.
  • the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole is discharged through the opening after staying in the arc space for a predetermined time. Accordingly, since the arc is discharged to the external space after the temperature and pressure have sufficiently dropped, the safety of the user can be improved.
  • the insulating member is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame.
  • the support frame is provided with a plate coupling portion having a space formed therein.
  • a plurality of coupling protrusions are formed on the insulating member. Each coupling protrusion is detachably inserted into the plate coupling portion.
  • the coupling protrusion is formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity.
  • the engaging protrusion is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in the direction toward the plate engaging portion.
  • the engaging projection is compressed and deformed in shape, and can be easily inserted into the plate engaging portion.
  • plate coupling portions are formed on both sides of the support frame facing the insulating member.
  • the plate coupling portion may be exposed to the outside from both sides of the support frame. Even when the arc box is coupled to the support frame, the plate coupling portion remains exposed on both sides of the support frame.
  • the insulating member may be detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part.
  • each engaging protrusion includes an extension extending from the engaging edge, an insertion portion positioned at an end of the extension, and a fastening portion.
  • the fastening part protrudes in the width direction of the coupling protrusion.
  • the plate coupling portion is formed to have a narrow width and includes a second groove through which the extension is inserted and a receiving groove formed to have a wider width and into which the insertion portion and the fastening portion are inserted.
  • the width of the second groove is greater than or equal to the width of the extension, but is formed to be less than the distance between the respective fastening parts of the respective coupling protrusions.
  • the receiving groove is formed to be greater than or equal to the distance between each fastening portion of each engaging projection.
  • the plurality of engaging projections are deformed to be bent toward each other and pass through the second groove.
  • the shape is deformed and the plurality of engaging projections are restored to their original shapes by the stored restoring force.
  • each fastening part is disposed to overlap the first and second protrusions of the plate coupling part along a direction in which the insulating member is inserted. That is, the coupling protrusion and the plate coupling portion are hook-coupled. Therefore, the insulating member is not arbitrarily drawn out from the support frame unless an external force for shape-deforming the engaging projections toward each other is applied.
  • the coupling state between the insulating member and the support frame may be stably maintained.
  • a plurality of insulating members may be provided.
  • the plurality of insulating members may be respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact portions.
  • the plate portion of the insulating member extends between the lower end of the support frame on the upper side of the arc box.
  • the plurality of fixed contact portions are physically and electrically spaced apart from each other. Accordingly, electrical interference does not occur between currents of different phases energized in the magnetic contactor.
  • the vertex portion is chamfered.
  • a user positioned adjacent to the electromagnetic contactor is not injured by the sharp edge of the plate portion.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an electromagnetic contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a front view showing the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A showing the internal configuration of the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 1;
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame and an arc box provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
  • Fig. 5 is a front view showing the upper frame and arc box of Fig. 4;
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view illustrating an arc chamber and an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 8 is a plan view showing the upper frame of FIG. 7 .
  • Fig. 9 is a front view showing the upper frame of Fig. 7;
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view illustrating a cover frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view illustrating the cover frame of FIG. 10 from another angle;
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view illustrating the cover frame of FIG. 10 .
  • Fig. 13 is a rear view showing the cover frame of Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 14 is a side view showing the cover frame of Fig. 10;
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 are coupled.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view illustrating a state in which the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 are coupled.
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the arc box is coupled to the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view illustrating an electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 19 is a front view showing the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 18;
  • Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 18;
  • 21 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame and an arc box provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
  • Fig. 22 is a front view showing the upper frame and arc box of Fig. 21;
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view illustrating an arc chamber and an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
  • Fig. 25 is a plan view showing the upper frame of Fig. 24;
  • Fig. 26 is a front view showing the upper frame of Fig. 24;
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view illustrating an insulating member provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
  • Fig. 28 is a perspective view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27 from another angle;
  • Fig. 29 is a front view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 30 is a side view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 31 is a rear view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
  • FIG. 33 is a plan view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
  • FIG. 34 is a plan view illustrating a state in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
  • magnetize used in the following description refers to a phenomenon in which an object becomes magnetic in a magnetic field.
  • electrical current used in the following description refers to a state in which two or more members are electrically connected.
  • energization may be used to mean a state in which current flows between two or more members or an electrical signal is transmitted.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a frame 100 , a driving unit 200 , a movable contact unit 300 , a fixed contact unit 400 , and an arc extinguishing unit. (500).
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 further includes a support frame 600 and a cover frame 700 .
  • the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 and the arc extinguishing unit 500 to prevent interference between currents in each phase and protect the user.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a frame 100 .
  • the frame 100 forms the outer shape of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • a space is formed inside the frame 100 .
  • Various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be mounted in the space.
  • the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the space. Accordingly, the frame 100 may be referred to as a “housing”.
  • the space is surrounded by the outer surface of the frame 100 . That is, the space is physically separated from the outside. Accordingly, each component accommodated in the space is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside.
  • the space is energized with the outside.
  • the space may be electrically connected to an external power source or load. Accordingly, a current may be applied to the coil (not shown) accommodated in the space.
  • the frame 100 has a rectangular cross section and is formed to extend in the vertical direction.
  • the frame 100 may be formed in any shape capable of accommodating various components therein.
  • the frame 100 is located below the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the frame 100 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 by the support frame 600 .
  • a fastening member such as a screw member may be provided.
  • the frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 .
  • the frame 100 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • a fastening member such as a screw member may be provided.
  • the frame 100 includes a base part 110 and a lower frame part 120 .
  • the base part 110 forms the lower side of the frame 100 .
  • the base part 110 is a part in which the frame 100 is in contact with the external environment.
  • the base part 110 may be fixed to the floor of the environment in which the electromagnetic contactor 10 is provided.
  • the base part 110 is provided in a rectangular plate shape.
  • the base part 110 may be formed in any shape capable of supporting the lower frame part 120 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is positioned above the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 accommodates some components of the electromagnetic contactor 10 in a space formed therein.
  • the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is located above the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is supported by the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 may be fixedly coupled to the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is located below the support frame 600 .
  • the lower frame part 120 supports the support frame 600 .
  • the space inside the lower frame part 120 communicates with the space inside the support frame 600 .
  • the lower frame part 120 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member.
  • the shape of the cross-section of the lower frame part 120 may be the same as the shape of the cross-section of the support frame 600 .
  • the space inside the lower frame unit 120 is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside. Accordingly, arbitrary exposure of the components accommodated in the space inside the lower frame unit 120 can be prevented.
  • a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) may be provided inside the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized by a magnetic field formed by the coil (not shown).
  • the movable core 212 and the movable contact 320 connected thereto come into contact with the fixed contact 430 , and the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be energized.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a driving unit 200 .
  • the driving unit 200 generates a driving force for moving the movable contact unit 300 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the driving unit 200 is partially accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the remaining part of the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the arc box 520 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the driving unit 200 is movably accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 . Specifically, the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 to be elevating. In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be moved in the vertical direction.
  • the driving unit 200 includes a cross bar 210 and an elastic member 220 .
  • the crossbar 210 is accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 and the support frame 600 to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • the movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact part 300 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) are provided under the crossbar 210 .
  • a current is passed through the coil (not shown)
  • a magnetic field is formed to magnetize the fixed core (not shown).
  • the magnetic force generated by magnetizing the fixed core attracts the movable core 212 . Accordingly, the movable contact part 300 may be moved toward the fixed contact part 400 .
  • the crossbar 210 includes a plate-shaped portion extending in front, rear and left and right directions, and a pillar portion extending in the vertical direction from the plate-shaped portion.
  • the shape of the crossbar 210 may be formed in any shape that can be moved in the vertical direction together with the movable contact part 300 .
  • a plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be provided.
  • a plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion may be accommodated in the arc box 520 .
  • the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be changed according to the number of the movable contact portion 300 and the fixed contact portion 400 .
  • the crossbar 210 includes a contact point connection part 211 , a movable core 212 , and a fixing part 213 .
  • the movable contact point 310 of the movable contact unit 300 is connected to the contact point connection part 211 .
  • the movable contact bar 310 may be connected to the contact bar connecting portion 211 rotatably in the extending direction thereof.
  • the contact point connection part 211 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the contact point connecting portion 211 is positioned adjacent to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a fixed contact part 400 and an arc extinguishing part 500 are positioned between the contact point connection part 211 and the plate-shaped part.
  • the movable contact part 300 connected to the contact point connection part 211 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact part 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact part 400 .
  • the arc generated by the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 being spaced apart may be introduced into the arc extinguishing unit 500 to be extinguished.
  • the movable core 212 is moved in a direction toward the stationary core (not shown) or in a direction away from the stationary core (not shown). Accordingly, the crossbar 210 and the movable contact unit 300 connected thereto may be moved.
  • the movable core 212 may be provided in any shape that can be attracted by magnetic force.
  • the movable core 212 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • the movable core 212 may be provided with an electromagnet or a permanent magnet.
  • the movable core 212 is located below the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 . Accordingly, the distance between the movable core 212 and the fixed core (not shown) is reduced, so that the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown) can be effectively transmitted to the movable core 212 .
  • the fixing part 213 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the fixing portion 213 is located closer to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 than the contact-to-connection portion 211 . In an embodiment, the fixing part 213 may be located at an upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the fixing unit 213 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the fixing unit 213 coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be exposed to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the crossbar 210 may be stably coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the crossbar 210 may be moved in the vertical direction with the fixing part 213 as an axis.
  • the elastic member 220 provides a restoring force for moving the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, upward in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the elastic member 220 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
  • the crossbar 210 is moved in the direction toward the fixed core (not shown), that is, downward by the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown). At this time, the crossbar 210 is moved downward while pressing the elastic member 220 .
  • the elastic member 220 stores the restoring force by shape deformation.
  • the elastic member 220 applies a restoring force to the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, in a direction toward the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the crossbar 210 is moved in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), and the contact state between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be released.
  • the elastic member 220 may be provided in any shape that is deformed in shape to store the restoring force, and transmit the stored restoring force to other members.
  • the elastic member 220 may be provided as a coil spring.
  • the elastic member 220 includes a first elastic member 221 and a second elastic member 222 .
  • the first elastic member 221 is provided on the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the first elastic member 221 is accommodated inside the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the second elastic member 222 is located in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 .
  • the second elastic member 222 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
  • the second elastic member 222 elastically supports the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a plurality of second elastic members 222 may be provided.
  • the second elastic member 222 is provided with one each on the front side and the rear side.
  • the second elastic member 222 is provided on the left and right sides of the lower frame portion 120, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of the second elastic members 222 may be changed.
  • the magnitude of the restoring force stored by the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 is smaller than the magnitude of the magnetic attraction force exerted by the fixed core (not shown) on the movable core 212 .
  • the elastic member 220 is compressed to store the restoring force may be maintained.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a movable contact unit 300 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved together with the crossbar 210 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the movable contact part 300 is accommodated in the space inside the arc box 520 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved up and down in the space inside the arc box 520 .
  • the movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact part 300 is rotatably connected to the contact point connection part 211 of the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 is located on one side of the fixed contact unit 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may contact each other.
  • the movable contact part 300 is in contact with the fixed contact part 400 to be energized.
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be electrically connected to an external power source or load.
  • a plurality of movable contact units 300 may be provided.
  • the movable contact unit 300 is provided with three. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the number of movable contact parts 300 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 includes a movable contact stand 310 and a movable contact 320 .
  • the movable contact unit 310 forms the body of the movable contact unit 300 .
  • the movable contact point 310 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the extended length of the movable contact point 310 may be determined to correspond to a distance at which the first and second fixed contacts 413 and 432 are spaced apart.
  • the movable contact bar 310 is coupled to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact point 310 is coupled to the contact point connecting portion 211 of the crossbar 210 . In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be rotatably coupled to the contact point connection part 211 .
  • the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • the current flowing through the fixed contact point 410 may flow into the movable contact point 310 through the movable contact point 320 .
  • the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
  • the movable contact 320 Adjacent to both ends in the longitudinal direction from which the movable contact bar 310 extends, the movable contact 320 is positioned. The movable contact point 310 is energized with the movable contact 320 .
  • the movable contact 320 is in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 according to the movement of the crossbar 210 .
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the movable contact 320 is coupled to the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the movable contact 320 may be moved together with the movable contact 310 .
  • the movable contact 320 is energized with the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the current flowing from the fixed contact point 430 to the movable contact point 320 may pass through the movable contact point 310 .
  • a plurality of movable contacts 320 may be provided.
  • the movable contact 320 includes a first movable contact 321 positioned on the front side and a second movable contact 322 positioned on the rear side.
  • the first movable contact 321 is located on one side of the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the first movable contact 321 may be located adjacent to the front end of the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the second movable contact 322 is located on the other side in the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the second movable contact 322 may be located adjacent to the rear end of the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the position and number of movable contacts 320 may be changed according to the position and number of fixed contacts 430 .
  • a current flows into any one of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 from the fixed contact 430 .
  • the introduced current passes through the movable contact point 310 and flows into the fixed contact 430 through the other of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 .
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact unit 300 to be energized by the movement of the movable contact unit 300 . That is, as can be seen from the name, the fixed contact unit 400 does not move.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is fixed to the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact part 400 is fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact bar 410 of the fixed contact unit 400 is through-coupled to both sides of the support frame 600, the contact bar through-holes formed through the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is located on one side of the movable contact unit 300 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the lower side.
  • the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the fixed contact part 400 and the movable contact part 300 may come into contact with each other.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is electrically connected to the movable contact unit 300 .
  • an external power source or load may be energized.
  • a plurality of fixed contact parts 400 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, three fixed contact parts 400 are provided. Each fixed contact portion 400 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the plurality of movable contact portions 300 , respectively.
  • the number of fixed contact parts 400 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 includes a fixed contact bar 410 , a fixed contact block 420 , a fixed contact 430 , and a support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 serves to fix the fixed contact unit 400 to the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, the support frame 600 may be understood as being included in the frame 100 . However, in the following description, it will be described that the support frame 600 is included in the fixed contact unit 400 for convenience of description.
  • the fixed contact unit 410 forms the body of the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the extended length of the fixed contact bar 410 is preferably formed so that one side is in energizable contact with the fixed contact block 420 , and the other side is protruded to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. As will be described later, a plurality of fixed contact points 410 are provided. A power source may be connected to any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410, and a load may be connected to the other to be energized.
  • the fixed contact point 410 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact bar 410 is through-coupled to the contact bar through-holes formed through each of the two surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the support frame 600 .
  • contact point through-holes are formed on the front side and rear side of the support frame 600 . Accordingly, the fixed contact bar 410 is coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 , respectively.
  • the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • An external power source or load may be electrically connected to the fixed contact point 410 .
  • the current introduced through the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 through the movable contact unit 300 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
  • a plurality of fixed contact points 410 may be provided.
  • a current may flow into any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410 and a current may flow out from the other.
  • the fixed contact point 410 is provided with two including a first fixed contact point 411 and a second fixed contact point 412 .
  • the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In other words, the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321, and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • One side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact bar 411 protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length.
  • a power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the first fixed contact point 411 protruding to the outside.
  • the other side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact point 411 extends to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321 .
  • the other end of the first fixed contact bar 411 in the extending direction is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a first fixed contact block 421 is seated on the other side of the first fixed contact bar 411 .
  • the first fixed contact bar 411 is in contact with the first fixed contact block 421 to be energized.
  • the second fixed contact bar 412 is located on the other side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the rear side.
  • the second fixed contact point 412 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the rear side protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length.
  • a power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the second fixed contact point 412 protruding to the outside.
  • the other side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact point 412 in the illustrated embodiment, the front side extends to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322 .
  • the other end in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a second fixed contact block 422 is seated on the other side of the second fixed contact bar 412 .
  • the second fixed contact bar 412 is in contact with the second fixed contact block 422 to be energized.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned between the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 connects the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 to be energized.
  • the fixed contact block 420 may adjust the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, according to the height of the fixed contact block 420 , the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be adjusted.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 . Specifically, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 facing the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to each end of the plurality of fixed contact bars 410 facing each other.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is located on the upper side of the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is seated on the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is extended to have a predetermined height.
  • the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to a distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to the distance at which the crossbar 210 can be moved up and down.
  • the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 can be adjusted by adjusting the height of the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact unit 410 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact block 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact 430 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
  • a plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be provided.
  • the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contact blocks 410 , respectively.
  • the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contacts 430 , respectively.
  • the fixed contact block 420 includes two fixed contact blocks, including a first fixed contact block 421 and a second fixed contact block 424 .
  • the first fixed contact block 421 is energably in contact with the first fixed contact unit 411 . Specifically, the first fixed contact block 421 is located adjacent to one side of the first fixed contact unit 411, the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first fixed contact 431 is seated on the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the first fixed contact block 421 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact 431 .
  • the second fixed contact block 422 is electrically connected to the second fixed contact unit 412 . Specifically, the second fixed contact block 422 is located adjacent to one side of the second fixed contact unit 412, the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second fixed contact 432 is seated on the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the second fixed contact block 422 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact 432 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact 320 .
  • the fixed contact 400 and the movable contact 300 are energized. Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the fixed contact 430 is located above the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is seated on one side of the fixed contact block 420, an upper surface in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact part 300 . Specifically, the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact 320 . In an embodiment, the fixed contact 430 may be located directly below the movable contact 320 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
  • a plurality of fixed contacts 430 may be provided.
  • the plurality of fixed contact points 430 are respectively positioned in the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 to conduct electricity with each fixed contact block 420 .
  • two fixed contacts 430 are provided, including a first fixed contact 431 and a second fixed contact 432 .
  • the first fixed contact 431 is coupled to the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the first fixed contact 431 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the second fixed contact 432 is coupled to the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the second fixed contact 432 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 is configured to extinguish and discharge the arc generated by the movable contact unit 300 and the fixed contact unit 400 being spaced apart.
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 is located above the support frame 600 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be supported by the support frame 600 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 includes an arc chamber 510 and an arc box 520 .
  • the arc chamber 510 extinguishes the arc generated by the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 being spaced apart.
  • the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to the fixed contact portion 400 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to each fixed contact 431 , 432 .
  • the generated arc may extend toward the arc chamber 510 .
  • the arc extending toward the arc chamber 510 may be extended and extinguished along a plurality of grids provided in the arc chamber 510 .
  • a plurality of arc chambers 510 may be provided.
  • two arc chambers 510 are provided in the front-rear direction and three pairs are provided in the left-right direction, for a total of six arc chambers 510 .
  • the number of arc chambers 510 may be changed according to the number of movable contact parts 300 and fixed contact parts 400 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is accommodated in the arc box 520 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is also coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box 520 accommodates the arc chamber 510 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 in the space formed therein.
  • the arc box 520 may accommodate various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 in the space.
  • the arc box 520 functions as a kind of housing.
  • the arc box 520 is located on the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the arc box 520 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a separate fastening member (not shown).
  • the arc box 520 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 , and may be provided in any shape capable of mounting components for the operation of the electromagnetic contactor 10 therein.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the components inside the arc box 520 from being arbitrarily energized with the outside.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of a material with high rigidity. This is to prevent the arc box 520 from being damaged by the arc of high temperature and high pressure generated inside the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of reinforced plastic.
  • the arc box 520 includes a cover part 521 , an arc discharge hole 522 , and a frame coupling part 523 .
  • the cover part 521 forms the outside of the arc box 520 .
  • the cover part 521 is a portion to which the arc box 520 is exposed to the outside.
  • the arc box 520 is provided in a rectangular prism shape.
  • the cover part 521 includes surfaces located on the upper side, the front side, the rear side, the left side, and the right side, except for the part open on the lower side.
  • Arc discharge hole 522 is formed through one side of the cover portion 521, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is a passage through which the arc generated in the inner space of the arc box 520 is extinguished through the arc chamber 510 and is discharged to the outside of the arc box 520 .
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is formed through a pair of surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the arc box 520 , respectively, on the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a plurality of arc discharge holes 522 may be formed.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is formed three at each position where the current of each phase is energized. As described above, in the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, three different phase currents may be conducted.
  • nine arc discharge holes 522 are formed on the front side and nine on the rear side, so that a total of 18 are formed.
  • the number of arc discharge holes 522 may be changed.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the inner space of the arc box 520 and the outside of the arc box 520 . Accordingly, the generated arc may be discharged to the outside of the arc box (520).
  • the cover frame 700 may be detachably coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the arc space 730 of the cover frame 700 .
  • the arc extinguished and discharged is not discharged directly to the outer space of the arc box 520 , but is discharged after passing through the arc space 730 .
  • the frame coupling part 523 is a part where the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling portion 523 may be aligned with the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling part 523 may be coupled to the arc box coupling part 610 by a separate coupling member (not shown). In an embodiment, the frame coupling part 523 may be screwed to the arc box coupling part 610 .
  • a plurality of frame coupling units 523 may be provided.
  • the frame coupling portion 523 is formed at the front side and rear side ends of the left and right sides of the arc box 520, respectively, a total of four are provided.
  • the number of frame coupling parts 523 may be changed according to the number of arc box coupling parts 610 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 fixedly supports the fixed contact unit 400 so that the fixed contact unit 400 is not arbitrarily oscillated while the electromagnetic contactor 10 is energized with the outside.
  • a fixed contact part 400 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 supports the fixed contact part 400 from the lower side.
  • the support frame 600 supports the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the upper space of the support frame 600 and the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 communicate with each other. Accordingly, the movable contact unit 300 accommodated in the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 and the frame 100 may be fastened by a coupling member (not shown) such as a screw.
  • An arc extinguishing unit 500 is positioned above the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 and the frame coupling portion 523 of the arc box 520 are coupled to each other.
  • the support frame 600 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular pillar shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the support frame 600 may be changed according to the shape of the arc box 520 .
  • the support frame 600 includes an arc box coupling part 610 , a fixed contact receiving part 620 , a partition wall part 630 , and a cover coupling part 640 .
  • the arc box coupling unit 610 is a portion in which the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 may be aligned with the frame coupling portion 523 .
  • the arc box coupling part 610 may be coupled to the frame coupling part 523 by a separate fastening material (not shown). In an embodiment, the arc box coupling unit 610 may be screwed to the frame coupling unit 523 .
  • a plurality of arc box coupling units 610 may be provided.
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 is formed on the left and right sides of the front side of the support frame 600, and the left and right sides on the rear side, respectively, a total of four are provided.
  • the number of arc box coupling units 610 may be changed according to the number of frame coupling units 523 .
  • each arc box coupling portion 610 may be located at both ends of the front side and both ends of the rear side, respectively.
  • the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the front side and the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the rear side are arranged to face each other.
  • a cover coupling part 640 is positioned between the two arc box coupling parts 610 on the front side.
  • a cover coupling part 640 is also located between the two arc box coupling parts 610 located on the rear side.
  • the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is a space in which the fixed contact 400 is accommodated. After the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the fixed contact receiving unit 620 , it may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown).
  • the arc chamber 510 may be positioned adjacent to the fixed contact accommodating part 620 in a state coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed from one side facing the arc box 520 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be formed in a shape corresponding to the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is formed to have a length in the front-rear direction longer than a width in the left-right direction.
  • a plurality of fixed contact accommodating units 620 may be formed.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, one fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed on the front side and the rear side, respectively.
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be provided for each fixed contact part 400 through which a current of each phase is passed. Accordingly, a total of six fixed contact accommodating units 620 are formed. The number of the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 may be changed according to the number of phases of current passing through.
  • the partition wall 630 is positioned between the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 arranged in the width direction and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the partition wall part 630 is positioned between each fixed contact part 400 to physically space each fixed contact part 400 from each other. As the partition wall part 630 is provided, currents of different phases energized to each movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may be physically and electrically separated from each other.
  • the barrier rib part 630 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent electrical interference from occurring between the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 positioned adjacent to each other.
  • the partition wall part 630 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
  • the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the direction in which the fixed contact bar 410 or the fixed contact receiving portion 620 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend to the front side and the rear side. The front side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the front side surface of the support frame 600 . The rear side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the rear side surface of the support frame 600 .
  • a plurality of partition walls 630 may be provided.
  • three different phase currents may be conducted. Accordingly, two partition wall portions 630 are provided and positioned between three fixed contact receiving portions 620 disposed in the width direction.
  • the rib part 720 and the frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 . Accordingly, currents of different phases are not electrically interfered with.
  • the cover coupling part 640 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 .
  • the cover coupling part 640 is a part where the cover frame 700 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 may be detachably inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
  • a plurality of cover coupling portions 640 may be formed.
  • the cover coupling part 640 is provided with a total of two, including a first cover coupling part 640a positioned on the left and a second cover coupling part 640b positioned on the right side.
  • the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • the frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 is inserted and coupled to the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b, respectively.
  • the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b are different from each other in the arrangement position, and other shapes and structures are the same. Accordingly, the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b will be collectively referred to as the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the cover coupling part 640 may be formed on both sides of the support frame 600 facing each other.
  • the cover coupling portion 640 is formed on the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 facing each other, respectively.
  • cover coupling parts 640 are formed.
  • each direction will be described with reference to the cover coupling portion 640 positioned on the front side.
  • the frame coupling part 750 is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 may be detachably coupled to the cover coupling part 640 in the vertical direction.
  • the frame coupling part 750 after the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the cover coupling part 640 in the front-rear direction, it may be detachably coupled in the vertical direction.
  • the cover coupling portion 640 includes a first groove 641 , a second groove 642 , a first projection 643 , a second projection 644 , and a receiving groove 645 .
  • the first groove 641 is a space into which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted.
  • the first groove 641 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
  • the distance at which the first groove 641 is recessed may be greater than the length through which the extension part 751, which will be described later, extends. Accordingly, the frame coupling part 750 may be inserted into the first groove 641 until the insertion part 752 reaches the receiving groove 645 .
  • One side of the first groove 641 may be opened. Specifically, one side of the first groove 641 facing the arc box 520, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed open. Accordingly, it may be said that the first groove 641 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the first groove 641 may extend in the vertical direction by a predetermined length.
  • the length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction may be longer than the height (ie, the length in the vertical direction) of the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 .
  • the other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side may be closed. Accordingly, the frame coupling part 750 inserted into the first groove 641 may be stably seated on the other side of the first groove 641 .
  • the other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side may be closed. Accordingly, a distance at which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the first groove 641 may be limited.
  • the first groove 641 is formed with one side (ie, the front side) facing the cover frame 700 and the other side (ie, the upper side) facing the arc box 520 .
  • the first groove 641, the other side opposite to the cover frame 700 (ie, the rear side) and the other side opposite to the arc box 520 (ie, the lower side) are closed.
  • the first groove 641 is formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction).
  • the length of the width of the first groove 641 is preferably determined according to the length of the width of the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 .
  • the length of the width of the first groove 641 is greater than the length of the width of the insertion part 752 .
  • a second groove 642 and a receiving groove 645 are formed inside the first groove 641 .
  • a first protrusion 643 and a second protrusion 644 are provided inside the first groove 641 .
  • the second groove 642 is a space into which the extension part 751 of the frame coupling part 750 is inserted.
  • the second groove 642 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
  • the recessed distance of the second groove 642 may be shorter than the recessed distance of the first groove 641 .
  • the sum of the distance at which the second groove 642 is depressed and the width (ie, the length in the front-rear direction) of the receiving groove 645 may be equal to the distance at which the first groove 641 is depressed.
  • the second groove 642 may be defined as a portion of the first groove 641 .
  • the second groove 642 may be defined as a space surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 among the first grooves 641 .
  • the left and right sides of the second groove 642 are surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 , respectively.
  • the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the first groove 641 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably determined according to the length of the width of the frame coupling portion 750 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably formed to be greater than the width of the extension part 751 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is the width of the insertion part 752 . It is preferable to be formed smaller.
  • the insertion part 752 is not drawn out through the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the coupling state between the support frame 600 and the cover frame 700 may be stably maintained.
  • the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to surround the first groove 641 in the width direction, that is, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to protrude toward each other on each surface surrounding the first groove 641 in the width direction.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 face each other may be spaced apart from each other. By the separation, a second groove 642 that is a space between each surface of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be defined.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are positioned adjacent to one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , and the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend from the one side surface of the support frame 600 in a direction away from the cover frame 700 .
  • a depth (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the second groove 642 may be determined according to lengths of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extending toward the cover frame 700 . That is, the depth of the second groove 642 may be the same as the length in which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend toward the cover frame 700 .
  • a height (ie, a length in the vertical direction) of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be shorter than a length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction. Accordingly, after the frame coupling part 750 is inserted, it may be moved downward to be accommodated in the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 .
  • An accommodating groove 645 is positioned on one side of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 opposite to the cover frame 700 , and on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space in which the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 is accommodated.
  • the receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space in which the first groove 641 is partitioned.
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It may be defined as some or all.
  • the receiving groove 645 communicates with the first groove 641 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It will be understood that the case is a part of
  • the receiving groove 645 communicates with the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the second groove 642 may be accommodated in the extended portion 751 continuous with the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 .
  • the receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space between a surface surrounding the first groove 641 at one side opposite to the cover frame 700 , and the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space surrounded by the left, right, rear, and lower surfaces of the first groove 641 and the rear surface of the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is positioned farther from the cover frame 700 compared to the second groove 642 . That is, the receiving groove 645 is located on the rear side of the second groove 642 .
  • the receiving groove 645 may be formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the second groove 642 .
  • the width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the insertion part 752 . In an embodiment, the width of the receiving groove 645 may be the same as the width of the first groove 641 .
  • the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 may be easily inserted and received in the accommodation groove 645 .
  • the insertion part 752 inserted into the receiving groove 645 is not drawn out through the second groove 642 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a cover frame 700 .
  • the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 and the support frame 600 . Both sides of the cover frame 700 are closed, so that electrical interference with other electromagnetic contactors 10 can be prevented.
  • cover frame 700 may be disposed to cover the arc discharge hole 522 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 to accommodate the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 for a predetermined time. Accordingly, since the generated arc is not directly discharged to the user, the user's safety may be improved.
  • the cover frame 700 is configured to electrically separate currents of different phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, interference between currents of different phases is prevented, thereby preventing an electrical accident from occurring.
  • cover frame 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 10 to 14 .
  • the cover frame 700 is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the coupling is achieved by inserting the frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 into the cover coupling part 640 of the support frame 600 .
  • the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the coupling is achieved by fastening the arc box fastening part 740 of the cover frame 700 to the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the cover frame 700 may prevent electrical interference between the plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 disposed adjacent to each other. That is, the cover frame 700 may electrically separate each electromagnetic contactor 10 . The separation is achieved by the outer surface 710 provided on the cover frame 700 .
  • the cover frame 700 may block electrical interference between currents of a plurality of phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the blocking is achieved by the rib portion 720 provided on the cover frame 700 .
  • the cover frame 700 is formed to have a length in a direction (ie, front-back direction) toward the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 is shorter than a length in a width direction (ie, left-right direction). .
  • the cover frame 700 is formed to have a cross section of a rectangle in which the length in the front and rear directions is shorter than the length in the left and right directions.
  • the width direction length of the cover frame 700 is determined according to the width direction length of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • the cover frame 700 is formed to extend in the height direction, that is, in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment. Accordingly, the overall shape of the cover frame 700 is a rectangular prism shape.
  • the shape of the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 , and may be determined in any shape capable of covering the fixed contact portion 400 and the arc discharge hole 522 . .
  • the cover frame 700 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to exclude electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 . In addition, when a plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 are provided, this is to exclude electrical interference between the adjacent electromagnetic contactors 10 .
  • the cover frame 700 may be formed of a material having high rigidity and high heat resistance. This is to prevent the cover frame 700 from being damaged by the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the cover frame 700 may be formed of synthetic resin or reinforced plastic.
  • a plurality of cover frames 700 may be provided.
  • the plurality of cover frames 700 may be respectively coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • one cover frame 700 is provided and positioned on the front side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • one side and the other side of the arc box 520 that is, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
  • one side and the other side of the support frame 600 may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
  • two cover frames 700 are provided and may be respectively coupled to the front side and the rear side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • cover frame 700 is coupled to the front side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • the cover frame 700 includes an outer surface 710 , a rib portion 720 , an arc space portion 730 , an arc box fastening portion 740 , and a frame coupling portion 750 .
  • the outer surface 710 forms the outer surface of the cover frame 700 .
  • the outer surface 710 may be disposed to surround each component of the cover frame 700 .
  • a rib portion 720 and an arc space portion 730 may be positioned in a space surrounded by the outer surface 710 .
  • the outer surface 710 includes a first surface 711 , a second surface 712 , a third surface 713 , and a fourth surface 714 .
  • the first surface 711 is an outer surface of one side of the cover frame 700 .
  • the first surface 711 is provided as the upper surface of the cover frame 700 .
  • the first surface 711 is continuous with the second surface 712 , the third surface 713 , and the fourth surface 714 .
  • the second surface 712 , the third surface 713 , and the fourth surface 714 are formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface 711 , that is, downward in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first surface 711 is continuous with the rib portion 720 .
  • the rib portion 720 is formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface 711, that is, downward in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first face 711 is configured to cover the arc space 730 .
  • the first surface 711 is located above the arc space 730 and forms an upper boundary of the arc space 730 .
  • the first surface 711 is formed to extend in one direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions.
  • the first surface 711 is formed in a direction toward the arc box 520 , that is, a length in the front-back direction is extended, that is, shorter than a length in the left-right direction.
  • the length of the front-back direction corners facing each other is longer than the length of the left-right direction edges facing each other.
  • the length of the edge of the front-back direction of the first surface 711 may be equal to the length of the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction).
  • the cover frame 700 does not protrude excessively.
  • the space occupied can be minimized.
  • An arc box fastening part 740 is provided on one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 or the cover frame 700 , and on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a second surface 712 and a third surface 713 are formed to extend from the ends of the first surface 711 in the longitudinal direction, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a fourth surface 714 is formed extending from the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc space portion 730, the lower side in the illustrated embodiment is formed to extend the rib portion (720).
  • the second surface 712 is the other side of the cover frame 700 , and is an outer surface of the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second surface 712 is formed to extend from the left end in one direction in which the first surface 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second surface 712 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
  • the second surface 712 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
  • the second surface 712 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length.
  • the length to which the second surface 712 extends may be the same as the length to which the third surface 713 extends.
  • an extended length of the second surface 712 may be longer than an extended length of the rib portion 720 .
  • the second surface 712 may extend such that the lower end of the second surface 712 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the second surface ( 712 may extend to cover the fixed contact unit 400 from the side.
  • the second surface 712 may prevent electrical interference from occurring between the fixed contact portion 400 and the fixed contact portion 400 of another electromagnetic contactor 10 positioned adjacently.
  • the second surface 712 is spaced apart from the third surface 713 and is disposed to face the third surface 713 . Specifically, the second surface 712 is disposed to face the third surface 713 with the rib portion 720 and the arc space portion 730 interposed therebetween. In an embodiment, the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 may be disposed parallel to each other.
  • the second surface 712 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one side of the second surface 712 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right end is continuous with the left end of the fourth surface 714 .
  • the second face 712 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the second surface 712 partially surrounds the adjacent first arc space 731 .
  • the second surface 712 partially surrounds the first opening 731a. Specifically, the second surface 712 forms a left boundary of the first opening 731a.
  • the second surface 712 covers one side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment. is composed of
  • the third surface 713 is the other side of the cover frame 700 , and is an outer surface of the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the third surface 713 is formed to extend from the right end in the other direction in which the first surface 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the third surface 713 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
  • the third surface 713 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
  • the third surface 713 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length.
  • the length to which the third surface 713 extends may be the same as the length to which the second surface 712 extends.
  • an extended length of the third surface 713 may be longer than an extended length of the rib portion 720 .
  • the third surface 713 may extend such that the lower end of the third surface 713 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the third surface ( 713 may extend to cover the fixed contact unit 400 from the side.
  • the third surface 713 may prevent electrical interference from occurring between the fixed contact portion 400 and the fixed contact portion 400 of another electromagnetic contactor 10 positioned adjacently.
  • the third surface 713 is spaced apart from the second surface 712 and is disposed to face the second surface 712 . Specifically, the third surface 713 is disposed to face the second surface 712 with the rib portion 720 and the arc space portion 730 interposed therebetween. In an embodiment, the third surface 713 and the second surface 712 may be disposed parallel to each other.
  • the third surface 713 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one side of the third surface 713 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end is continuous with the right end of the fourth surface 714 .
  • the third face 713 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the third surface 713 partially surrounds the adjacent third arc space 733 .
  • the third surface 713 partially surrounds the third opening 733a. Specifically, the third surface 713 forms a left boundary of the third opening 733a.
  • the third surface 713 covers one side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment. is composed of
  • the fourth surface 714 is the outer surface of the other side of the cover frame 700 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fourth surface 714 is formed to extend from the front end in the width direction of the first surface 711 , in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fourth surface 714 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
  • the fourth surface 714 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
  • the fourth surface 714 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length.
  • the length to which the fourth surface 714 extends may be shorter than the length to which the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 extend.
  • the length in which the fourth surface 714 extends may be shorter than the length in which the rib portion 720 extends.
  • the fourth surface 714 may extend such that a lower end thereof is positioned lower than a lower end of the arc discharge hole 522 . That is, when viewed from the front, the fourth surface 714 may be disposed to completely cover the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 does not immediately flow into the outer space. Accordingly, injury to a user positioned adjacent to the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
  • a plurality of openings 731a, 732a, and 733a having the lower end of the fourth surface 714 as the upper boundary may be defined.
  • the fourth face 714 is continuous between the second face 712 and the third face 713 . Specifically, one end of the fourth surface 714 facing the second surface 712 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end is continuous with the second surface 712 . In addition, the other end of the fourth surface 714 facing the third surface 713, the right end in the illustrated embodiment is continuous with the third surface (713).
  • the fourth surface 714 may extend at a predetermined angle to the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . In one embodiment, the fourth face 714 may extend perpendicular to the second face 712 and the third face 713 .
  • the rib portion 720 is continuous on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fourth surface 714 and the rib portion 720 may be formed perpendicular to each other.
  • the fourth face 714 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the fourth surface 714 surrounds the front side of the first to third arc spaces 731 , 732 , 733 formed on the rear side.
  • the fourth surface 714 partially surrounds the first to third openings 731a, 732a, and 733a. Specifically, the fourth surface 714 forms an upper boundary of the first to third openings 731a, 732a, and 733a.
  • the fourth surface 714 is the other side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment. configured to cover. At this time, as described above, the fourth surface 714 may be disposed to cover the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 is not discharged in a straight line, so that the safety of the user can be improved.
  • the rib part 720 physically and electrically separates the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 from each other. Due to the rib portion 720 , currents of different phases energized to the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 are not electrically interfered with each other.
  • the rib portion 720 is continuous with the outer surface 710 , respectively, to reinforce the rigidity of the cover frame 700 .
  • the rib portion 720 may be provided in a plate shape.
  • the rib portion 720 is formed in a rectangular plate shape having a predetermined thickness.
  • the rib portion 720 is formed to extend from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc space portion 730 , from the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the rib portion 720 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and is formed to extend downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
  • the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
  • the rib portion 720 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend by a length shorter than that of the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . In addition, in one embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend longer than the fourth surface (714).
  • the rib portion 720 may extend such that the lower end of the rib portion 720 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the rib portion 720 is fixed It may extend to cover the contact part 400 from the side.
  • the rib portion 720 may prevent electrical interference between the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the rib portion 720 is positioned between the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 .
  • the rib portion 720 is positioned in the arc space portion 730 that is a space formed between the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 .
  • the rib part 720 divides the arc space part 730 into a plurality.
  • the rib portion 720 may be disposed parallel to the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 .
  • the rib portion 720 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one edge of the rib portion 720 facing the fourth surface 714, in the illustrated embodiment, the front side edge is continuous with the fourth surface (714). In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may extend perpendicular to the fourth surface 714 .
  • a frame coupling portion 750 is provided at the rear side edge in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the frame coupling part 750 may be located adjacent to the lower end of the rear side edge of the rib part 720 .
  • a plurality of rib parts 720 may be provided.
  • the plurality of rib parts 720 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • the rib part 720 is provided with two, including a first rib 721 and a second rib 722 .
  • the arc space portion 730 is divided into first to third arc space portions 731 , 732 , and 733 . This is due to the current passing through the three different phases of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first rib 721 is located on one side facing the second side 712 , on the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first rib 721 partitions the first arc space 731 and the second arc space 732 .
  • the first rib 721 partially surrounds the first arc space 731 and the second arc space 732 .
  • the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the first arc space 731 opposite to the second surface 712 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right side. Further, the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the second arc space 732 facing the third face 713 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first rib 721 divides the first opening 731a and the second opening 732a.
  • the first rib 721 partially surrounds the first opening 731a and the second opening 732a.
  • first rib 721 surrounds one side of the first opening 731a opposite to the second surface 712 , and the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • first rib 721 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a facing the third surface 713 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second rib 722 is located on one side facing the third side 713 , on the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second rib 722 defines a second arc space 732 and a third arc space 733 .
  • the second rib 722 partially surrounds the second arc volume 732 and the third arc volume 733 .
  • the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second arc space 732 opposite the first rib 721 , the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the third arc space 733 opposite the third face 713 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right side.
  • the second rib 722 partitions the second opening 732a and the third opening 733a.
  • the second rib 722 partially surrounds the second opening 732a and the third opening 733a.
  • the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a opposite to the first rib 721 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a opposite to the third surface 713 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left side.
  • the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are disposed to face each other. Specifically, the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are disposed to face each other with the second arc space portion 732 interposed therebetween. In one embodiment, the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 may be disposed in parallel.
  • the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are preferably spaced apart enough to accommodate the fixed contact portion 400 disposed in the middle in the second arc space portion 732 disposed therebetween.
  • the arc space 730 is a space in which the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 stays before being discharged to the external space. Accordingly, the discharged arc does not directly flow into the external space. As a result, the user may not be injured by the temperature or pressure of the arc.
  • the arc space 730 communicates with the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 may be introduced into the arc space 730 .
  • the arc space 730 communicates with the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a.
  • the arc introduced into the arc space 730 may flow to the outside through the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a.
  • the arc space portion 730 is defined as a space surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 . Specifically, the front side, left and right sides of the arc space 730 are surrounded by the outer surface 710 . In addition, the arc space portion 730 may be divided into a plurality by the rib portion 720 , and the divided arc space portions 731 , 732 , and 733 may be surrounded by the rib portion 720 , respectively.
  • one side of the arc space 730 facing the arc box 520, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment is formed open. Accordingly, the inner space of the arc box 520 , the arc discharge hole 522 , and the arc space portion 730 may communicate with each other.
  • a first surface 711 is positioned above the arc space 730 .
  • the first face 711 forms an upper boundary of the arc space 730 .
  • a second surface 712 and a third surface 713 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the arc space 730 .
  • the second face 712 and the third face 713 form left and right boundaries of the arc space 730 , respectively.
  • a fourth face 714 is located on the front side of the arc space 730 .
  • the fourth face 714 defines the front side boundary of the arc space 730 .
  • openings 731a , 732a , 733a are located below the fourth surface 714 .
  • the arc space 730 and the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a communicate with each other.
  • the arc space 730 is formed between the second face 712 and the third face 713 .
  • the arc space portion 730 may be divided into a plurality by the rib portion 720 .
  • the arc space 730 includes a first arc space 731 positioned between the second face 712 and the first rib 721 , the first rib 721 and the second rib ( It is divided into a second arc space 732 positioned between 722 and a third arc space 733 positioned between the second rib 722 and the third face 713 .
  • the arc space portion 730 is surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 . Accordingly, the arc that has passed through the arc discharge hole 522 is discharged to the external space after staying in the arc space 730 for a predetermined time.
  • the user may not be injured by the arc discharged.
  • the arc space 730 communicates with the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a, respectively.
  • the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a function as passages through which the respective arc space portions 731, 732, and 733 communicate with the outside.
  • the first arc space portion 731 communicates with the first opening 731a.
  • the arc introduced into the first arc space 731 may be discharged to the external space through the first opening 731a.
  • the second arc space 732 communicates with the second opening 732a.
  • the arc introduced into the second arc space 732 may be discharged to the external space through the second opening 732a.
  • the third arc space portion 733 communicates with the third opening 733a.
  • the arc introduced into the third arc space 733 may be discharged to the external space through the third opening 733a.
  • the openings 731a , 732a , and 733a are partially surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 .
  • the first opening 731a is surrounded by the second surface 712 , the fourth surface 714 , and the first rib 721 .
  • the second opening 732a is surrounded by the fourth face 714 , the first rib 721 , and the second rib 722 .
  • the third opening 733a is surrounded by the third face 713 , the fourth face 714 , and the second rib 722 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is a part in which the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is formed extending from the outer surface 710 toward the arc box 520 . Specifically, the arc box fastening part 740 is formed to extend toward the arc box 520 from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is detachably inserted and coupled to the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is not arbitrarily drawn out by the fastening part 743 .
  • a plurality of arc box fastening units 740 may be provided.
  • the plurality of arc box fastening units 740 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • the arc box fastening portion 740 is one on the upper side of the first arc space portion 731 , two on the upper side of the second arc space portion 732 , and the third arc space portion 733 .
  • One is formed on the upper side of the , a total of four are provided.
  • the arc box fastening unit 740 may be provided according to any number and arrangement method capable of stably maintaining a coupled state between the cover frame 700 and the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box fastening unit 740 may be disposed and provided to correspond to the position and number of the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. Accordingly, the arc box fastening part 740 may be pressed downward when inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 . In addition, when the insertion of the insertion part 742 and the fastening part 743 is completed, the shape is restored to the upper side, and the fastening part 743 may be hook-coupled to the surface surrounding the arc discharge hole 522.
  • the arc box fastening part 740 includes an extension part 741 , an insertion part 742 , and a fastening part 743 .
  • the extension portion 741 is a portion in which the arc box fastening portion 740 is continuous with the first surface 711 .
  • the extension 741 is formed to extend toward the arc box 520 from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • An insertion portion 742 and a fastening portion 743 are positioned at one side of the extension portion 741 opposite to the first surface 711 , and at the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the insertion part 742 is a portion into which the arc box fastening part 740 is inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the insertion part 742 may be inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the insertion portion 742 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the extension portion 741 .
  • the cross-sectional area of one end of the insertion portion 742 facing the arc box 520 is formed smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end coupled to the extension 741 .
  • the insertion part 742 is first inserted into the arc box 520 in a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area. Accordingly, the insertion part 742 may be easily inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the insertion part 742 may be curved at a predetermined angle with respect to the extension part 741 .
  • the insert 742 is curved upwardly.
  • a fastening part 743 is positioned above the insertion part 742 .
  • the fastening part 743 prevents the arc box fastening part 740 inserted into the arc outlet hole 522 from being arbitrarily drawn out from the arc outlet hole 522 .
  • the fastening part 743 is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 together with the insertion part 742 .
  • the fastening part 743 is formed on one side of the insertion part 742, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the fastening part 743 may be positioned at a portion where the extension part 741 and the insertion part 742 are continuous.
  • the fastening part 743 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the insertion part 742 .
  • One side of the fastening portion 743 facing the first surface 711 in the illustrated embodiment, the front side may extend at a predetermined angle with the side surface of the insertion portion 742 .
  • the fastening part 743 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the insertion part 742 .
  • the fastening part 743 may be formed to be inclined toward the insertion part 742 in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
  • the fastening part 743 may be formed to be inclined toward the insertion part 742 in a direction toward the arc box 520 .
  • the fastening part 743 is formed so that its cross-sectional area decreases as it moves away from the first surface 711 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is formed in the shape of a hook as a whole. Accordingly, the arc box fastening part 740 may be easily inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the fastening part 743 is the surface of the arc box 520 surrounding the arc outlet hole 522 (front in the illustrated embodiment). side) is in contact.
  • the arc box fastening portion 740 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the arc discharge hole (522).
  • the frame coupling part 750 is a part in which the cover frame 700 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 is formed to extend from the rib part 720 toward the support frame 600 . Specifically, the frame coupling part 750 is formed to extend toward the support frame 600 from one side of the rib part 720 facing the support frame 600 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the frame coupling part 750 is detachably inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the cover frame 700 is not arbitrarily drawn out by the insertion part 752 .
  • a plurality of frame coupling units 750 may be provided.
  • the frame coupling part 750 is provided with a total of two including the first frame coupling part 750a and the second frame coupling part 750b.
  • the first frame coupling portion 750a and the second frame coupling portion 750b extend from the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 , respectively.
  • the first frame coupling portion 750a and the second frame coupling portion 750b are positioned adjacent to lower ends of rear side corners of the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 may be inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 in various directions. In one embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 may be moved to the lower side after being positioned on the upper side of the cover coupling part 640 to be insertedly coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 may be horizontally moved to the rear side and accommodated in the first groove 641 , and then may be moved downward to be inserted into the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 includes an extension part 751 , an insertion part 752 , and a tapered part 753 .
  • the extension part 751 is a portion in which the frame coupling part 750 is continuous with the rib part 720 .
  • the extension part 751 is formed to extend toward the support frame 600 from one side of the rib part 720 facing the support frame 600 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the extension part 751 is inserted into the second groove 642 of the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the extension 751 may be accommodated in the second groove 642 through an opening formed at an upper side of the second groove 642 .
  • a length in which the extension part 751 extends toward the support frame 600 may be longer than a length in the front-rear direction of the second groove 642 .
  • the extension part 751 when the extension part 751 is inserted into the second groove 642 , the insertion part 752 and the tapered part 753 positioned at the end of the extension part 751 may be accommodated in the accommodation groove 645 . .
  • the length of the extension part 751 in the width direction may be shorter than the length of the second groove 642 in the left-right direction.
  • the length of the extension part 751 in the width direction may be shorter than the distance between the first protrusion part 643 and the second protrusion part 644 being spaced apart from each other.
  • the extension 751 may be easily inserted and accommodated in the second groove 642 through the opening formed at the upper side of the second groove 642 .
  • the insertion part 752 is a portion in which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted and received in the receiving groove 645 of the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the insertion portion 752 is continuous with the extension portion 751 .
  • the insertion portion 752 is located on one side of the extension portion 751 opposite the rib portion 720 , at the end of the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the insertion part 752 is provided in a plate shape having a rectangular cross section.
  • the insertion part 752 may be provided in any shape that is inserted into the receiving groove 645 to be caught by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
  • the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction may be shorter than the length of the receiving groove 645 in the width direction.
  • a thickness (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the insertion part 752 may be formed to be shorter than a thickness of the receiving groove 645 .
  • the insertion part 752 may be easily inserted into the receiving groove 645 .
  • the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction may be longer than the length of the extension part 751 in the width direction. Also, the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction) may be longer than the length of the second groove 642 in the left-right direction. In other words, the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction may be longer than the distance between the first protrusion part 643 and the second protrusion part 644 being spaced apart from each other.
  • the insertion part 752 accommodated in the receiving groove 645 is not arbitrarily drawn out through the second groove 642 .
  • the tapered portion 753 is configured to reinforce the rigidity of the insertion portion 752 .
  • the tapered portion 753 is formed by chamfering the edge of the insertion portion 752 .
  • the tapered portion 753 is formed on one side of the insertion portion 752 , on the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. This is due to the lower edge of the insertion part 752 being in contact with one surface of the support frame 600 surrounding the receiving groove 645 from the lower side.
  • the amount of impact applied to the insertion part 752 from the one surface of the support frame 600 may be dispersed, and the rigidity of the insertion part 752 may be reinforced.
  • a plurality of tapered portions 753 may be formed.
  • a plurality of tapered portions 753 may be formed at each corner of the insertion portion 752 .
  • the tapered portion 753 is formed at the lower left and right corners of the insertion portion 752, respectively.
  • the tapered portion 753 may be formed at the upper left and right corners of the insertion portion 752, respectively.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a cover frame 700 .
  • the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , respectively.
  • the generated arc is discharged after a predetermined time elapses, so that the user is not injured.
  • electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
  • electrical interference between the plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 disposed adjacent to each other may also be prevented.
  • FIG. 15 a process in which the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 is illustrated.
  • cover frame 700 is moved from the upper side to the lower side of the support frame 600 to be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 is disposed so as to be positioned on the upper side perpendicular to the cover coupling part 640 .
  • the cover coupling part 640 includes a first cover coupling part 640a and a second cover coupling part 640b.
  • the frame coupling part 750 includes a first frame coupling part 750a and a second frame coupling part 750b.
  • the frame coupling part 750 is such that the first frame coupling part 750a and the second frame coupling part 750b are positioned above the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b, respectively. are placed
  • each frame coupling portion (750a, 750b) is inserted into each cover coupling portion (640a, 640b).
  • the extended part 751 of the frame coupling part 750 passes through the opening formed at the upper side of the second groove 642 and is inserted into the second groove 642 .
  • the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the opening formed at the upper side of the first groove 641 .
  • FIG. 16 a state in which the cover frame 700 and the support frame 600 are coupled is shown.
  • the extension portion 751 is formed to have a smaller width than the insertion portion 752 .
  • the second groove 642 is formed to have a smaller width than the first groove 641 or the receiving groove 645 .
  • the frame coupling part 750 moves in the direction in which the insertion part 752 passes through the second groove 642, the front side in the illustrated embodiment. will not be withdrawn.
  • the cover coupling portion 640 has an opening formed only on its upper side. Accordingly, unless the cover frame 700 is pressed upward, the frame coupling part 750 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the cover coupling part 640 .
  • FIG. 17 a process in which the cover frame 700 and the arc box 520 are coupled is illustrated.
  • the arc box 520 is supported by the support frame 600 .
  • the combination of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 is formed by combining the frame coupling part 523 and the arc box coupling part 610 as described above.
  • the arc box fastening part 740 of the cover frame 700 is inserted and coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box fastening portion 740 is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 formed through the front side of the arc box (520).
  • the arc box fastening unit 740 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity.
  • the arc box fastening part 740 includes a fastening part 743 protruding upward.
  • the arc box fastening portion 740 is deformed in shape to face downward and is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the arc box fastening part 740 is restored to an upper shape again.
  • one surface of the fastening portion 743, the rear side surface in the illustrated embodiment is in contact with the surface surrounding the arc discharge hole (522).
  • the coupling may be defined as a hook coupling.
  • the cover frame 700 may be stably coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a frame 100 , a driving unit 200 , a movable contact unit 300 , a fixed contact unit 400 , and an arc extinguishing unit. (500).
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 further includes a support frame 600 and an insulating member 800 .
  • the insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 to prevent interference between currents in each phase.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a frame 100 .
  • the frame 100 forms the outer shape of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • a space is formed inside the frame 100 .
  • Various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be mounted in the space.
  • the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the space. Accordingly, the frame 100 may be referred to as a “housing”.
  • the space is surrounded by the outer surface of the frame 100 . That is, the space is physically separated from the outside. Accordingly, each component accommodated in the space is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside.
  • the space is energized with the outside.
  • the space may be electrically connected to an external power source or load. Accordingly, a current may be applied to the coil (not shown) accommodated in the space.
  • the frame 100 has a rectangular cross section and is formed to extend in the vertical direction.
  • the frame 100 may be formed in any shape capable of accommodating various components therein.
  • the frame 100 is located below the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the frame 100 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 by the support frame 600 .
  • a fastening member such as a screw member may be provided.
  • the frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 .
  • the frame 100 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • a fastening member such as a screw member may be provided.
  • the frame 100 includes a base part 110 and a lower frame part 120 .
  • the base part 110 forms the lower side of the frame 100 .
  • the base part 110 is a part in which the frame 100 is in contact with the external environment.
  • the base part 110 may be fixed to the floor of the environment in which the electromagnetic contactor 10 is provided.
  • the base part 110 is provided in a rectangular plate shape.
  • the base part 110 may be formed in any shape capable of supporting the lower frame part 120 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is positioned above the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 accommodates some components of the electromagnetic contactor 10 in a space formed therein.
  • the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is located above the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is supported by the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 may be fixedly coupled to the base part 110 .
  • the lower frame part 120 is located below the support frame 600 .
  • the lower frame part 120 supports the support frame 600 .
  • the space inside the lower frame part 120 communicates with the space inside the support frame 600 .
  • the lower frame part 120 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member.
  • the shape of the cross-section of the lower frame part 120 may be the same as the shape of the cross-section of the support frame 600 .
  • the space inside the lower frame unit 120 is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside. Accordingly, arbitrary exposure of the components accommodated in the space inside the lower frame unit 120 can be prevented.
  • a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) may be provided inside the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized by a magnetic field formed by the coil (not shown).
  • the movable core 212 and the movable contact 320 connected thereto come into contact with the fixed contact 430 , and the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be energized.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a driving unit 200 .
  • the driving unit 200 generates a driving force for moving the movable contact unit 300 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the driving unit 200 is partially accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 .
  • the remaining part of the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the arc box 520 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the driving unit 200 is movably accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 . Specifically, the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 to be elevating. In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be moved in the vertical direction.
  • the driving unit 200 includes a cross bar 210 and an elastic member 220 .
  • the crossbar 210 is accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 and the support frame 600 to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • the movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact part 300 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) are provided under the crossbar 210 .
  • a current is passed through the coil (not shown)
  • a magnetic field is formed to magnetize the fixed core (not shown).
  • the magnetic force generated by magnetizing the fixed core attracts the movable core 212 . Accordingly, the movable contact part 300 may be moved toward the fixed contact part 400 .
  • the crossbar 210 includes a plate-shaped portion extending in front, rear and left and right directions, and a pillar portion extending in the vertical direction from the plate-shaped portion.
  • the shape of the crossbar 210 may be formed in any shape that can be moved in the vertical direction together with the movable contact part 300 .
  • a plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be provided.
  • a plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion may be accommodated in the arc box 520 .
  • the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be changed according to the number of the movable contact portion 300 and the fixed contact portion 400 .
  • the crossbar 210 includes a contact point connection part 211 , a movable core 212 , and a fixing part 213 .
  • the movable contact point 310 of the movable contact unit 300 is connected to the contact point connection part 211 .
  • the movable contact bar 310 may be connected to the contact bar connecting portion 211 rotatably in the extending direction thereof.
  • the contact point connection part 211 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the contact point connecting portion 211 is positioned adjacent to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a fixed contact part 400 and an arc extinguishing part 500 are positioned between the contact point connection part 211 and the plate-shaped part.
  • the movable contact part 300 connected to the contact point connection part 211 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact part 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact part 400 .
  • the arc generated by the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 being spaced apart may be introduced into the arc extinguishing unit 500 to be extinguished.
  • the movable core 212 is moved in a direction toward the stationary core (not shown) or in a direction away from the stationary core (not shown). Accordingly, the crossbar 210 and the movable contact unit 300 connected thereto may be moved.
  • the movable core 212 may be provided in any shape that can be attracted by magnetic force.
  • the movable core 212 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • the movable core 212 may be provided with an electromagnet or a permanent magnet.
  • the movable core 212 is located below the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 . Accordingly, the distance between the movable core 212 and the fixed core (not shown) is reduced, so that the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown) can be effectively transmitted to the movable core 212 .
  • the fixing part 213 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the fixing portion 213 is located closer to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 than the contact-to-connection portion 211 . In an embodiment, the fixing part 213 may be located at an upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the fixing unit 213 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the fixing unit 213 coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be exposed to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the crossbar 210 may be stably coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the crossbar 210 may be moved in the vertical direction with the fixing part 213 as an axis.
  • the elastic member 220 provides a restoring force for moving the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, upward in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the elastic member 220 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
  • the crossbar 210 is moved in the direction toward the fixed core (not shown), that is, downward by the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown). At this time, the crossbar 210 is moved downward while pressing the elastic member 220 .
  • the elastic member 220 stores the restoring force by shape deformation.
  • the elastic member 220 applies a restoring force to the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, in a direction toward the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the crossbar 210 is moved in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), and the contact state between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be released.
  • the elastic member 220 may be provided in any shape that is deformed in shape to store the restoring force, and transmit the stored restoring force to other members.
  • the elastic member 220 may be provided as a coil spring.
  • the elastic member 220 includes a first elastic member 221 and a second elastic member 222 .
  • the first elastic member 221 is provided on the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the first elastic member 221 is accommodated inside the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the second elastic member 222 is located in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 .
  • the second elastic member 222 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
  • the second elastic member 222 elastically supports the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a plurality of second elastic members 222 may be provided.
  • the second elastic member 222 is provided with one each on the front side and the rear side.
  • the second elastic member 222 is provided on the left and right sides of the lower frame portion 120, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of the second elastic members 222 may be changed.
  • the magnitude of the restoring force stored by the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 is smaller than the magnitude of the magnetic attraction force exerted by the fixed core (not shown) on the movable core 212 .
  • the elastic member 220 is compressed to store the restoring force may be maintained.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a movable contact unit 300 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved together with the crossbar 210 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the movable contact part 300 is accommodated in the space inside the arc box 520 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 may be moved up and down in the space inside the arc box 520 .
  • the movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact part 300 is rotatably connected to the contact point connection part 211 of the crossbar 210 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 is located on one side of the fixed contact unit 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may contact each other.
  • the movable contact part 300 is in contact with the fixed contact part 400 to be energized.
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be electrically connected to an external power source or load.
  • a plurality of movable contact units 300 may be provided.
  • the movable contact unit 300 is provided with three. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the number of movable contact parts 300 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the movable contact unit 300 includes a movable contact stand 310 and a movable contact 320 .
  • the movable contact unit 310 forms the body of the movable contact unit 300 .
  • the movable contact point 310 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the extended length of the movable contact point 310 may be determined to correspond to a distance at which the first and second fixed contacts 413 and 432 are spaced apart.
  • the movable contact bar 310 is coupled to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact point 310 is coupled to the contact point connecting portion 211 of the crossbar 210 . In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be rotatably coupled to the contact point connection part 211 .
  • the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • the current flowing through the fixed contact point 410 may flow into the movable contact point 310 through the movable contact point 320 .
  • the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
  • the movable contact 320 Adjacent to both ends in the longitudinal direction from which the movable contact bar 310 extends, the movable contact 320 is positioned. The movable contact point 310 is energized with the movable contact 320 .
  • the movable contact 320 is in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 according to the movement of the crossbar 210 .
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the movable contact 320 is coupled to the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the movable contact 320 may be moved together with the movable contact 310 .
  • the movable contact 320 is energized with the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the current flowing from the fixed contact point 430 to the movable contact point 320 may pass through the movable contact point 310 .
  • a plurality of movable contacts 320 may be provided.
  • the movable contact 320 includes a first movable contact 321 positioned on the front side and a second movable contact 322 positioned on the rear side.
  • the first movable contact 321 is located on one side of the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the first movable contact 321 may be located adjacent to the front end of the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the second movable contact 322 is located on the other side in the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the second movable contact 322 may be located adjacent to the rear end of the movable contact stand 310 .
  • the position and number of movable contacts 320 may be changed according to the position and number of fixed contacts 430 .
  • a current flows into any one of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 from the fixed contact 430 .
  • the introduced current passes through the movable contact point 310 and flows into the fixed contact 430 through the other of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 .
  • the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact unit 300 to be energized by the movement of the movable contact unit 300 . That is, as can be seen from the name, the fixed contact unit 400 does not move.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is fixed to the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact part 400 is fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact bar 410 of the fixed contact unit 400 is through-coupled to both sides of the support frame 600, the contact bar through-holes formed through the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is located on one side of the movable contact unit 300 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the lower side.
  • the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the fixed contact part 400 and the movable contact part 300 may come into contact with each other.
  • the fixed contact unit 400 is electrically connected to the movable contact unit 300 .
  • an external power source or load may be energized.
  • a plurality of fixed contact parts 400 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, three fixed contact parts 400 are provided. Each fixed contact portion 400 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the plurality of movable contact portions 300 , respectively.
  • the number of fixed contact parts 400 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 includes a fixed contact bar 410 , a fixed contact block 420 , a fixed contact 430 , and a support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 serves to fix the fixed contact unit 400 to the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, the support frame 600 may be understood as being included in the frame 100 . However, in the following description, it will be described that the support frame 600 is included in the fixed contact unit 400 for convenience of description.
  • the fixed contact unit 410 forms the body of the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the extended length of the fixed contact bar 410 is preferably formed so that one side is in energizable contact with the fixed contact block 420 , and the other side is protruded to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. As will be described later, a plurality of fixed contact points 410 are provided. A power source may be connected to any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410, and a load may be connected to the other to be energized.
  • the fixed contact point 410 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact bar 410 is through-coupled to the contact bar through-holes formed through each of the two surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the support frame 600 .
  • contact point through-holes are formed on the front side and rear side of the support frame 600 . Accordingly, the fixed contact bar 410 is coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 , respectively.
  • the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a conductive material.
  • An external power source or load may be electrically connected to the fixed contact point 410 .
  • the current introduced through the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 through the movable contact unit 300 .
  • the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
  • a plurality of fixed contact points 410 may be provided.
  • a current may flow into any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410 and a current may flow out from the other.
  • the fixed contact point 410 is provided with two including a first fixed contact point 411 and a second fixed contact point 412 .
  • the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In other words, the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321, and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • One side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact bar 411 protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length.
  • a power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the first fixed contact point 411 protruding to the outside.
  • the other side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact point 411 extends to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321 .
  • the other end of the first fixed contact bar 411 in the extending direction is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a first fixed contact block 421 is seated on the other side of the first fixed contact bar 411 .
  • the first fixed contact bar 411 is in contact with the first fixed contact block 421 to be energized.
  • the second fixed contact bar 412 is located on the other side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the rear side.
  • the second fixed contact point 412 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the rear side protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length.
  • a power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the second fixed contact point 412 protruding to the outside.
  • the other side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact point 412 in the illustrated embodiment, the front side extends to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322 .
  • the other end in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • a second fixed contact block 422 is seated on the other side of the second fixed contact bar 412 .
  • the second fixed contact bar 412 is in contact with the second fixed contact block 422 to be energized.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned between the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 connects the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 to be energized.
  • the fixed contact block 420 may adjust the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, according to the height of the fixed contact block 420 , the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be adjusted.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 . Specifically, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 facing the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to each end of the plurality of fixed contact bars 410 facing each other.
  • the fixed contact block 420 is located on the upper side of the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is seated on the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is extended to have a predetermined height.
  • the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to a distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to the distance at which the crossbar 210 can be moved up and down.
  • the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 can be adjusted by adjusting the height of the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact unit 410 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact block 410 .
  • the fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact 430 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
  • a plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be provided.
  • the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contact blocks 410 , respectively.
  • the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contacts 430 , respectively.
  • the fixed contact block 420 includes two fixed contact blocks, including a first fixed contact block 421 and a second fixed contact block 424 .
  • the first fixed contact block 421 is energably in contact with the first fixed contact unit 411 . Specifically, the first fixed contact block 421 is located adjacent to one side of the first fixed contact unit 411, the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first fixed contact 431 is seated on the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the first fixed contact block 421 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact 431 .
  • the second fixed contact block 422 is electrically connected to the second fixed contact unit 412 . Specifically, the second fixed contact block 422 is located adjacent to one side of the second fixed contact unit 412, the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second fixed contact 432 is seated on the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the second fixed contact block 422 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact 432 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact 320 .
  • the fixed contact 400 and the movable contact 300 are energized. Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
  • the fixed contact 430 is located above the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is seated on one side of the fixed contact block 420, an upper surface in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact part 300 . Specifically, the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact 320 . In an embodiment, the fixed contact 430 may be located directly below the movable contact 320 .
  • the fixed contact 430 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 .
  • the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
  • a plurality of fixed contacts 430 may be provided.
  • the plurality of fixed contact points 430 are respectively positioned in the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 to conduct electricity with each fixed contact block 420 .
  • two fixed contacts 430 are provided, including a first fixed contact 431 and a second fixed contact 432 .
  • the first fixed contact 431 is coupled to the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the first fixed contact 431 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact block 421 .
  • the second fixed contact 432 is coupled to the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the second fixed contact 432 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact block 422 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 is configured to extinguish and discharge the arc generated by the movable contact unit 300 and the fixed contact unit 400 being spaced apart.
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 is located above the support frame 600 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be supported by the support frame 600 .
  • the arc extinguishing unit 500 includes an arc chamber 510 and an arc box 520 .
  • the arc chamber 510 extinguishes the arc generated by the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 being spaced apart.
  • the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to the fixed contact portion 400 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to each fixed contact 431 , 432 .
  • the generated arc may extend toward the arc chamber 510 .
  • the arc extending toward the arc chamber 510 may be extended and extinguished along a plurality of grids provided in the arc chamber 510 .
  • a plurality of arc chambers 510 may be provided.
  • two arc chambers 510 are provided in the front-rear direction and three pairs are provided in the left-right direction, for a total of six arc chambers 510 .
  • the number of arc chambers 510 may be changed according to the number of movable contact parts 300 and fixed contact parts 400 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is accommodated in the arc box 520 .
  • the arc chamber 510 is also coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box 520 accommodates the arc chamber 510 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 in the space formed therein.
  • the arc box 520 may accommodate various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 in the space.
  • the arc box 520 functions as a kind of housing.
  • the arc box 520 is located on the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the arc box 520 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a separate fastening member (not shown).
  • the arc box 520 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 , and may be provided in any shape capable of mounting components for the operation of the electromagnetic contactor 10 therein.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the components inside the arc box 520 from being arbitrarily energized with the outside.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of a material with high rigidity. This is to prevent the arc box 520 from being damaged by the arc of high temperature and high pressure generated inside the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box 520 may be formed of reinforced plastic.
  • the arc box 520 includes a cover part 521 , an arc discharge hole 522 , and a frame coupling part 523 .
  • the cover part 521 forms the outside of the arc box 520 .
  • the cover part 521 is a portion to which the arc box 520 is exposed to the outside.
  • the arc box 520 is provided in a rectangular prism shape.
  • the cover part 521 includes surfaces located on the upper side, the front side, the rear side, the left side, and the right side, except for the part open on the lower side.
  • Arc discharge hole 522 is formed through one side of the cover portion 521, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is a passage through which the arc generated in the inner space of the arc box 520 is extinguished through the arc chamber 510 and is discharged to the outside of the arc box 520 .
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is formed through a pair of surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the arc box 520 , respectively, on the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a plurality of arc discharge holes 522 may be formed.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 is formed three at each position where the current of each phase is energized.
  • three different phase currents may be conducted.
  • nine arc discharge holes 522 are formed on the front side and nine on the rear side, so that a total of 18 are formed.
  • the number of arc discharge holes 522 may be changed.
  • the arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the inner space of the arc box 520 and the outside of the arc box 520 . Accordingly, the generated arc may be discharged to the outside of the arc box (520).
  • the frame coupling part 523 is a part where the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling portion 523 may be aligned with the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 .
  • the frame coupling part 523 may be coupled to the arc box coupling part 610 by a separate coupling member (not shown). In an embodiment, the frame coupling part 523 may be screwed to the arc box coupling part 610 .
  • a plurality of frame coupling units 523 may be provided.
  • the frame coupling portion 523 is formed at the front side and rear side ends of the left and right sides of the arc box 520, respectively, a total of four are provided.
  • the number of frame coupling parts 523 may be changed according to the number of arc box coupling parts 610 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes a support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 fixedly supports the fixed contact unit 400 so that the fixed contact unit 400 is not arbitrarily oscillated while the electromagnetic contactor 10 is energized with the outside.
  • FIGS. 24 to 26 a support frame 600 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 24 to 26 .
  • a fixed contact part 400 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact unit 400 may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 supports the fixed contact part 400 from the lower side.
  • the support frame 600 supports the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
  • the upper space of the support frame 600 and the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 communicate with each other. Accordingly, the movable contact unit 300 accommodated in the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
  • the frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 and the frame 100 may be fastened by a coupling member (not shown) such as a screw.
  • An arc extinguishing unit 500 is positioned above the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 and the frame coupling portion 523 of the arc box 520 are coupled to each other.
  • the support frame 600 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular pillar shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the support frame 600 may be changed according to the shape of the arc box 520 .
  • the support frame 600 includes an arc box coupling part 610 , a fixed contact receiving part 620 , a partition wall part 630 , and a plate coupling part 640 .
  • the arc box coupling unit 610 is a portion in which the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 may be aligned with the frame coupling portion 523 .
  • the arc box coupling unit 610 may be screwed to the frame coupling unit 523 .
  • a plurality of arc box coupling units 610 may be provided.
  • the arc box coupling portion 610 is formed on the left and right sides of the front side of the support frame 600, and the left and right sides on the rear side, respectively, a total of four are provided.
  • the number of arc box coupling units 610 may be changed according to the number of frame coupling units 523 .
  • each arc box coupling portion 610 may be located at both ends of the front side and both ends of the rear side, respectively.
  • the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the front side and the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the rear side are arranged to face each other.
  • a plate coupling part 640 is positioned between the two arc box coupling parts 610 on the front side.
  • a plate coupling part 640 is also located between the two arc box coupling parts 610 located on the rear side.
  • the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is a space in which the fixed contact 400 is accommodated. After the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the fixed contact receiving unit 620 , it may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown).
  • the arc chamber 510 may be positioned adjacent to the fixed contact accommodating part 620 in a state coupled to the arc box 520 .
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed from one side facing the arc box 520 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be formed in a shape corresponding to the fixed contact stand 410 .
  • the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is formed to have a length in the front-rear direction longer than a width in the left-right direction.
  • a plurality of fixed contact accommodating units 620 may be formed.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, one fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed on the front side and the rear side, respectively.
  • the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be provided for each fixed contact part 400 through which a current of each phase is passed. Accordingly, a total of six fixed contact accommodating units 620 are formed. The number of the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 may be changed according to the number of phases of current passing through.
  • the partition wall 630 is positioned between the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 arranged in the width direction and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the partition wall part 630 is positioned between each fixed contact part 400 to physically space each fixed contact part 400 from each other. As the partition wall part 630 is provided, currents of different phases energized to each movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may be physically and electrically separated from each other.
  • the barrier rib part 630 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent electrical interference from occurring between the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 positioned adjacent to each other.
  • the partition wall part 630 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
  • the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the direction in which the fixed contact bar 410 or the fixed contact receiving portion 620 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend to the front side and the rear side. The front side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the front side surface of the support frame 600 . The rear side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the rear side surface of the support frame 600 .
  • a plurality of partition walls 630 may be provided.
  • three different phase currents may be conducted. Accordingly, two partition wall portions 630 are provided and positioned between three fixed contact receiving portions 620 disposed in the width direction.
  • the plate part 810 of the insulating member 800 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending from the partition wall part 630 . Accordingly, currents of different phases are not electrically interfered with.
  • the plate coupling part 640 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 .
  • the plate coupling part 640 is a portion to which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 may be detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • a plurality of plate coupling portions 640 may be formed.
  • the plate coupling part 640 is provided with a total of two, including a first plate coupling part 640a positioned on the left and a second plate coupling part 640b positioned on the right side.
  • the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 are respectively inserted and coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b .
  • the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b are different from each other in the arrangement position, and other shapes and structures are the same. Accordingly, the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b will be collectively referred to as the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the plate coupling part 640 may be formed on both sides of the support frame 600 facing each other.
  • the plate coupling portion 640 is formed on the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 facing each other, respectively.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be detachably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 in the front and rear directions.
  • the plate coupling portion 640 includes a first groove 641 , a second groove 642 , a first projection 643 , a second projection 644 , and a receiving groove 645 .
  • the first groove 641 is a space into which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted.
  • the first groove 641 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
  • the distance at which the first groove 641 is recessed may be greater than or equal to the length in which first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 to be described later extend. Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed until the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the respective coupling portions 833 , 843 , 853 reach the receiving groove 645 . It may be inserted into the first groove 641 .
  • One side of the first groove 641 may be opened. Specifically, one side of the first groove 641 facing the arc box 520, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed open. Accordingly, it may be said that the first groove 641 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
  • the first groove 641 may extend in the vertical direction by a predetermined length.
  • the length of the first groove 641 extending in the vertical direction is the distance between the upper end of the first coupling protrusion 830 of the insulating member 800 and the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 . It may be formed longer.
  • the other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side may be closed. Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 inserted into the first groove 641 may be stably seated on the other side of the first groove 641 .
  • the other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the insulating member 800 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side may be closed. Accordingly, a distance at which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the first groove 641 may be limited.
  • first groove 641 one side (ie, the front side) facing the insulating member 800 and the other side (ie, the upper side) facing the arc box 520 are openly formed.
  • first groove 641 is closed on the other side (ie, the rear side) opposite to the insulating member 800 and the other side (ie, the lower side) opposite to the arc box 520 .
  • the first groove 641 is formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction).
  • the length of the width of the first groove 641 is the right end of the first coupling part 833 or the third coupling part 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, 850 and the second coupling part ( 843) according to the distance between the left ends.
  • the length of the width of the first groove 641 is formed to be greater than the distance between the right end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the left end of the second fastening part 843 . desirable.
  • the length of the width of the first groove 641 is formed to be greater than the longest distance between the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the second fastening part 843 in the left and right direction. It is preferable to be
  • a second groove 642 and a receiving groove 645 are formed inside the first groove 641 .
  • a first protrusion 643 and a second protrusion 644 are provided inside the first groove 641 .
  • the second groove 642 is a space into which the first to third extension parts 831 , 841 , 851 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted.
  • the second groove 642 is recessed from one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , and in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
  • the recessed distance of the second groove 642 may be shorter than the recessed distance of the first groove 641 .
  • the sum of the distance at which the second groove 642 is depressed and the width (ie, the length in the front-rear direction) of the receiving groove 645 may be equal to the distance at which the first groove 641 is depressed.
  • the second groove 642 may be defined as a portion of the first groove 641 .
  • the second groove 642 may be defined as a space surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 among the first grooves 641 .
  • the left and right sides of the second groove 642 are surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 , respectively.
  • the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the first groove 641 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 may be determined according to the length of the width of the first to third extension parts 831 , 841 , and 851 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably formed to be greater than the width of the first to third extension portions 831 , 841 , 851 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is the length of the width of the second groove 642 . is preferably formed to be smaller than the width of the distance between the right end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the left end of the second fastening part 843 .
  • the length of the width of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the longest distance between the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the second fastening part 843 in the left-right direction. It is preferable to be
  • each insertion part 832 , 842 , 852 and each coupling part 833 , 843 , 853 are It is not drawn out through the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the coupling state between the support frame 600 and the insulating member 800 may be stably maintained.
  • the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to surround the first groove 641 in the width direction, that is, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to protrude toward each other on each surface surrounding the first groove 641 in the width direction.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 face each other may be spaced apart from each other. By the separation, a second groove 642 that is a space between each surface of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be defined.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are positioned adjacent to one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , and the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend in a direction away from the insulating member 800 from the one side surface of the support frame 600 .
  • a depth (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the second groove 642 may be determined according to lengths of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extending toward the insulating member 800 . That is, the depth of the second groove 642 may be equal to the length in which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend toward the insulating member 800 .
  • a height (ie, a length in the vertical direction) of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be formed to be less than or equal to a length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction. In an embodiment, the height of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be equal to the length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction.
  • a receiving groove 645 is positioned on one side of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 opposite to the insulating member 800 , and at the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the receiving groove 645 includes the first to third insertion portions 832, 842, 852 and the first to third fastening portions 833, 843, and 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850. is an acceptable space.
  • the receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space in which the first groove 641 is partitioned.
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It may be defined as some or all.
  • the receiving groove 645 communicates with the first groove 641 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It will be understood that the case is a part of
  • the receiving groove 645 communicates with the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the first to third coupling portions 833, 843, and 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 and the first to third extension portions 831, 841, and 851 are continuous Two grooves 642 can be accommodated.
  • the receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space between a surface surrounding the first groove 641 at one side opposite to the insulating member 800 and the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is a space surrounded by the left, right, rear, and lower surfaces of the first groove 641 and the rear surface of the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 .
  • the receiving groove 645 is located farther from the insulating member 800 than the second groove 642 . That is, the receiving groove 645 is located on the rear side of the second groove 642 .
  • the receiving groove 645 may be formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the second groove 642 .
  • the width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than a distance between the end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the end of the second fastening part 843 . In an embodiment, the width of the receiving groove 645 may be the same as the width of the first groove 641 .
  • the first to third insertion parts 832, 842, 852 and the first to third fastening parts 833, 843 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, 850 are provided. 853) can be easily inserted and accommodated.
  • the first to third fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 inserted into the receiving groove 645 are not drawn out through the second groove 642 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes an insulating member 800 .
  • the insulating member 800 prevents electrical interference from occurring between currents of different phases energized through the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention may be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 without a separate fastening member.
  • a state coupled to the support frame 600 may be stably maintained.
  • the insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 27 to 31 .
  • the insulating member 800 is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the coupling is achieved by inserting the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 into the plate coupling part 640 of the support frame 600 . A detailed description of the bonding process will be described later.
  • the insulating member 800 may block electrical interference between currents of a plurality of phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the blocking is achieved by placing the plate portion 810 of the insulating member 800 between the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 .
  • the insulating member 800 is formed to extend in the height direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction.
  • the insulating member 800 may extend between an upper surface of the arc box 520 and a lower surface of the support frame 600 .
  • the upper end of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as the upper surface of the arc box 520 . Also, the lower end of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as the lower surface of the support frame 600 .
  • the insulating member 800 is formed to extend in a direction toward the support frame 600 and a direction away from the support frame 600 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the insulating member 800 is formed to have a predetermined thickness.
  • the insulating member 800 has a plate shape in which a surface passing through the vertical direction and the front-rear direction is a cross section, and the left-right direction is a height.
  • the shape of the insulating member 800 may be determined to be any shape that may be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 and positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 .
  • the insulating member 800 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to exclude electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
  • the insulating member 800 may be formed of a material having high rigidity and high heat resistance. This is to prevent the insulating member 800 from being damaged by the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 .
  • the insulating member 800 may be formed of synthetic resin or reinforced plastic.
  • a plurality of insulating members 800 may be provided.
  • the plurality of insulating members 800 may be respectively coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • two insulating members 800 including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b are provided.
  • the first insulating member 800a is detachably inserted and coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a.
  • the second insulating member 800b is detachably inserted and coupled to the second plate coupling part 640b.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are disposed to face each other. In an embodiment, the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b may be disposed in parallel.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • a central fixed contact part 400 among the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 is positioned between the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b.
  • the first insulating member 800a is located on the right side of the second insulating member 800b.
  • the first insulating member 800a is positioned between the fixed contact part 400 positioned at the leftmost side and the fixed contact part 400 positioned at the center.
  • the second insulating member 800b is located on the left side of the first insulating member 800a.
  • the second insulating member 800b is positioned between the central fixed contact part 400 and the rightmost fixed contact part 400 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 when the electromagnetic contactor 10 is viewed from the front in a state in which the insulating member 800 is coupled, the fixed contact unit 400 , the first insulating member 800a , and the fixed contact unit 400 in a left to right direction. , the second insulating member 800b and the fixed contact portion 400 are disposed in this order.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 provided in the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, electrical interference may not occur between the respective fixed contact parts 400 .
  • one side and the other side of the support frame 600 may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
  • the insulating member 800 is provided in two pairs, and may be respectively coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 . That is, a total of four insulating members 800 may be provided.
  • the insulating member 800 is coupled to the front side of the support frame 600 .
  • first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b, but the structure is the same.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b will be collectively referred to as the insulating member 800 .
  • the insulating member 800 includes a plate portion 810 , a coupling edge 820 , a first coupling protrusion 830 , a second coupling protrusion 840 , and a third coupling protrusion 850 . .
  • the plate part 810 forms the body of the insulating member 800 .
  • the plate portion 810 is provided with a coupling edge 820 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are coupled to the plate part 810 .
  • the plate part 810 is configured to physically and electrically separate a plurality of fixed contact parts 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the plate portion 810 is formed in a plate shape.
  • the plate portion 810 is formed in a rectangular plate shape extending in the front-rear direction and facing each other, and extending in the vertical direction and having opposite corners as each side.
  • the plate part 810 is formed to have a predetermined thickness.
  • the predetermined thickness of the plate part 810 may be determined according to the arrangement method of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 .
  • the thickness of the plate part 810 may include a surface on the outside (ie, the left side) of the first extension part 831 or a surface on the outside (ie, the left side) of the third extension part 851 and the second extension part 831 . It may be formed equal to the distance in the left-right direction between the surfaces of the outside (ie, the right side) of the part 841 .
  • upper and lower corners of the front side of the plate portion 810 are chamfered (tapered). That is, each corner from which the plate part 810 protrudes to the outside is chamfered. Accordingly, the user is not injured by the edge of the plate portion 810 .
  • the plate part 810 extends in the vertical direction by a predetermined length.
  • the plate part 810 may extend between the upper surface of the arc box 520 and the lower end of the support frame 600 .
  • the upper end of the plate part 810 may be located at the same height as the upper surface of the arc box. Also, the lower end of the plate part 810 may be positioned at the same height as the lower end of the support frame 600 .
  • the plate part 810 may physically and electrically separate the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
  • One side of the plate portion 810 facing the support frame 600, the edge of the rear side in the illustrated embodiment is defined as a coupling edge (820).
  • the coupling edge 820 is an edge at which the insulating member 800 is positioned adjacent to the support frame 600 .
  • the coupling edge 820 may be in contact with one side of the support frame 600 facing the coupling edge 820, the front side surface in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are continuous on the coupling edge 820 . Specifically, the first to third coupling protrusions (830, 840, 850) are located biased to the lower side of the coupling edge (820).
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are portions at which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be provided in three or more. In any case, it is sufficient if the number of the coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 can be detachably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are located biasedly below the coupling edge 820 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be disposed at any position where the plate part 810 may be positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 positioned adjacent to each other.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. As will be described later, when the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , they are caused to be inserted with a predetermined shape deformation.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are restored to their original shape and fastened to the plate coupling part 640 . can be A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are sequentially disposed along the vertical direction of the coupling edge 820 . Specifically, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
  • the longest distance between the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 in the vertical direction may be formed to be less than or equal to the height of the second groove 642 .
  • the distance between the upper end of the first coupling protrusion 830 and the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 may be shorter than the length in which the second groove 642 is recessed from the top to the bottom.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be inserted through the second groove 642 to be stably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the length at which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are extended may be formed to be greater than or equal to the distance between the surfaces surrounding the receiving groove 645 from the front side of the support frame 600 from the rear.
  • the length of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 extending may be the same as the length of the first groove 641 in the front-rear direction.
  • the length to which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 extend may be equal to the sum of the lengths of the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 in the front-rear direction.
  • the coupling edge 820 is the front side of the support frame 600 .
  • the coupling edge 820 is the front side of the support frame 600 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to have a predetermined height in the direction in which the coupling edge 820 extends, that is, in the vertical direction.
  • the height of the second coupling protrusion 840 is formed to be greater than the height of the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 .
  • the height of the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 may be formed to be greater than the height of the second coupling protrusion 840 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be formed to have the same height.
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 is located at the top of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 is disposed to be spaced apart from the second coupling protrusion 840 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 may be deformed in shape by an external force and store restoring force. Specifically, the first coupling protrusion 830 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 when the insertion of the first coupling protrusion 830 is completed, the first coupling protrusion 830 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the first coupling protrusion 830 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first coupling protrusion 830 is located on the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased.
  • the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased may be the same as the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased.
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located on the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is located to the right of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 includes a first extension part 831 , a first insertion part 832 , and a first fastening part 833 .
  • the first extension portion 831 is a portion in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous.
  • the first extension 831 is formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the first extension 831 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness.
  • a thickness (ie, a length in a left-right direction) of the first extension portion 831 may be formed to be less than or equal to a width of the second groove 642 .
  • the thickness of the first extension portion 831 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
  • the first extension portion 831 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
  • the first insertion part 832 and the first fastening part 833 are continuous to one side of the first extension part 831 facing the support frame 600 and the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first insertion portion 832 is a portion of the first coupling protrusion 830 that is received in the receiving groove 645 .
  • the first insertion part 832 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
  • the first insertion portion 832 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the first extension portion 831 .
  • a cross-sectional area of one end of the first insertion part 832 connected to the first extension part 831 is smaller than a cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
  • the first insertion portion 832 a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the first insertion part 832 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
  • the first fastening portion 833 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the first insertion portion 832 is formed to have a greater width than the first extension portion 831 .
  • a first fastening part 833 is positioned on one side of the first insertion part 832 .
  • the first fastening part 833 prevents the first coupling protrusion 830 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out.
  • the first fastening part 833 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the first inserting part 832 .
  • the first fastening part 833 is formed on one side of the first insertion part 832 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the front side.
  • the first coupling part 833 may be positioned at a portion where the first extension part 831 and the first insertion part 832 are continuous.
  • the first fastening part 833 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the first insertion part 832 .
  • the first coupling portion 833 is formed to protrude to the left in a direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
  • the first fastening part 833 may extend at a predetermined angle with one side of the first insertion part 832 , and a left side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the first fastening part 833 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the first inserting part 832 .
  • One end of the first fastening portion 833 opposite to the first insertion portion 832 in the illustrated embodiment, the left end may be located outside the surface of the plate portion 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the first fastening part 833 is located more left than the surface of the plate part 640 .
  • the first fastening part 833 may extend obliquely toward the end of the first insertion part 832 in a direction away from the first extension part 831 .
  • the first fastening part 833 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the first inserting part 832 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
  • the first fastening part 833 is formed to have a reduced cross-sectional area as it moves away from the first extension part 831 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling part 640 . Also, when the first coupling protrusion 830 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the first coupling part 833 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the first coupling protrusion 830 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is positioned between the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is disposed to be spaced apart from the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 , respectively.
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is deformed in shape by an external force and may store a restoring force. Specifically, the second coupling protrusion 840 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the second coupling protrusion 840 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, the left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the second coupling protrusion 840 is located biased to the right of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased.
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located to the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 includes a second extension portion 841 , a second insertion portion 842 , and a second fastening portion 843 .
  • the second extension portion 841 is a portion in which the second coupling protrusion 840 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous.
  • the second extension portion 841 is formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the second extension 841 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness.
  • a thickness (ie, a left-right direction) of the second extension portion 841 may be formed to be less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
  • the thickness of the second extension portion 841 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
  • the second extension portion 841 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
  • a second insertion portion 842 and a second fastening portion 843 are continuous to one side of the second extension portion 841 facing the support frame 600 and to the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second insertion portion 842 is a portion accommodated in the receiving groove 645 among portions of the second coupling protrusion 840 .
  • the second insertion part 842 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
  • the second insertion portion 842 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the second extension portion 841 .
  • the cross-sectional area of one end of the second insertion part 842 connected to the second extension part 841 is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
  • the second insertion portion 842 a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the second insertion portion 842 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
  • the second fastening part 843 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the second insertion portion 842 is formed to have a greater width than the second extension portion 841 .
  • a second fastening part 843 is positioned on one side of the second insertion part 842 .
  • the second fastening part 843 prevents the second coupling protrusion 840 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out.
  • the second fastening part 843 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the second inserting part 842 .
  • the second fastening part 843 is formed on one side of the second inserting part 842 , on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the second fastening part 843 may be positioned at a portion where the second extension part 841 and the second insertion part 842 are continuous.
  • the second fastening part 843 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the second insertion part 842 .
  • the second fastening part 843 is formed to protrude to the right in a direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
  • the second fastening part 843 may extend at a predetermined angle to one side of the second insertion part 842 , and a right side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the second fastening part 843 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the second inserting part 842 .
  • One end of the second fastening part 843 opposite to the second insertion part 842 in the illustrated embodiment, the right end may be located outside the surface of the plate part 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the second fastening part 843 is located more right than the surface of the plate part 640 .
  • the second fastening part 843 may extend obliquely toward an end of the second insertion part 842 in a direction away from the second extension part 841 .
  • the second fastening part 843 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the second insertion part 842 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
  • the second fastening part 843 is formed to have a reduced cross-sectional area as it moves away from the second extension part 841 .
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling part 640 . Also, when the second coupling protrusion 840 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the second coupling part 843 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the second coupling protrusion 840 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is located at the lowermost side of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is disposed to be spaced apart from the second coupling protrusion 840 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is deformed in shape by an external force and may store a restoring force. Specifically, the third coupling protrusion 850 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the third coupling protrusion 850 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the third coupling protrusion 850 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased.
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located to the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 includes a third extension part 851 , a third insertion part 852 , and a third fastening part 853 .
  • the third extension 851 is a portion in which the third coupling protrusion 850 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous.
  • the third extension 851 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
  • the third extension 851 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness.
  • a thickness (ie, a length in the left-right direction) of the third extension 851 may be less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
  • the thickness of the third extension portion 851 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
  • the third extension 851 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
  • a third insertion portion 852 and a third fastening portion 853 are continuous on one side of the third extension portion 851 facing the support frame 600 and on the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the third insertion part 852 is a part accommodated in the receiving groove 645 among the parts of the third coupling protrusion 850 .
  • the third insertion part 852 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
  • the third insertion portion 852 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the third extension portion 851 .
  • the cross-sectional area of one end of the third insertion part 852 connected to the third extension part 851 is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
  • the third insertion portion 852 a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the third insertion part 852 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
  • the third fastening portion 853 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the third insertion portion 852 is formed to have a greater width than the third extension portion 851 .
  • a third fastening part 853 is positioned on one side of the third insertion part 852 .
  • the third coupling part 853 prevents the third coupling protrusion 850 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out.
  • the third fastening part 853 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the third inserting part 852 .
  • the third fastening part 853 is formed on one side of the third inserting part 852 , on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the third fastening part 853 may be positioned at a portion where the third extension part 851 and the third insertion part 852 are continuous.
  • the third fastening part 853 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the third insertion part 852 .
  • the third coupling part 853 is formed to protrude to the left in the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
  • the direction in which the third fastening part 853 protrudes is the same as the direction in which the first fastening part 833 protrudes. Also, it will be understood that the direction in which the third fastening part 853 protrudes is opposite to the direction in which the second fastening part 843 protrudes.
  • the third fastening part 853 may extend at a predetermined angle with one side of the third insertion part 852 , and a left side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the third fastening part 853 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the third inserting part 852 .
  • One end of the third fastening portion 853 opposite to the third insertion portion 852 in the illustrated embodiment, the left end may be located outside the surface of the plate portion 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the third fastening part 853 is located more left than the surface of the plate part 640 .
  • the third fastening part 853 may extend obliquely toward an end of the third insertion part 852 in a direction away from the third extension part 851 .
  • the third fastening part 853 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the third insertion part 852 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
  • the third fastening part 853 is formed such that its cross-sectional area decreases as it moves away from the third extension part 851 .
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
  • the third coupling protrusion 850 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling portion 640 . Also, when the third coupling protrusion 850 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the third coupling part 853 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the third coupling protrusion 850 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
  • the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes an insulating member 800 .
  • the insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 .
  • a plurality of insulating members 800 are provided and are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 .
  • two insulating members 800 including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b are provided.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are respectively coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b formed on the front side of the support frame 600 .
  • the support frame 600 may be formed symmetrically to each other in the front-rear direction. Accordingly, the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b may be formed on the rear side of the support frame 600 .
  • the insulating member 800 may also be provided on the rear side of the support frame 600 . That is, the first insulating member 800a may be coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a on the rear side, and the second insulating member 800b may be coupled to the second plate coupling part 640b on the rear side.
  • FIG. 32 a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a perspective view.
  • the insulating member 800 is disposed on the front side of the support frame 600 .
  • the insulating member 800 is moved in a direction toward the support frame 600 , in the illustrated embodiment, toward the rear side.
  • two insulating members 800 are provided, including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b.
  • the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b move toward the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b, respectively.
  • the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as a surface surrounding the first groove 641 and the second groove 642 from the lower side. That is, the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 may be seated on the surface and inserted into the plate coupling part 640 .
  • FIG. 33 a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a plan view.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 are inserted into the plate coupling part 640 .
  • first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the respective coupling portions 833 , 843 , 853 are first inserted into the second groove 642 . .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are formed of a material having elasticity, so that a predetermined shape deformation is possible.
  • the longest distance between the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the longest distance between the respective fastening portions 833 , 843 , 853 are greater than the width of the second groove 642 . long formed.
  • first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are bent toward each other to be deformed and inserted into the second groove 642 .
  • first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 which are located on the left side of the coupling edge 820, are bent toward the right side, that is, the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased, and the shape is deformed. do.
  • the second coupling protrusion 840 which is located to the right of the coupling edge 820, is bent toward the left side, that is, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased, and the shape is deformed. .
  • the longest distance between the respective insertion parts 832 , 842 , and 852 and the longest distance between the respective fastening parts 833 , 843 , and 853 may be reduced to less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
  • first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be inserted through the second groove 642 to the receiving groove 645 .
  • the insulating member 800 has the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 on the outermost side of each of the inserting parts 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , 853 . It can be touched and moved.
  • first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are pressed by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 and inserted into the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 . are combined
  • FIG. 34 a state in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a plan view.
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • each of the extensions 831 , 841 , 851 is inserted through the second groove 642 .
  • each of the insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , 853 are accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
  • the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are deformed in shape and store restoring force.
  • the receiving groove 645 is formed to have a wider width (ie, left and right direction) than the second groove 642 .
  • the receiving groove 645 includes the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 along the left and right directions in a state in which the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 are not deformed. It is formed to have a width greater than or equal to the longest distance.
  • the first to third coupling projections (830, 840, 850) are restored to their original shape by the stored restoring force. That is, the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 and the second coupling protrusion 840 are bent in a direction away from each other.
  • first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 are bent toward the left, which is a direction biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
  • second coupling protrusion 840 is bent toward the right, which is a direction biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
  • each of the insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 are developed in the width direction of the receiving groove 645 .
  • each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 is positioned between the surfaces surrounding the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 and the receiving groove 645 from the rear side. That is, each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 overlaps the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 in the direction in which the insulating member 800 is inserted (ie, the front side).
  • first fastening part 833 and the third fastening part 853 overlap the first protruding part 643 in the front-rear direction.
  • second fastening portion 843 overlaps the second protrusion 644 in the front-rear direction.
  • each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , and 853 is snap fastened or hooked to the plate coupling part 640 .
  • each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , 853 and each of the protrusions 643 and 644 are applied. ) is in contact with the insulating member 800 and the support frame 600 is not separated.
  • the coupling between the insulating member 800 and the support frame 600 may be stably maintained.
  • the insulating member 800 may be separated from the support frame 600 by being separated from the plate coupling part 640 after the respective coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are pressed toward each other.
  • the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 in a state in which the arc box 520 is not coupled. Alternatively, it will be understood that the insulating member 800 may be coupled even in a state in which the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 (see FIG. 21 ).

Abstract

An electromagnetic contactor is disclosed. An electromagnetic contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a cover frame including a frame coupling part. The frame coupling part comprises an extension part extending outwards and an insertion part positioned on the end portion of the extension part and formed to have a width wider than that of the extension part. In addition, an electromagnetic contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises an insulation member detachably coupled to the electromagnetic contactor. The insulation member comprises multiple coupling protrusions, and the coupling protrusions undergo a shape change in the process of being inserted into the electromagnetic contactor, thereby storing elastic force, and are subjected to shape restoration by the stored elastic force when the insertion is completed. Accordingly, respective components of the electromagnetic contactor can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor and the coupling state thereof can be stably maintained as well.

Description

전자 접촉기magnetic contactor
본 발명은 전자 접촉기에 관한 것으로, 보다 구체적으로, 전자 접촉기의 각 구성 요소가 용이하게 결합되고, 임의로 분리되지 않는 구조의 전자 접촉기에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to an electromagnetic contactor, and more particularly, to an electromagnetic contactor having a structure in which each component of the electromagnetic contactor is easily coupled and is not arbitrarily separated.
전자 접촉기는 전원과 부하 사이에 구비되어, 과전류에 의해 부하가 손상되는 것을 방지하기 위해 사용된다. The magnetic contactor is provided between the power source and the load, and is used to prevent the load from being damaged by overcurrent.
전자 접촉기는 코일 및 가동 코어를 포함한다. 전자 접촉기에 전류가 인가되면, 코일이 형성하는 자기장에 의해 가동 접점을 포함하는 가동 코어가 고정 코어를 향해 흡인된다. The electromagnetic contactor includes a coil and a movable core. When a current is applied to the magnetic contactor, the movable core including the movable contact is attracted toward the fixed core by the magnetic field formed by the coil.
고정 접점과 가동 접점이 접촉되면, 전자 접촉기가 외부와 통전될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 전원, 전자 접촉기 및 부하가 통전될 수 있다.When the fixed contact and the movable contact are in contact, the magnetic contactor can be energized with the outside. Accordingly, the power source, the magnetic contactor and the load can be energized.
전자 접촉기에는 복수 개의 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 전자 접촉기에는 U상, V상 및 W상을 포함하는 3상 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 또는, 전자 접촉기에는 R상, S상 및 T상을 포함하는 3상 전류가 통전될 수 있다. A plurality of phase currents may be passed through the electromagnetic contactor. For example, a three-phase current including a U-phase, a V-phase and a W-phase may be energized in the magnetic contactor. Alternatively, a three-phase current including an R-phase, an S-phase and a T-phase may be energized through the electromagnetic contactor.
이러한 각 상의 전류는 서로 통전되지 않도록 전기적으로 이격되어야 한다. 각 상의 전류가 서로 전기적으로 간섭될 경우, 합선 등의 안전 사고가 발생될 수 있음에 기인한다.The currents in each of these phases must be electrically spaced apart so that they do not pass through each other. This is because, when the currents of each phase electrically interfere with each other, a safety accident such as a short circuit may occur.
또한, 전자 접촉기가 구비되는 배선이 복수 개일 경우 전자 접촉기는 복수 개 구비되어 서로 인접하게 배치될 수 있다. 상기 상황에서, 서로 인접한 전자 접촉기 또한 전기적으로 이격되어야 한다. In addition, when there are a plurality of wires provided with the electromagnetic contactors, a plurality of the electromagnetic contactors may be provided and disposed adjacent to each other. In this situation, the electromagnetic contactors adjacent to each other must also be electrically spaced apart.
어느 하나의 전자 접촉기에 통전되는 전류에 의해, 다른 전자 접촉기에 흐르는 전류가 영향을 받는 것을 방지하기 위함이다.This is to prevent the current flowing through the other magnetic contactors from being affected by the current flowing through one of the magnetic contactors.
한국등록특허문헌 제10-1094038호는 누전차단기를 개시한다. 구체적으로, 본체 커버에 상간 배리어를 형성하여, 누전차단기에 통전되는 각 상의 전류 간의 간섭을 방지하기 위한 누전차단기를 개시한다.Korean Patent Document No. 10-1094038 discloses an earth leakage breaker. Specifically, an earth leakage breaker for preventing interference between currents of each phase passing through the earth leakage breaker by forming a barrier between phases on the main body cover is disclosed.
그런데, 이러한 유형의 누전차단기는 상간 배리어가 본체 커버에 일체형으로 형성되므로, 상간 배리어만을 유지 보수하기 어렵다는 한계가 있다. 더욱이, 상기 선행문헌에 따른 누전차단기는 상간 배리어가 본체 커버에 고정되므로, 상간 배리어와 본체 커버 간의 크기가 서로 영향을 받게 되는 구조이다. 이에 따라, 설계의 자유도가 저하될 수 있다.However, in this type of earth leakage breaker, since the interphase barrier is integrally formed in the body cover, there is a limitation in that it is difficult to maintain only the interphase barrier. Furthermore, the earth leakage breaker according to the prior literature has a structure in which the size between the phase barrier and the body cover is influenced by each other, since the interphase barrier is fixed to the main body cover. Accordingly, the degree of freedom in design may be reduced.
한국등록특허문헌 제10-0527823호는 차단기를 개시한다. 구체적으로, 케이스에 길이 조절 가능하게 결합되어, 외부로 노출되는 길이를 조절할 수 있는 절연배리어를 포함하는 차단기를 개시한다.Korean Patent Document No. 10-0527823 discloses a circuit breaker. Specifically, it discloses a circuit breaker including an insulating barrier that is coupled to the case to adjust the length, the length exposed to the outside can be adjusted.
그런데, 이러한 유형의 누전차단기는 절연배리어가 케이스의 외부로 노출되는 길이를 가변하기 위한 방안만을 제시한다는 한계가 있다. 즉, 케이스에 결합된 절연배리어가 결합 상태를 안정적으로 유지하기 위한 방안을 제시하지 못한다.However, this type of earth leakage breaker has a limitation in that it proposes only a method for varying the length of the insulation barrier exposed to the outside of the case. That is, the insulating barrier coupled to the case does not suggest a method for stably maintaining the coupled state.
본 발명은 상술한 문제점을 해결할 수 있는 구조의 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor having a structure capable of solving the above-described problems.
먼저, 전자 접촉기에 용이하게 결합 및 분리될 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.First, an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure that can be easily coupled to and separated from the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 결합된 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.In addition, an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which a state coupled to the electromagnetic contactor can be stably maintained.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 결합된 부재의 파손이 방지될 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure that can prevent damage to a member coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 간에, 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않을 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which electrical interference may not occur between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기가 복수 개 구비되어 서로 인접하게 배치되는 경우, 각 전자 접촉기 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않을 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.In addition, when a plurality of electromagnetic contactors are provided and disposed adjacent to each other, an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which electrical interference does not occur between the respective electromagnetic contactors.
또한, 전자 접촉기에서 발생된 아크에 의해, 사용자가 상해를 입지 않을 수 있는 구조의 커버 프레임을 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.In addition, an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including a cover frame having a structure in which a user may not be injured by an arc generated in the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 용이하게 결합될 수 있는 구조의 절연 부재를 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기의 다른 구성 요소가 결합된 이후에도 전자 접촉기에 용이하게 결합될 수 있는 구조의 절연 부재를 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor even after other components of the electromagnetic contactor are coupled.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 결합된 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있는 구조의 절연 부재를 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure in which a state coupled to the electromagnetic contactor can be stably maintained.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 간에, 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않을 수 있는 구조의 절연 부재를 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure in which electrical interference may not occur between currents of different phases energized to the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 전자 접촉기에 결합된 후, 사용자가 상해를 입지 않을 수 있는 구조의 절연 부재를 포함하는 전자 접촉기를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.In addition, after being coupled to the electromagnetic contactor, an object of the present invention is to provide an electromagnetic contactor including an insulating member having a structure that can prevent injury to a user.
상기 목적을 달성하기 위해, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기는, 고정 접점; 상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점; 상기 고정 접점을 지지하는 지지 프레임; 및 상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 지지 프레임의 일측을 덮는 커버 프레임을 포함하며, 상기 커버 프레임은, 서로 이격되어, 마주하도록 배치되는 복수 개의 외면; 복수 개의 상기 외면 사이에 위치되는 리브부; 및 상기 리브부의 일측에서 연장되어, 상기 지지 프레임에 삽입 결합되는 프레임 결합부를 포함하며, 상기 프레임 결합부는, 상기 리브부의 상기 일측에서 연장되며, 소정의 폭을 갖는 연장부; 및 상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 연장부보다 큰 폭을 갖는 삽입부를 포함한다.In order to achieve the above object, an electromagnetic contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention, a fixed contact; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and a cover frame detachably coupled to the support frame and covering one side of the support frame, wherein the cover frame includes: a plurality of outer surfaces spaced apart from each other and disposed to face; a plurality of ribs positioned between the outer surfaces; and a frame coupling part extending from one side of the rib part and inserted and coupled to the support frame, wherein the frame coupling part includes an extension part extending from the one side of the rib part and having a predetermined width; and an insertion portion positioned at an end of the extension portion and having a greater width than the extension portion.
또한, 상기 연장부는 상기 리브부의 두께보다 작은 폭을 갖게 형성되며, 상기 삽입부는 상기 리브부의 두께보다 큰 폭을 갖게 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the extension portion may be formed to have a width smaller than a thickness of the rib portion, and the insertion portion may be formed to have a width greater than a thickness of the rib portion.
또한, 상기 삽입부는, 사각 판형으로 형성되고, 상기 삽입부의 모서리 중 적어도 하나는, 모따기(taper) 가공될 수 있다.In addition, the insertion part is formed in a square plate shape, and at least one of the corners of the insertion part may be chamfered.
또한, 상기 외면은, 일 방향의 길이가 타 방향의 길이보다 긴 판형으로 형성되는 제1 면; 및 상기 제1 면의 상기 일 방향의 각 단부에서 연장되며, 서로 마주하도록 배치되는 제2 면 및 제3 면을 포함하며, 상기 리브부는, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면 사이에서, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면과 각각 이격되게 배치될 수 있다.In addition, the outer surface, the first surface is formed in a plate-shaped length in one direction is longer than the length in the other direction; and a second surface and a third surface extending from each end of the first surface in the one direction and disposed to face each other, wherein the rib portion includes, between the second surface and the third surface, the second surface It may be disposed to be spaced apart from the second surface and the third surface, respectively.
또한, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면은, 상기 제1 면에서 멀어지는 방향으로 연장 형성되고, 상기 리브부는, 상기 제1 면과 연속되며, 상기 제1 면에서 멀어지는 방향으로 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면보다 짧은 길이만큼 연장 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the second surface and the third surface are formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface, and the rib part is continuous with the first surface, and the second surface and the third surface are formed in a direction away from the first surface. It may be formed to extend by a length shorter than the third surface.
또한, 상기 프레임 결합부는, 상기 전자 접촉기를 향하는 상기 리브부의 일측 모서리에서, 상기 리브부의 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.Also, the frame coupling part may be positioned adjacent to an end of the rib part at one edge of the rib part facing the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 상기 제2 면과 상기 리브부 사이 및 상기 리브부와 상기 제3 면 사이에는, 상기 제1 면, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 리브부와, 상기 제1 면, 상기 제3 면 및 상기 리브부에 둘러싸인 아크 공간부가 형성되며, 상기 아크 공간부는, 상기 전자 접촉기의 아크 배출공과 연통될 수 있다.In addition, between the second surface and the rib portion and between the rib portion and the third surface, the first surface, the second surface, and the rib portion, the first surface, the third surface, and the rib portion An arc space portion surrounded by the portion is formed, and the arc space portion may communicate with an arc discharge hole of the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 상기 제1 면의 상기 타 방향의 단부 중, 상기 전자 접촉기에 반대되는 단부에서 연장되는 제4 면을 포함하며, 상기 제4 면은, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면 사이에서 연장되고, 상기 프레임 결합부가 위치되는 상기 리브부의 일측에 반대되는 타측 단부와 연속될 수 있다.In addition, a fourth surface extending from an end opposite to the electromagnetic contactor among ends of the first surface in the other direction, the fourth surface extending between the second surface and the third surface, , It may be continuous with the other end opposite to one side of the rib portion where the frame coupling portion is located.
또한, 상기 지지 프레임은, 상기 커버 프레임을 향하는 일측 면에서 함몰 형성되는 제1 홈; 및 상기 제1 홈을 양측에서 감싸는 면에서 돌출되며, 서로 마주하는 제1 돌출부 및 제2 돌출부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the support frame may include: a first groove recessed from one side facing the cover frame; and a first protrusion and a second protrusion protruding from a surface surrounding the first groove from both sides and facing each other.
또한, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부는, 상기 지지 프레임의 상기 일측 면에서, 상기 커버 프레임에 반대되는 방향으로 연장되며, 상기 제1 홈이 함몰 형성되는 깊이는, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the first protrusion and the second protrusion extend in a direction opposite to the cover frame from the one side surface of the support frame, and the depth at which the first groove is recessed is determined by the first protrusion and the first protrusion. The second protrusion may be formed to be longer than the extended length.
또한, 상기 지지 프레임은, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부 사이에 형성되는 공간인 제2 홈; 및 상기 제2 홈과 각각 연통되며, 상기 커버 프레임에 반대되는 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부의 일측에 형성되는 공간인 수용 홈을 포함하며, 상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 연장부는 상기 제2 홈에 삽입되고, 상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 삽입부는 상기 수용 홈에 삽입될 수 있다.In addition, the support frame may include a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and an accommodating groove communicating with the second groove, each of which is a space formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the cover frame, wherein the extension portion of the frame coupling portion is in the second groove. is inserted, and the insertion portion of the frame coupling portion may be inserted into the receiving groove.
또한, 상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 삽입부의 높이는, 상기 제1 홈의 높이 이하로 형성될 수 있다.In addition, a height of the insertion part of the frame coupling part may be formed to be less than or equal to a height of the first groove.
또한, 상기 제1 홈의 일측은 개방 형성되고, 상기 일측에 반대되는 타측은 폐쇄되며, 상기 삽입부는, 상기 제1 홈의 상기 타측을 향하는 모서리가 모따기(taper) 가공될 수 있다.In addition, one side of the first groove is formed to be open, the other side opposite to the one side is closed, and, in the insertion part, an edge of the first groove facing the other side may be chamfered.
또한, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기는, 지지 프레임에 고정되는 고정 접점; 상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점; 내부에 위치되어 상기 고정 접점 및 상기 가동 접점을 수용하는 공간부 및 상기 공간부와 외부를 연통하는 아크 배출공을 포함하는 아크 박스; 및 상기 아크 박스에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 아크 박스의 일측을 덮는 커버 프레임을 포함하며, 상기 커버 프레임은, 일 방향의 길이가 타 방향의 길이보다 긴 판형으로 형성되는 제1 면; 및 상기 제1 면의 상기 타 방향의 단부 중, 상기 아크 박스를 향하는 일측 단부에서 연장되어, 상기 아크 배출공에 결합되는 아크 박스 체결부를 포함한다.In addition, the electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention, a fixed contact fixed to the support frame; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; an arc box positioned inside and including a space for accommodating the fixed contact and the movable contact, and an arc discharge hole communicating with the space and the outside; and a cover frame detachably coupled to the arc box and covering one side of the arc box, wherein the cover frame includes: a first surface formed in a plate shape having a length in one direction longer than a length in the other direction; and an arc box fastening portion extending from one end of the first surface in the other direction toward the arc box and coupled to the arc discharge hole.
또한, 상기 아크 박스 체결부는, 상기 제1 면의 상기 일측 단부에서 연장되는 연장부; 상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 아크 배출공에 삽입 결합되는 삽입부; 및 상기 삽입부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 연장부의 연장 방향에 대해 방사상 외측으로 연장 형성되어, 상기 아크 배출공을 둘러싸는 모서리에 접촉되는 체결부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the arc box fastening portion, an extension portion extending from the one end of the first surface; an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and inserted and coupled to the arc discharge hole; and a fastening part located at an end of the insertion part, extending radially outward with respect to the extending direction of the extension part, and contacting a corner surrounding the arc discharge hole.
또한, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기는, 고정 접점; 상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점; 상기 고정 접점을 지지하는 지지 프레임; 및 상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 결합되는 절연 부재를 포함하며, 상기 절연 부재는, 판 형으로 형성되는 플레이트부; 상기 플레이트부의 일측 모서리를 형성하는 결합 모서리; 및 상기 결합 모서리에 구비되어, 상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합되는 결합 돌기를 포함하고, 상기 결합 돌기는, 상기 플레이트부의 상기 일측에서 상기 지지 프레임을 향해 연장되며, 소정의 폭을 갖는 연장부; 상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 지지 프레임을 향해 연장되는 삽입부; 및 상기 삽입부의 일측에서 돌출되며, 상기 연장부보다 큰 폭을 갖는 체결부를 포함한다,In addition, the electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention, a fixed contact; a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact; a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and an insulating member detachably coupled to the support frame, wherein the insulating member includes: a plate portion formed in a plate shape; a coupling edge forming one edge of the plate part; and a coupling protrusion provided at the coupling edge and detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame, wherein the coupling protrusion extends from the one side of the plate part toward the support frame and has an extension having a predetermined width. ; an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and extending toward the support frame; and a fastening part protruding from one side of the insertion part and having a width greater than that of the extension part,
또한, 상기 플레이트부는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성되고, 상기 연장부는, 상기 플레이트부의 두께보다 작은 폭을 갖게 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the plate portion may be formed to have a predetermined thickness, and the extension portion may be formed to have a width smaller than a thickness of the plate portion.
또한, 상기 체결부는 상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로 돌출되고, 상기 체결부의 일측의 단부는, 상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로, 상기 플레이트부의 일측의 면보다 더 외측에 위치될 수 있다.In addition, the fastening part may protrude in a thickness direction of the plate part, and an end of one side of the fastening part may be located more outside than a surface of one side of the plate part in the thickness direction of the plate part.
또한, 상기 체결부는, 상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로 돌출되고, 상기 삽입부와 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다.In addition, the fastening portion may protrude in a thickness direction of the plate portion and extend at a predetermined angle with the insertion portion.
또한, 상기 삽입부는, 상기 연장부에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소하도록 형성되고, 상기 체결부는, 상기 연장부와 상기 삽입부가 연속되는 지점에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.In addition, the insertion part may be formed such that a cross-sectional area thereof is reduced in a direction away from the extension part, and the fastening part may be positioned adjacent to a point where the extension part and the insertion part are continuous.
또한, 상기 결합 돌기는 복수 개 구비되어, 복수 개의 상기 결합 돌기는 상기 결합 모서리가 연장되는 방향을 따라 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다.In addition, a plurality of the coupling protrusions may be provided, and the plurality of coupling protrusions may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other in a direction in which the coupling edges extend.
또한, 복수 개의 상기 결합 돌기는, 상기 결합 모서리의 일측에 치우치게 위치되는 제1 결합 돌기; 상기 제1 결합 돌기에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측에 반대되는 타측에 치우치게 위치되는 제2 결합 돌기; 및 상기 제2 결합 돌기에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측에 치우치게 위치되는 제3 결합 돌기를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the plurality of coupling protrusions, first coupling protrusions that are located biased to one side of the coupling edge; a second coupling protrusion positioned adjacent to the first coupling protrusion and biased toward the other side opposite to the one side of the coupling edge; and a third coupling protrusion positioned adjacent to the second coupling protrusion, and positioned to be biased toward the one side of the coupling edge.
또한, 상기 제1 결합 돌기의 제1 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출되고, 상기 제2 결합 돌기의 제2 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 타측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출되며, 상기 제3 결합 돌기의 제3 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출될 수 있다.In addition, the first coupling portion of the first coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge, and the second coupling portion of the second coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the other side of the coupling edge, The third coupling part of the third coupling protrusion may protrude in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge.
또한, 상기 플레이트부는, 상기 결합 모서리에 반대되는 타측의 모서리의 각 단부가 모따기(taper) 가공될 수 있다.In addition, in the plate part, each end of the edge of the other side opposite to the coupling edge may be chamfered (tapered).
또한, 상기 지지 프레임은, 상기 절연 부재를 향하는 일측 면에서 함몰 형성되는 제1 홈; 및 상기 제1 홈을 양측에서 감싸는 면에서 돌출되며, 서로 마주하는 제1 돌출부 및 제2 돌출부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the support frame may include: a first groove recessed from one side facing the insulating member; and a first protrusion and a second protrusion protruding from a surface surrounding the first groove from both sides and facing each other.
또한, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부는, 상기 지지 프레임의 상기 일측 면에서, 상기 절연 부재에 반대되는 방향으로 연장되며, 상기 제1 홈이 함몰 형성되는 깊이는, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the first protrusion and the second protrusion extend in a direction opposite to the insulating member from the one side surface of the support frame, and the depth at which the first groove is recessed is determined by the first protrusion and the first protrusion. The second protrusion may be formed to be longer than the extended length.
또한, 상기 지지 프레임은, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부 사이에 형성되는 공간인 제2 홈; 및 상기 제2 홈과 각각 연통되며, 상기 절연 부재에 반대되는 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부의 일측에 형성되는 공간인 수용 홈을 포함하며, 상기 절연 부재의 상기 연장부는 상기 제2 홈에 삽입되고, 상기 절연 부재의 상기 삽입부 및 상기 체결부는 상기 수용 홈에 삽입될 수 있다.In addition, the support frame may include a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and receiving grooves respectively communicating with the second grooves and being spaces formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the insulating member, wherein the extended portion of the insulating member is disposed in the second groove. is inserted, and the insertion portion and the fastening portion of the insulating member may be inserted into the receiving groove.
또한, 상기 체결부는, 상기 절연 부재가 상기 지지 프레임에 삽입되는 방향을 따라, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부와 겹쳐지게 배치될 수 있다.In addition, the fastening part may be disposed to overlap the first protrusion and the second protrusion along a direction in which the insulating member is inserted into the support frame.
또한, 상기 고정 접점 및 상기 절연 부재는 각각 복수 개 구비되어, 복수 개의 상기 절연 부재는, 복수 개의 상기 고정 접점 사이에 각각 위치될 수 있다.In addition, a plurality of the fixed contact and the insulating member may be provided, respectively, and the plurality of the insulating members may be respectively positioned between the plurality of the fixed contacts.
또한, 상기 절연 부재와 상기 지지 프레임은 후크(hook) 결합될 수 있다.In addition, the insulating member and the support frame may be hook-coupled.
본 발명에 따르면, 다음과 같은 효과가 달성될 수 있다.According to the present invention, the following effects can be achieved.
먼저, 커버 프레임에는 프레임 결합부가 구비된다. 프레임 결합부는 전자 접촉기의 지지 프레임에 구비되는 커버 결합부에 삽입 결합된다. 또한, 커버 프레임에는 아크 박스 결합부가 구비된다. 아크 박스 결합부는 전자 접촉기의 아크 박스에 형성되는 아크 배출공에 관통 결합된다.First, the cover frame is provided with a frame coupling portion. The frame coupling part is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part provided in the support frame of the electromagnetic contactor. In addition, the cover frame is provided with an arc box coupling portion. The arc box coupling portion is coupled through the arc discharge hole formed in the arc box of the electromagnetic contactor.
따라서, 커버 프레임은 삽입 및 관통의 형태로 지지 프레임 및 아크 박스에 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 커버 프레임이 전자 접촉기에 용이하게 결합될 수 있다.Accordingly, the cover frame can be coupled to the support frame and the arc box in the form of insertion and penetration. Accordingly, the cover frame can be easily coupled to the electromagnetic contactor.
또한, 프레임 결합부는 연장부 및 삽입부를 포함한다. 삽입부는 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 연장부보다 큰 폭을 갖도록 형성된다. 프레임 결합부가 삽입되는 커버 결합부는 연장부가 삽입되는 제2 홈 및 삽입부가 수용되는 수용 홈을 포함한다. 제2 홈과 수용 홈은 서로 연통되되, 제2 홈의 폭이 수용 홈의 폭보다 작게 형성된다.In addition, the frame coupling portion includes an extension portion and an insertion portion. The insertion portion is positioned at an end of the extension portion and is formed to have a greater width than the extension portion. The cover coupling part into which the frame coupling part is inserted includes a second groove into which the extended part is inserted and a receiving groove into which the insertion part is accommodated. The second groove and the accommodating groove communicate with each other, and the width of the second groove is formed to be smaller than the width of the accommodating groove.
따라서, 수용 홈에 삽입된 삽입부는 제2 홈을 통해 인출되지 않게 되며, 수용 홈 또는 제1 홈의 상측에 형성된 개구부를 통해서만 인출될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 커버 프레임이 전자 접촉기에 결합된 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the insertion portion inserted into the receiving groove is not drawn out through the second groove, and can be drawn out only through the receiving groove or an opening formed at the upper side of the first groove. Accordingly, a state in which the cover frame is coupled to the electromagnetic contactor may be stably maintained.
또한, 삽입부에는 모따기 가공을 통해 형성되는 테이퍼부가 구비된다. 테이퍼부는 삽입부의 하측, 즉 지지 프레임과 접촉되는 부분의 모서리에 형성된다. 지지 프레임이 요동되어 발생되는 충격은, 보다 넓은 표면적을 갖는 테이퍼부에 의해 분산될 수 있다.In addition, the insertion portion is provided with a tapered portion formed through chamfering. The tapered portion is formed on the lower side of the insert, that is, at the edge of the portion in contact with the support frame. The impact generated by the swinging of the support frame may be distributed by the tapered portion having a larger surface area.
이에 따라, 커버 결합부에 삽입 결합된 프레임 결합부의 강성이 보강될 수 있다. 따라서, 전자 접촉기가 작동되더라도, 프레임 결합부의 손상 및 파손이 최소화될 수 있다.Accordingly, the rigidity of the frame coupling portion inserted into the cover coupling portion may be reinforced. Accordingly, even if the electromagnetic contactor is operated, damage and breakage of the frame coupling portion can be minimized.
또한, 커버 결합부는 복수 개의 리브를 포함한다. 커버 결합부가 지지 프레임에 결합되면, 복수 개의 리브는 복수 개의 고정 접점부 사이에 각각 위치된다. 복수 개의 리브는 절연성 소재로 형성되어, 복수 개의 고정 접점부를 물리적, 전기적으로 이격시킬 수 있다.In addition, the cover coupling portion includes a plurality of ribs. When the cover coupling portion is coupled to the support frame, the plurality of ribs are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact portions. The plurality of ribs may be formed of an insulating material to physically and electrically separate the plurality of fixed contact portions.
이에 따라, 복수 개의 고정 접점부에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류가, 복수 개의 리브에 의해 물리적, 전기적으로 이격될 수 있다. 따라서, 각 전류 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, currents of different phases conducted to the plurality of fixed contact portions may be physically and electrically separated from each other by the plurality of ribs. Accordingly, no electrical interference is generated between the respective currents.
또한, 커버 결합부는 외면을 포함한다. 커버 결합부가 지지 프레임에 결합되면, 상기 외면 중 일부는 지지 프레임의 양 측에서 고정 접점부를 감싸도록 배치된다. 상기 외면은 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the cover coupling portion includes an outer surface. When the cover coupling portion is coupled to the support frame, a portion of the outer surface is disposed to surround the fixed contact portion on both sides of the support frame. The outer surface may be formed of an insulating material.
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기가 복수 개 구비되어 서로 인접하게 배치되는 경우에도, 외면에 의해 각 전자 접촉기가 물리적, 전기적으로 이격될 수 있다. 따라서, 각 전자 접촉기 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, even when a plurality of electromagnetic contactors are provided and disposed adjacent to each other, each of the electromagnetic contactors may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other by the outer surface. Accordingly, no electrical interference is generated between the respective electromagnetic contactors.
또한, 커버 결합부는 외면 및 외면에 둘러싸여 형성된 공간인 아크 공간부를 포함한다. 아크 공간부는 아크 배출공과 연통되어, 아크 박스의 내부에서 발생된 아크가 유입될 수 있다. 또한, 아크 배출공에서 배출된 아크의 경로는, 아크 공간부를 감싸는 외면에 의해 차단된다. In addition, the cover coupling portion includes an arc space portion that is a space formed surrounded by the outer surface and the outer surface. The arc space may be in communication with the arc discharge hole, and the arc generated inside the arc box may be introduced. In addition, the path of the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole is blocked by the outer surface surrounding the arc space.
이에 따라, 아크 배출공에서 배출된 아크는 아크 공간부에서 소정의 시간 동안 체류된 후 개구부를 통해 배출된다. 따라서, 아크가 온도 및 압력이 충분히 강하된 후 외부 공간으로 배출되므로, 사용자의 안전성이 향상될 수 있다.Accordingly, the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole is discharged through the opening after staying in the arc space for a predetermined time. Accordingly, since the arc is discharged to the external space after the temperature and pressure have sufficiently dropped, the safety of the user can be improved.
또한, 절연 부재는 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 지지 프레임에는 내부에 공간이 형성된 플레이트 결합부가 구비된다. 절연 부재에는 복수 개의 결합 돌기가 형성된다. 각 결합 돌기는 플레이트 결합부에 탈착 가능하게 삽입된다. 결합 돌기는 소정의 탄성을 갖는 재질로 형성된다. 또한, 결합 돌기는 플레이트 결합부를 향하는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다. In addition, the insulating member is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame. The support frame is provided with a plate coupling portion having a space formed therein. A plurality of coupling protrusions are formed on the insulating member. Each coupling protrusion is detachably inserted into the plate coupling portion. The coupling protrusion is formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. In addition, the engaging protrusion is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in the direction toward the plate engaging portion.
따라서, 결합 돌기는 압축되어 형상이 변형되며 플레이트 결합부에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다. Accordingly, the engaging projection is compressed and deformed in shape, and can be easily inserted into the plate engaging portion.
또한, 플레이트 결합부는 절연 부재를 향하는 지지 프레임의 양측에 형성된다. 플레이트 결합부는 지지 프레임의 상기 양측에서 외부에 노출될 수 있다. 지지 프레임에 아크 박스가 결합되는 경우에도, 플레이트 결합부는 지지 프레임의 상기 양측에서 노출된 상태를 유지한다.In addition, plate coupling portions are formed on both sides of the support frame facing the insulating member. The plate coupling portion may be exposed to the outside from both sides of the support frame. Even when the arc box is coupled to the support frame, the plate coupling portion remains exposed on both sides of the support frame.
따라서, 아크 박스가 지지 프레임에 결합되었는지 여부와 무관하게, 절연 부재가 플레이트 결합부에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합될 수 있다.Therefore, regardless of whether the arc box is coupled to the support frame, the insulating member may be detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part.
또한, 결합 돌기는 복수 개 구비되어, 결합 모서리가 연장되는 방향으로 서로 이격되어 배치된다. 각 결합 돌기는 결합 모서리에서 연장되는 연장부, 연장부의 단부에 위치되는 삽입부 및 체결부를 포함한다. 체결부는 결합 돌기의 폭 방향으로 돌출된다. In addition, a plurality of coupling protrusions are provided, and are disposed to be spaced apart from each other in a direction in which coupling edges extend. Each engaging protrusion includes an extension extending from the engaging edge, an insertion portion positioned at an end of the extension, and a fastening portion. The fastening part protrudes in the width direction of the coupling protrusion.
플레이트 결합부는 좁은 폭으로 형성되어 연장부가 관통 삽입되는 제2 홈 및 더 넓은 폭으로 형성되어 삽입부 및 체결부가 삽입되는 수용 홈을 포함한다. 제2 홈의 폭은 연장부의 폭 이상이되, 각 결합 돌기의 각 체결부 사이의 거리 미만으로 형성된다. 수용 홈은 각 결합 돌기의 각 체결부 사이의 거리 이상으로 형성된다.The plate coupling portion is formed to have a narrow width and includes a second groove through which the extension is inserted and a receiving groove formed to have a wider width and into which the insertion portion and the fastening portion are inserted. The width of the second groove is greater than or equal to the width of the extension, but is formed to be less than the distance between the respective fastening parts of the respective coupling protrusions. The receiving groove is formed to be greater than or equal to the distance between each fastening portion of each engaging projection.
따라서, 복수 개의 결합 돌기는 서로를 향해 굽어지도록 형상 변형되며 제2 홈을 통과한다. 복수 개의 결합 돌기가 수용 홈에 수용되면, 형상 변형되며 저장된 복원력에 의해 복수 개의 결합 돌기가 원래 형상으로 복원된다. Accordingly, the plurality of engaging projections are deformed to be bent toward each other and pass through the second groove. When the plurality of engaging projections are accommodated in the receiving groove, the shape is deformed and the plurality of engaging projections are restored to their original shapes by the stored restoring force.
이때, 각 체결부는 절연 부재가 삽입되는 방향을 따라 플레이트 결합부의 제1 돌출부 및 제2 돌출부와 겹쳐지게 배치된다. 즉, 결합 돌기와 플레이트 결합부는 후크 결합된다. 따라서, 결합 돌기가 서로를 향해 형상 변형되기 위한 외력이 가해지지 않는 한, 절연 부재는 지지 프레임에서 임의로 인출되지 않는다.In this case, each fastening part is disposed to overlap the first and second protrusions of the plate coupling part along a direction in which the insulating member is inserted. That is, the coupling protrusion and the plate coupling portion are hook-coupled. Therefore, the insulating member is not arbitrarily drawn out from the support frame unless an external force for shape-deforming the engaging projections toward each other is applied.
이에 따라, 절연 부재와 지지 프레임의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the coupling state between the insulating member and the support frame may be stably maintained.
또한, 절연 부재는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 절연 부재는 복수 개의 고정 접점부 사이에 각각 위치될 수 있다. 절연 부재의 플레이트부는 아크 박스의 상측 면에서 지지 프레임의 하측 단부 사이에서 연장된다. In addition, a plurality of insulating members may be provided. The plurality of insulating members may be respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact portions. The plate portion of the insulating member extends between the lower end of the support frame on the upper side of the arc box.
따라서, 복수 개의 고정 접점부는 물리적, 전기적으로 이격된다. 이에 따라, 전자 접촉기에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the plurality of fixed contact portions are physically and electrically spaced apart from each other. Accordingly, electrical interference does not occur between currents of different phases energized in the magnetic contactor.
또한, 플레이트부의 모서리 중 결합 모서리에 반대되는 일측의 모서리, 즉 외부로 노출되는 모서리는 꼭지점 부분이 모따기 처리된다. In addition, the edge of one side opposite to the coupling edge of the edge of the plate portion, that is, the edge exposed to the outside, the vertex portion is chamfered.
따라서, 전자 접촉기에 인접하게 위치되는 사용자가, 플레이트부의 날카로운 모서리에 의해 상해를 입지 않게 된다.Accordingly, a user positioned adjacent to the electromagnetic contactor is not injured by the sharp edge of the plate portion.
도 1은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기를 도시하는 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view showing an electromagnetic contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 도 1의 전자 접촉기를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 2 is a front view showing the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 1;
도 3은 도 1의 전자 접촉기의 내부 구성을 도시하는 A -A 단면도이다.Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A showing the internal configuration of the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 1;
도 4는 도 1의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 상부 프레임 및 아크 박스를 도시하는 사시도이다.4 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame and an arc box provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
도 5는 도 4의 상부 프레임 및 아크 박스를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 5 is a front view showing the upper frame and arc box of Fig. 4;
도 6은 도 1의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 아크 챔버 및 상부 프레임을 도시하는 사시도이다.6 is a perspective view illustrating an arc chamber and an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
도 7은 도 1의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 상부 프레임을 도시하는 사시도이다.7 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
도 8은 도 7의 상부 프레임을 도시하는 평면도이다.FIG. 8 is a plan view showing the upper frame of FIG. 7 .
도 9는 도 7의 상부 프레임을 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 9 is a front view showing the upper frame of Fig. 7;
도 10는 도 1의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 커버 프레임을 도시하는 사시도이다.10 is a perspective view illustrating a cover frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 1 .
도 11은 도 10의 커버 프레임을 다른 각도에서 도시하는 사시도이다.11 is a perspective view illustrating the cover frame of FIG. 10 from another angle;
도 12는 도 10의 커버 프레임을 도시하는 평면도이다.12 is a plan view illustrating the cover frame of FIG. 10 .
도 13은 도 10의 커버 프레임을 도시하는 배면도이다.Fig. 13 is a rear view showing the cover frame of Fig. 10;
도 14는 도 10의 커버 프레임을 도시하는 측면도이다.Fig. 14 is a side view showing the cover frame of Fig. 10;
도 15는 도 7의 상부 프레임과 도 10의 커버 프레임이 결합되는 과정을 도시하는 사시도이다.15 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 are coupled.
도 16은 도 7의 상부 프레임과 도 10의 커버 프레임이 결합된 상태를 도시하는 평면도이다.16 is a plan view illustrating a state in which the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 are coupled.
도 17은 도 7의 상부 프레임 및 도 10의 커버 프레임에 아크 박스가 결합되는 과정을 도시하는 사시도이다.17 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the arc box is coupled to the upper frame of FIG. 7 and the cover frame of FIG. 10 .
도 18은 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기를 도시하는 사시도이다.18 is a perspective view illustrating an electromagnetic contactor according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 19는 도 18의 전자 접촉기를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 19 is a front view showing the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 18;
도 20은 도 18의 전자 접촉기의 내부 구성을 도시하는 단면도이다.Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the electromagnetic contactor of Fig. 18;
도 21은 도 18의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 상부 프레임 및 아크 박스를 도시하는 사시도이다.21 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame and an arc box provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
도 22는 도 21의 상부 프레임 및 아크 박스를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 22 is a front view showing the upper frame and arc box of Fig. 21;
도 23은 도 18의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 아크 챔버 및 상부 프레임을 도시하는 사시도이다.23 is a perspective view illustrating an arc chamber and an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
도 24는 도 18의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 상부 프레임을 도시하는 사시도이다.24 is a perspective view illustrating an upper frame provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
도 25는 도 24의 상부 프레임을 도시하는 평면도이다.Fig. 25 is a plan view showing the upper frame of Fig. 24;
도 26은 도 24의 상부 프레임을 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 26 is a front view showing the upper frame of Fig. 24;
도 27은 도 18의 전자 접촉기에 구비되는 절연 부재를 도시하는 사시도이다.27 is a perspective view illustrating an insulating member provided in the electromagnetic contactor of FIG. 18 .
도 28은 도 27의 절연 부재를 다른 각도에서 도시하는 사시도이다.Fig. 28 is a perspective view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27 from another angle;
도 29는 도 27의 절연 부재를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 29 is a front view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
도 30은 도 27의 절연 부재를 도시하는 측면도이다.Fig. 30 is a side view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
도 31은 도 27의 절연 부재를 도시하는 배면도이다.Fig. 31 is a rear view showing the insulating member of Fig. 27;
도 32는 도 24의 상부 프레임과 도 10의 절연 부재가 결합되는 과정을 도시하는 사시도이다.32 is a perspective view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
도 33은 도 24의 상부 프레임과 도 10의 절연 부재가 결합되는 과정을 도시하는 평면도이다.33 is a plan view illustrating a process in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
도 34는 도 24의 상부 프레임과 도 10의 절연 부재가 결합된 상태를 도시하는 평면도이다.34 is a plan view illustrating a state in which the upper frame of FIG. 24 and the insulating member of FIG. 10 are coupled.
이하, 첨부한 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)를 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, an electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
이하의 설명에서는 본 발명의 특징을 명확하게 하기 위해, 일부 구성 요소들에 대한 설명이 생략될 수 있다.In the following description, in order to clarify the characteristics of the present invention, descriptions of some components may be omitted.
1. 용어의 정의1. Definition of terms
어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 "연결되어" 있다거나 "접속되어" 있다고 언급된 때에는, 그 다른 구성요소에 직접적으로 연결되어 있거나 또는 접속되어 있을 수도 있지만, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재할 수도 있다고 이해되어야 할 것이다. When a component is referred to as being “connected” or “connected” to another component, it is understood that the other component may be directly connected or connected to the other component, but other components may exist in between. it should be
반면에, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 "직접 연결되어" 있다거나 "직접 접속되어" 있다고 언급된 때에는, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재하지 않는 것으로 이해되어야 할 것이다.On the other hand, when it is said that a certain element is "directly connected" or "directly connected" to another element, it should be understood that no other element is present in the middle.
본 명세서에서 사용되는 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한, 복수의 표현을 포함한다.As used herein, the singular expression includes the plural expression unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "자화(magnetize)"라는 용어는 자기장 안에서 어떤 물체가 자성을 띠게 되는 현상을 의미한다.The term “magnetize” used in the following description refers to a phenomenon in which an object becomes magnetic in a magnetic field.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "통전(electric current)"이라는 용어는, 두 개 이상의 부재가 전기적으로 연결되는 상태를 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 통전은 두 개 이상의 부재 사이에 전류가 흐르거나, 전기적 신호가 전달되는 상태를 의미하기 위해 사용될 수 있다.The term “electric current” used in the following description refers to a state in which two or more members are electrically connected. In an embodiment, energization may be used to mean a state in which current flows between two or more members or an electrical signal is transmitted.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "좌측", "우측", "상측", "하측", "전방 측" 및 "후방 측"이라는 용어는 도 1 및 도 18에 도시된 좌표계를 참조하여 이해될 것이다. The terms “left”, “right”, “top”, “bottom”, “front side” and “rear side” used in the following description will be understood with reference to the coordinate system shown in FIGS. 1 and 18 .
2. 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)의 구성의 설명2. Description of the configuration of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention
도 1 내지 도 6을 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 프레임(100), 구동부(200), 가동 접점부(300), 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)를 포함한다.1 to 6 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a frame 100 , a driving unit 200 , a movable contact unit 300 , a fixed contact unit 400 , and an arc extinguishing unit. (500).
또한, 도 7 내지 도 14를 더 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 지지 프레임(600) 및 커버 프레임(700)을 더 포함한다. 커버 프레임(700)은 지지 프레임(600) 및 아크 소호부(500)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 각 상의 전류 간의 간섭을 방지하고, 사용자를 보호할 수 있다.In addition, referring further to FIGS. 7 to 14 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention further includes a support frame 600 and a cover frame 700 . The cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 and the arc extinguishing unit 500 to prevent interference between currents in each phase and protect the user.
이하, 첨부한 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)의 각 구성을 설명하되, 지지 프레임(600) 및 커버 프레임(700)은 별항으로 설명한다.Hereinafter, each configuration of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the support frame 600 and the cover frame 700 will be described as separate clauses.
(1) 프레임(100)의 설명(1) Description of the frame 100
도 1 내지 도 3을 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 프레임(100)을 포함한다.1 to 3 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a frame 100 .
프레임(100)은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외형을 형성한다. 프레임(100)의 내부에는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간에는 전자 접촉기(10)가 작동되기 위한 여러 구성 요소들이 실장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 공간에는 구동부(200)가 수용될 수 있다. 따라서, 프레임(100)은 "하우징"으로 지칭될 수도 있을 것이다.The frame 100 forms the outer shape of the electromagnetic contactor 10 . A space is formed inside the frame 100 . Various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be mounted in the space. In an embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the space. Accordingly, the frame 100 may be referred to as a “housing”.
상기 공간은 프레임(100)의 외면에 둘러싸인다. 즉, 상기 공간은 외부와 물리적으로 이격된다. 이에 따라, 상기 공간에 수용된 각 구성 요소가 외부로 임의 노출되지 않게 된다.The space is surrounded by the outer surface of the frame 100 . That is, the space is physically separated from the outside. Accordingly, each component accommodated in the space is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside.
상기 공간은 외부와 통전된다. 구체적으로, 상기 공간은 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 상기 공간에 수용된 코일(미도시)에 전류가 인가될 수 있다.The space is energized with the outside. Specifically, the space may be electrically connected to an external power source or load. Accordingly, a current may be applied to the coil (not shown) accommodated in the space.
도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임(100)은 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 프레임(100)은 내부에 여러 구성 요소를 수용할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the frame 100 has a rectangular cross section and is formed to extend in the vertical direction. The frame 100 may be formed in any shape capable of accommodating various components therein.
프레임(100)은 아크 소호부(500)의 하측에 위치된다. 프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)에 의해 아크 소호부(500)와 결합된다. 상기 결합을 위해, 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다.The frame 100 is located below the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The frame 100 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 by the support frame 600 . For the coupling, a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member may be provided.
프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)의 하측에 위치된다. 프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)과 결합된다. 상기 결합을 위해, 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다.The frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 . The frame 100 is coupled to the support frame 600 . For the coupling, a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member may be provided.
프레임(100)은 베이스부(110) 및 하부 프레임부(120)를 포함한다. The frame 100 includes a base part 110 and a lower frame part 120 .
베이스부(110)는 프레임(100)의 하측을 형성한다. 베이스부(110)는 프레임(100)이 외부의 환경과 접촉되는 부분이다. 일 실시 예에서, 베이스부(110)는 전자 접촉기(10)가 구비되는 환경의 바닥에 고정될 수 있다. The base part 110 forms the lower side of the frame 100 . The base part 110 is a part in which the frame 100 is in contact with the external environment. In one embodiment, the base part 110 may be fixed to the floor of the environment in which the electromagnetic contactor 10 is provided.
도시된 실시 예에서, 베이스부(110)는 사각의 판 형으로 구비된다. 베이스부(110)는 하부 프레임부(120)를 지지할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 형성될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the base part 110 is provided in a rectangular plate shape. The base part 110 may be formed in any shape capable of supporting the lower frame part 120 .
베이스부(110)의 상측에는 하부 프레임부(120)가 위치된다.The lower frame part 120 is positioned above the base part 110 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 내부에 형성된 공간에 전자 접촉기(10)의 일부 구성 요소를 수용한다. 일 실시 예에서, 하부 프레임부(120)에는 구동부(200) 등이 수용될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 accommodates some components of the electromagnetic contactor 10 in a space formed therein. In an embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)의 상측에 위치된다. 하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)에 의해 지지된다. 일 실시 예에서, 하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 is located above the base part 110 . The lower frame part 120 is supported by the base part 110 . In an embodiment, the lower frame part 120 may be fixedly coupled to the base part 110 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 지지 프레임(600)의 하측에 위치된다. 하부 프레임부(120)는 지지 프레임(600)을 지지한다. 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간은 지지 프레임(600) 내부의 공간과 연통된다.The lower frame part 120 is located below the support frame 600 . The lower frame part 120 supports the support frame 600 . The space inside the lower frame part 120 communicates with the space inside the support frame 600 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 지지 프레임(600)과 결합될 수 있다. 하부 프레임부(120)의 단면의 형상은 지지 프레임(600)의 단면의 형상과 같게 형성될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member. The shape of the cross-section of the lower frame part 120 may be the same as the shape of the cross-section of the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 하부 프레임부(120)가 베이스부(110) 및 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되면, 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간이 외부에 임의 노출되지 않게 된다. 따라서, 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간에 수용된 구성 요소의 임의 노출이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the lower frame unit 120 is coupled to the base unit 110 and the support frame 600 , the space inside the lower frame unit 120 is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside. Accordingly, arbitrary exposure of the components accommodated in the space inside the lower frame unit 120 can be prevented.
도시되지는 않았으나, 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부에는 코일(미도시)과 고정 코어(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다. 상기 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되면, 코일(미도시)이 형성하는 자기장에 의해 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된다. Although not shown, a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) may be provided inside the lower frame unit 120 . When a current is passed through the coil (not shown), the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized by a magnetic field formed by the coil (not shown).
이에 따라, 가동 코어(212) 및 그에 연결된 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되어, 전자 접촉기(10)가 통전될 수 있다. Accordingly, the movable core 212 and the movable contact 320 connected thereto come into contact with the fixed contact 430 , and the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be energized.
(2) 구동부(200)의 설명(2) Description of the driving unit 200
다시 도 3을 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 구동부(200)를 포함한다.Referring back to FIG. 3 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a driving unit 200 .
구동부(200)는 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되기 위한 구동력을 생성한다.The driving unit 200 generates a driving force for moving the movable contact unit 300 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부 공간에 부분적으로 수용된다. 구동부(200)의 나머지 부분은 아크 소호부(500)의 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 is partially accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 . The remaining part of the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the arc box 520 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 이동 가능하게 수용된다. 구체적으로, 구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 승강 가능하게 수용된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 구동부(200)는 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The driving unit 200 is movably accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 . Specifically, the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 to be elevating. In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be moved in the vertical direction.
구동부(200)는 크로스바(210) 및 탄성 부재(220)를 포함한다.The driving unit 200 includes a cross bar 210 and an elastic member 220 .
크로스바(210)는 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 수용된다. The crossbar 210 is accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 and the support frame 600 to be movable in the vertical direction.
크로스바(210)에는 가동 접점부(300)가 연결된다. 가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)와 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . The movable contact part 300 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the crossbar 210 .
따라서, 크로스바(210)의 이동에 의해, 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, by the movement of the crossbar 210 , the movable contact unit 300 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
도시되지는 않았으나, 크로스바(210)의 하측에는 코일(미도시) 및 고정 코어(미도시)가 구비된다. 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되면, 자기장이 형성되어 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된다.Although not shown, a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) are provided under the crossbar 210 . When a current is passed through the coil (not shown), a magnetic field is formed to magnetize the fixed core (not shown).
고정 코어(미도시)가 자화되어 생성하는 자기력은 가동 코어(212)를 흡인한다. 이에 따라, 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)를 향해 이동될 수 있다.The magnetic force generated by magnetizing the fixed core (not shown) attracts the movable core 212 . Accordingly, the movable contact part 300 may be moved toward the fixed contact part 400 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 크로스바(210)는 전후 및 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성되는 판형 부분 및 판형 부분에서 상하 방향으로 연장 형성되는 기둥 부분을 포함한다. In the illustrated embodiment, the crossbar 210 includes a plate-shaped portion extending in front, rear and left and right directions, and a pillar portion extending in the vertical direction from the plate-shaped portion.
크로스바(210)의 형상은 가동 접점부(300)와 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있는 임의의 형태로 형성될 수 있다.The shape of the crossbar 210 may be formed in any shape that can be moved in the vertical direction together with the movable contact part 300 .
크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용될 수 있다. A plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be provided. A plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion may be accommodated in the arc box 520 .
크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be changed according to the number of the movable contact portion 300 and the fixed contact portion 400 .
크로스바(210)는 접점대 연결부(211), 가동 코어(212) 및 고정부(213)를 포함한다.The crossbar 210 includes a contact point connection part 211 , a movable core 212 , and a fixing part 213 .
접점대 연결부(211)에는 가동 접점부(300)의 가동 접점대(310)가 연결된다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 그 연장 방향으로 회전 가능하게 접점대 연결부(211)에 연결될 수 있다.The movable contact point 310 of the movable contact unit 300 is connected to the contact point connection part 211 . In one embodiment, the movable contact bar 310 may be connected to the contact bar connecting portion 211 rotatably in the extending direction thereof.
접점대 연결부(211)는 크로스바(210)의 상측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 접점대 연결부(211)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The contact point connection part 211 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the contact point connecting portion 211 is positioned adjacent to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
접점대 연결부(211)와 상기 판형 부분 사이에는 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)가 위치된다. A fixed contact part 400 and an arc extinguishing part 500 are positioned between the contact point connection part 211 and the plate-shaped part.
접점대 연결부(211)에 연결된 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 또한, 가동 접점(320) 및 고정 접점(430)이 이격되어 발생되는 아크는 아크 소호부(500)로 유입되어 소호될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 connected to the contact point connection part 211 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact part 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact part 400 . In addition, the arc generated by the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 being spaced apart may be introduced into the arc extinguishing unit 500 to be extinguished.
가동 코어(212)는 고정 코어(미도시)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 크로스바(210) 및 이에 연결된 가동 접점부(300)가 이동될 수 있다.The movable core 212 is moved in a direction toward the stationary core (not shown) or in a direction away from the stationary core (not shown). Accordingly, the crossbar 210 and the movable contact unit 300 connected thereto may be moved.
가동 코어(212)는 자기력에 의해 흡인될 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 코어(212)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 다른 실시 예에서, 가동 코어(212)는 전자석 또는 영구 자석으로 구비될 수 있다.The movable core 212 may be provided in any shape that can be attracted by magnetic force. In one embodiment, the movable core 212 may be formed of a conductive material. In another embodiment, the movable core 212 may be provided with an electromagnet or a permanent magnet.
가동 코어(212)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분의 하측에 위치된다. 이에 따라, 가동 코어(212)와 고정 코어(미도시) 사이의 거리가 감소되어 고정 코어(미도시)가 생성하는 자기력이 효과적으로 가동 코어(212)에 전달될 수 있다.The movable core 212 is located below the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 . Accordingly, the distance between the movable core 212 and the fixed core (not shown) is reduced, so that the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown) can be effectively transmitted to the movable core 212 .
고정부(213)는 크로스바(210)의 상측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정부(213)는 접점대 연결부(211)보다 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 더 인접하게 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 고정부(213)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 위치될 수 있다.The fixing part 213 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the fixing portion 213 is located closer to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 than the contact-to-connection portion 211 . In an embodiment, the fixing part 213 may be located at an upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
고정부(213)는 아크 소호부(500)에 결합된다. 아크 소호부(500)에 결합된 고정부(213)는 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 노출될 수 있다.The fixing unit 213 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The fixing unit 213 coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be exposed to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 아크 소호부(500)에 안정적으로 결합될 수 있다. 또한, 크로스바(210)가 고정부(213)를 축으로 하여 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, the crossbar 210 may be stably coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 . In addition, the crossbar 210 may be moved in the vertical direction with the fixing part 213 as an axis.
탄성 부재(220)는 크로스바(210)가 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상측으로 이동되기 위한 복원력을 제공한다. 탄성 부재(220)는 크로스바(210)의 하측에 위치된다. The elastic member 220 provides a restoring force for moving the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, upward in the illustrated embodiment. The elastic member 220 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
구체적으로, 크로스바(210)는 고정 코어(미도시)가 생성하는 자기력에 의해 고정 코어(미도시)를 향하는 방향, 즉 하측으로 이동된다. 이때, 크로스바(210)는 탄성 부재(220)를 가압하며 하측으로 이동된다. Specifically, the crossbar 210 is moved in the direction toward the fixed core (not shown), that is, downward by the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown). At this time, the crossbar 210 is moved downward while pressing the elastic member 220 .
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 이동되어 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430)이 접촉된 상태에서, 탄성 부재(220)는 형상 변형에 의해 복원력을 저장한다.Accordingly, while the crossbar 210 is moved and the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 are in contact with each other, the elastic member 220 stores the restoring force by shape deformation.
과전류가 유입되어 코일(미도시)에 유입되는 전류가 차단되면, 고정 코어(미도시)의 자화 상태가 해제된다. 이에 따라, 가동 코어(212)에 미치는 자기적 흡인력이 해제된다.When the overcurrent flows and the current flowing into the coil (not shown) is cut off, the magnetization state of the fixed core (not shown) is released. Accordingly, the magnetic attraction force applied to the movable core 212 is released.
이때, 탄성 부재(220)는 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상측을 향하는 방향의 복원력을 크로스바(210)에 인가한다. At this time, the elastic member 220 applies a restoring force to the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, in a direction toward the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되며, 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 간의 접촉 상태가 해제될 수 있다.Accordingly, the crossbar 210 is moved in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), and the contact state between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be released.
탄성 부재(220)는 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장하고, 저장된 복원력을 다른 부재에 전달할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 탄성 부재(220)는 코일 스프링(coil spring)으로 구비될 수 있다.The elastic member 220 may be provided in any shape that is deformed in shape to store the restoring force, and transmit the stored restoring force to other members. In an embodiment, the elastic member 220 may be provided as a coil spring.
탄성 부재(220)는 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)를 포함한다.The elastic member 220 includes a first elastic member 221 and a second elastic member 222 .
제1 탄성 부재(221)는 크로스바(210)에 구비된다. 구체적으로, 제1 탄성 부재(221)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 내측에 수용된다. The first elastic member 221 is provided on the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the first elastic member 221 is accommodated inside the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 탄성 부재(222)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부 공간에 위치된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 크로스바(210)의 하측에 위치된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분을 탄성 지지한다.The second elastic member 222 is located in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 . The second elastic member 222 is positioned below the crossbar 210 . The second elastic member 222 elastically supports the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 탄성 부재(222)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 한 개씩 구비된다. 또한, 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 좌측 및 우측에 각각 구비되어 총 네 개 구비된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)의 개수는 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of second elastic members 222 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the second elastic member 222 is provided with one each on the front side and the rear side. In addition, the second elastic member 222 is provided on the left and right sides of the lower frame portion 120, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of the second elastic members 222 may be changed.
크로스바(210)가 하측으로 이동되면, 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 각각 가압되며 복원력을 저장한다. When the crossbar 210 is moved downward, the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 are respectively pressed and store restoring force.
이때, 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)가 저장하는 복원력의 크기는, 고정 코어(미도시)가 가동 코어(212)에 미치는 자기적 흡인력의 크기보다 작게 형성된다.At this time, the magnitude of the restoring force stored by the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 is smaller than the magnitude of the magnetic attraction force exerted by the fixed core (not shown) on the movable core 212 .
따라서, 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된 상태, 즉 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되는 상태에서, 탄성 부재(220)가 압축되어 복원력을 저장한 상태가 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, in a state in which the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized, that is, in a state in which a current is passed through the coil (not shown), the elastic member 220 is compressed to store the restoring force may be maintained.
(3) 가동 접점부(300)의 설명(3) Description of the movable contact part 300
도 3을 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 가동 접점부(300)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 3 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a movable contact unit 300 .
가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)와 함께, 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact unit 300 may be moved together with the crossbar 210 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
가동 접점부(300)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간에 수용된다. 가동 접점부(300)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 내부에서 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is accommodated in the space inside the arc box 520 . The movable contact unit 300 may be moved up and down in the space inside the arc box 520 .
가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)에 연결된다. 구체적으로, 가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)의 접점대 연결부(211)에 회전 가능하게 연결된다.The movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact part 300 is rotatably connected to the contact point connection part 211 of the crossbar 210 .
가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측에 위치된다. 가동 접점부(300)가 크로스바(210)와 함께 하측으로 이동되면, 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 접촉될 수 있다.The movable contact unit 300 is located on one side of the fixed contact unit 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may contact each other.
가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)와 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되면, 전자 접촉기(10)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is in contact with the fixed contact part 400 to be energized. When the movable contact 320 is in contact with the fixed contact 430 , the magnetic contactor 10 may be electrically connected to an external power source or load.
가동 접점부(300)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가동 접점부(300)는 세 개 구비된다. 이는, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 R상, S상 및 T상 또는 U상, V상 및 W상의 3상 전류가 인가됨에 기인한다. A plurality of movable contact units 300 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the movable contact unit 300 is provided with three. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
가동 접점부(300)의 개수는 전자 접촉기(10)에 인가되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of movable contact parts 300 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
가동 접점부(300)는 가동 접점대(310) 및 가동 접점(320)을 포함한다.The movable contact unit 300 includes a movable contact stand 310 and a movable contact 320 .
가동 접점대(310)는 가동 접점부(300)의 몸체를 형성한다. 가동 접점대(310)는 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. The movable contact unit 310 forms the body of the movable contact unit 300 . The movable contact point 310 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
가동 접점대(310)의 연장 길이는 제1 및 제2 고정 접점(413, 432)이 이격되는 거리에 상응하게 결정될 수 있다.The extended length of the movable contact point 310 may be determined to correspond to a distance at which the first and second fixed contacts 413 and 432 are spaced apart.
가동 접점대(310)는 크로스바(210)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 가동 접점대(310)는 크로스바(210)의 접점대 연결부(211)에 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 접점대 연결부(211)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The movable contact bar 310 is coupled to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact point 310 is coupled to the contact point connecting portion 211 of the crossbar 210 . In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be rotatably coupled to the contact point connection part 211 .
가동 접점대(310)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 고정 접점대(410)를 통해 유입된 전류는 가동 접점(320)을 거쳐 가동 접점대(310)로 유입될 수 있다.The movable contact point 310 may be formed of a conductive material. The current flowing through the fixed contact point 410 may flow into the movable contact point 310 through the movable contact point 320 .
일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 철(Fe) 또는 구리(Cu) 등의 소재로 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 길이 방향의 양측 단부에 인접하게, 가동 접점(320)이 위치된다. 가동 접점대(310)는 가동 접점(320)과 통전된다.Adjacent to both ends in the longitudinal direction from which the movable contact bar 310 extends, the movable contact 320 is positioned. The movable contact point 310 is energized with the movable contact 320 .
가동 접점(320)은 크로스바(210)의 이동에 따라 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되거나 이격된다. 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430)이 접촉되면, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 according to the movement of the crossbar 210 . When the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 are in contact, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
상기 통전 상태에서 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)에서 이격되면, 통전되던 전류에 의해 아크가 발생된다. 발생된 아크는 아크 소호부(500)에 의해 소호되며 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.When the movable contact 320 is spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 in the energized state, an arc is generated by the energized current. The generated arc is extinguished by the arc extinguishing unit 500 and may be discharged to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)에 결합된다. 가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)와 함께 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is coupled to the movable contact stand 310 . The movable contact 320 may be moved together with the movable contact 310 .
가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)와 통전된다. 고정 접점(430)에서 가동 접점(320)으로 유입된 전류는 가동 접점대(310)를 통과할 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is energized with the movable contact stand 310 . The current flowing from the fixed contact point 430 to the movable contact point 320 may pass through the movable contact point 310 .
가동 접점(320)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가동 접점(320)은 전방 측에 위치되는 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 후방 측에 위치되는 제2 가동 접점(322)을 포함한다.A plurality of movable contacts 320 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the movable contact 320 includes a first movable contact 321 positioned on the front side and a second movable contact 322 positioned on the rear side.
제1 가동 접점(321)은 가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 가동 접점(321)은 가동 접점대(310)의 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The first movable contact 321 is located on one side of the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the first movable contact 321 may be located adjacent to the front end of the movable contact stand 310 .
제2 가동 접점(322)은 가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 가동 접점(322)은 가동 접점대(310)의 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The second movable contact 322 is located on the other side in the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the second movable contact 322 may be located adjacent to the rear end of the movable contact stand 310 .
가동 접점(320)의 위치 및 개수는 고정 접점(430)의 위치 및 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The position and number of movable contacts 320 may be changed according to the position and number of fixed contacts 430 .
상기 구성에 의해, 가동 접점부(300)에 전류가 통전되는 과정을 설명하면 다음과 같다.A process in which a current is passed through the movable contact unit 300 by the above configuration will be described as follows.
먼저, 고정 접점(430)에서 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 제2 가동 접점(322) 중 어느 하나로 전류가 유입된다. 유입된 전류는 가동 접점대(310)를 통과하여, 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 제2 가동 접점(322) 중 다른 하나를 거쳐 고정 접점(430)로 유입된다. First, a current flows into any one of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 from the fixed contact 430 . The introduced current passes through the movable contact point 310 and flows into the fixed contact 430 through the other of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 .
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
(4) 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)의 설명(4) Description of the fixed contact unit 400 and the arc extinguishing unit 500
도 3 내지 도 6을 참조하면, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다.3 to 6 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a fixed contact unit 400 .
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)의 이동에 의해 가동 접점부(300)와 통전 가능하게 접촉되거나 이격된다. 즉, 명칭에서 알 수 있듯이, 고정 접점부(400)는 이동되지 않는다.The fixed contact unit 400 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact unit 300 to be energized by the movement of the movable contact unit 300 . That is, as can be seen from the name, the fixed contact unit 400 does not move.
고정 접점부(400)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 수용된다. 고정 접점부(400)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 고정된다.The fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 . The fixed contact unit 400 is fixed to the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
고정 접점부(400)는 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점부(400)의 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 양측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측에 관통 형성되는 접점대 관통홀에 관통 결합된다.The fixed contact part 400 is fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 . Specifically, the fixed contact bar 410 of the fixed contact unit 400 is through-coupled to both sides of the support frame 600, the contact bar through-holes formed through the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 위치된다. 가동 접점부(300)가 크로스바(210)와 함께 하측으로 이동되면, 고정 접점부(400)와 가동 접점부(300)가 접촉될 수 있다.The fixed contact unit 400 is located on one side of the movable contact unit 300 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the lower side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the fixed contact part 400 and the movable contact part 300 may come into contact with each other.
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 고정 접점(430)이 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되면, 외부의 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.The fixed contact unit 400 is electrically connected to the movable contact unit 300 . When the fixed contact 430 is in contact with the movable contact 320 , an external power source or load may be energized.
고정 접점부(400)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점부(400)는 세 개 구비된다. 각 고정 접점부(400)는 복수 개의 가동 접점부(300)와 각각 접촉되거나 이격될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact parts 400 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, three fixed contact parts 400 are provided. Each fixed contact portion 400 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the plurality of movable contact portions 300 , respectively.
이는, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 R상, S상 및 T상 또는 U상, V상 및 W상의 3상 전류가 인가됨에 기인한다. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
고정 접점부(400)의 개수는 전자 접촉기(10)에 인가되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of fixed contact parts 400 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
고정 접점부(400)는 고정 접점대(410), 고정 접점 블록(420), 고정 접점(430) 및 지지 프레임(600)을 포함한다. The fixed contact unit 400 includes a fixed contact bar 410 , a fixed contact block 420 , a fixed contact 430 , and a support frame 600 .
상기 구성 중, 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 전자 접촉기(10)에 고정하는 역할을 수행한다. 따라서, 지지 프레임(600)은 프레임(100)에 포함되는 것으로도 이해될 수 있을 것이다. 다만, 이하의 설명에서는 설명의 편의를 위해 지지 프레임(600)이 고정 접점부(400)에 포함되는 것으로 설명한다.In the above configuration, the support frame 600 serves to fix the fixed contact unit 400 to the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, the support frame 600 may be understood as being included in the frame 100 . However, in the following description, it will be described that the support frame 600 is included in the fixed contact unit 400 for convenience of description.
고정 접점대(410)는 고정 접점부(400)의 몸체를 형성한다. 고정 접점대(410)는 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The fixed contact unit 410 forms the body of the fixed contact unit 400 . The fixed contact point 410 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점대(410)의 연장 길이는, 일측이 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전 가능하게 접촉되고, 타측이 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부에 돌출될 수 있게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.The extended length of the fixed contact bar 410 is preferably formed so that one side is in energizable contact with the fixed contact block 420 , and the other side is protruded to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
고정 접점대(410)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 후술될 바와 같이, 고정 접점대(410)는 복수 개 구비된다. 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410) 중 어느 하나에는 전원이, 다른 하나에는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. The fixed contact point 410 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. As will be described later, a plurality of fixed contact points 410 are provided. A power source may be connected to any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410, and a load may be connected to the other to be energized.
고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 면 중 서로 마주하는 두 개의 면에 각각 관통 형성된 접점대 관통홀에 관통 결합된다. The fixed contact point 410 is coupled to the support frame 600 . Specifically, the fixed contact bar 410 is through-coupled to the contact bar through-holes formed through each of the two surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the support frame 600 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 접점대 관통홀이 형성된다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 결합된다.In the illustrated embodiment, contact point through-holes are formed on the front side and rear side of the support frame 600 . Accordingly, the fixed contact bar 410 is coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 , respectively.
고정 접점대(410)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 외부의 전원 또는 부하는 고정 접점대(410)와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. 고정 접점대(410)를 통해 유입된 전류는 가동 접점부(300)를 거쳐 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a conductive material. An external power source or load may be electrically connected to the fixed contact point 410 . The current introduced through the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 through the movable contact unit 300 .
일 실시 예에서, 고정 접점대(410)는 철(Fe) 또는 구리(Cu) 등의 소재로 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
고정 접점대(410)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410) 중 어느 하나에는 전류가 유입되고, 다른 하나에서는 전류가 유출될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact points 410 may be provided. A current may flow into any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410 and a current may flow out from the other.
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점대(410)는 제1 고정 접점대(411) 및 제2 고정 접점대(412)를 포함하여 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact point 410 is provided with two including a first fixed contact point 411 and a second fixed contact point 412 .
제1 고정 접점대(411)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 고정 접점대(411)는 제1 가동 접점(321)의 하측에 대해 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다.The first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In other words, the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321, and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 소정 길이만큼 돌출된다. 제1 고정 접점대(411)가 외측으로 돌출된 부분에는 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결된다.One side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact bar 411, the front side in the illustrated embodiment, protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length. A power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the first fixed contact point 411 protruding to the outside.
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 제1 가동 접점(321)의 하측까지 연장된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 상기 타측 단부는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분에 인접하게 위치된다.The other side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact point 411, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment, extends to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321 . In other words, the other end of the first fixed contact bar 411 in the extending direction is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 상기 타측에는 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)이 안착된다. 제1 고정 접점대(411)는 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.A first fixed contact block 421 is seated on the other side of the first fixed contact bar 411 . The first fixed contact bar 411 is in contact with the first fixed contact block 421 to be energized.
제2 고정 접점대(412)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 고정 접점대(412)는 제2 가동 접점(322)의 하측에 대해 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다.The second fixed contact bar 412 is located on the other side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the rear side. In other words, the second fixed contact point 412 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 소정 길이만큼 돌출된다. 제2 고정 접점대(412)가 외측으로 돌출된 부분에는 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결된다.One side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length. A power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the second fixed contact point 412 protruding to the outside.
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 제2 가동 접점(322)의 하측까지 연장된다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 상기 타측 단부는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분에 인접하게 위치된다.The other side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact point 412 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side extends to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322 . In other words, the other end in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 상기 타측에는 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)이 안착된다. 제2 고정 접점대(412)는 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.A second fixed contact block 422 is seated on the other side of the second fixed contact bar 412 . The second fixed contact bar 412 is in contact with the second fixed contact block 422 to be energized.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 고정 접점(430) 사이에 위치된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 고정 접점(430)을 통전 가능하게 연결한다.The fixed contact block 420 is positioned between the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 . The fixed contact block 420 connects the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 to be energized.
또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리를 조정할 수 있다. 즉, 고정 접점 블록(420)의 높이에 따라, 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리가 조정될 수 있다.In addition, the fixed contact block 420 may adjust the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, according to the height of the fixed contact block 420 , the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be adjusted.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)의 일측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분을 향하는 고정 접점대(410)의 일측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 . Specifically, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 facing the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
달리 표현하면, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410)가 서로 마주하는 방향의 각 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.In other words, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to each end of the plurality of fixed contact bars 410 facing each other.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)의 상측에 위치된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)에 안착된다. The fixed contact block 420 is located on the upper side of the fixed contact stand 410 . The fixed contact block 420 is seated on the fixed contact stand 410 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 소정의 높이를 갖도록 연장 형성된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)의 연장 길이는 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. 즉, 고정 접점 블록(420)의 연장 길이는, 크로스바(210)가 승강 가능한 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. The fixed contact block 420 is extended to have a predetermined height. The extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to a distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to the distance at which the crossbar 210 can be moved up and down.
고정 접점 블록(420)의 높이를 조정하여 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리가 조정될 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다.As described above, the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 can be adjusted by adjusting the height of the fixed contact block 420 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점대(410)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점대(410)로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact unit 410 . The current flowing into the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact block 410 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점(430)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점(430)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점(430)으로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact 430 . The current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410)와 각각 통전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 또한, 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점(430)과 각각 통전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be provided. The plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contact blocks 410 , respectively. In addition, the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contacts 430 , respectively.
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421) 및 제2 고정 접점 블록(424)을 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact block 420 includes two fixed contact blocks, including a first fixed contact block 421 and a second fixed contact block 424 .
제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점대(411)에 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 구체적으로, 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점대(411)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. The first fixed contact block 421 is energably in contact with the first fixed contact unit 411 . Specifically, the first fixed contact block 421 is located adjacent to one side of the first fixed contact unit 411, the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 고정 접점 블록(421)에는 제1 고정 접점(431)이 안착된다. 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점(431)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The first fixed contact 431 is seated on the first fixed contact block 421 . The first fixed contact block 421 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact 431 .
제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점대(412)에 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 구체적으로, 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점대(412)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The second fixed contact block 422 is electrically connected to the second fixed contact unit 412 . Specifically, the second fixed contact block 422 is located adjacent to one side of the second fixed contact unit 412, the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 고정 접점 블록(422)에는 제2 고정 접점(432)이 안착된다. 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점(432)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The second fixed contact 432 is seated on the second fixed contact block 422 . The second fixed contact block 422 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact 432 .
고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되거나 이격된다. 고정 접점(430)이 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되면, 고정 접점부(400)와 가동 접점부(300)가 통전된다. 이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact 320 . When the fixed contact 430 is in contact with the movable contact 320 , the fixed contact 400 and the movable contact 300 are energized. Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)의 상측에 위치된다. 고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측 면에 안착된다.The fixed contact 430 is located above the fixed contact block 420 . The fixed contact 430 is seated on one side of the fixed contact block 420, an upper surface in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점부(300)의 하측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)의 하측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)의 직하방에 위치될 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact part 300 . Specifically, the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact 320 . In an embodiment, the fixed contact 430 may be located directly below the movable contact 320 .
고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점(430)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점(430)으로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact block 420 . The current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
고정 접점(430)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점(430)은 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)에 각각 위치되어, 각 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전된다. A plurality of fixed contacts 430 may be provided. The plurality of fixed contact points 430 are respectively positioned in the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 to conduct electricity with each fixed contact block 420 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점(430)은 제1 고정 접점(431) 및 제2 고정 접점(432)을 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, two fixed contacts 430 are provided, including a first fixed contact 431 and a second fixed contact 432 .
제1 고정 접점(431)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)에 결합된다. 제1 고정 접점(431)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. The first fixed contact 431 is coupled to the first fixed contact block 421 . The first fixed contact 431 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact block 421 .
제2 고정 접점(432)은 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)에 결합된다. 제2 고정 접점(432)은 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The second fixed contact 432 is coupled to the second fixed contact block 422 . The second fixed contact 432 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact block 422 .
아크 소호부(500)는 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 이격되어 발생된 아크를 소호하며 배출하도록 구성된다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 is configured to extinguish and discharge the arc generated by the movable contact unit 300 and the fixed contact unit 400 being spaced apart.
아크 소호부(500)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에 위치된다. 아크 소호부(500)는 지지 프레임(600)에 의해 지지될 수 있다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 is located above the support frame 600 . The arc extinguishing unit 500 may be supported by the support frame 600 .
아크 소호부(500)는 아크 챔버(arc chamber)(510) 및 아크 박스(arc box)(520)를 포함한다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 includes an arc chamber 510 and an arc box 520 .
아크 챔버(510)는 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 이격되어 발생된 아크를 소호한다. 아크 챔버(510)는 고정 접점부(400)에 인접하게 위치된다. 구체적으로, 아크 챔버(510)는 각 고정 접점(431, 432)에 인접하게 위치된다. The arc chamber 510 extinguishes the arc generated by the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 being spaced apart. The arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to the fixed contact portion 400 . Specifically, the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to each fixed contact 431 , 432 .
이에 따라, 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)와 접촉되었다가 이격되면, 발생된 아크는 아크 챔버(510)를 향해 연장될 수 있다. 아크 챔버(510)를 향해 연장된 아크는, 아크 챔버(510)에 구비되는 복수 개의 그리드(grid)를 따라 신장되며 소호될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the movable contact unit 300 comes into contact with the fixed contact unit 400 and is separated from each other, the generated arc may extend toward the arc chamber 510 . The arc extending toward the arc chamber 510 may be extended and extinguished along a plurality of grids provided in the arc chamber 510 .
아크 챔버(510)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 챔버(510)는 전후 방향으로 두 개, 좌우 방향으로 세 쌍 구비되어 총 여섯 개 구비된다. A plurality of arc chambers 510 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, two arc chambers 510 are provided in the front-rear direction and three pairs are provided in the left-right direction, for a total of six arc chambers 510 .
아크 챔버(510)의 개수는 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of arc chambers 510 may be changed according to the number of movable contact parts 300 and fixed contact parts 400 .
아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용된다. 또한, 아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)에 결합된다.The arc chamber 510 is accommodated in the arc box 520 . The arc chamber 510 is also coupled to the arc box 520 .
아크 박스(520)는 내부에 형성된 공간에, 아크 챔버(510), 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)를 수용한다. 또한, 아크 박스(520)는 상기 공간에, 전자 접촉기(10)가 작동되기 위한 다양한 구성 요소를 수용할 수 있다.The arc box 520 accommodates the arc chamber 510 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 in the space formed therein. In addition, the arc box 520 may accommodate various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 in the space.
즉, 아크 박스(520)는 일종의 하우징으로 기능된다.That is, the arc box 520 functions as a kind of housing.
아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에 위치된다. 아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)과 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)과 별도의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 결합될 수 있다.The arc box 520 is located on the upper side of the support frame 600 . The arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 . In an embodiment, the arc box 520 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a separate fastening member (not shown).
도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된 사각기둥 형상이다. 아크 박스(520)의 형상은 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되고, 내부에 전자 접촉기(10)의 작동을 위한 구성 요소를 실장할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 구비될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the arc box 520 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction. The shape of the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 , and may be provided in any shape capable of mounting components for the operation of the electromagnetic contactor 10 therein.
아크 박스(520)는 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 아크 박스(520) 내부의 구성 요소가 외부와 임의 통전되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 합성 수지 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The arc box 520 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the components inside the arc box 520 from being arbitrarily energized with the outside. In one embodiment, the arc box 520 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
아크 박스(520)는 강성이 높은 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 아크 박스(520) 내부에서 발생된 고온 고압의 아크에 의해, 아크 박스(520)가 손상되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 강화 플라스틱으로 형성될 수 있다.The arc box 520 may be formed of a material with high rigidity. This is to prevent the arc box 520 from being damaged by the arc of high temperature and high pressure generated inside the arc box 520 . In one embodiment, the arc box 520 may be formed of reinforced plastic.
아크 박스(520)는 커버부(521), 아크 배출공(522) 및 프레임 결합부(523)를 포함한다.The arc box 520 includes a cover part 521 , an arc discharge hole 522 , and a frame coupling part 523 .
커버부(521)는 아크 박스(520)의 외측을 형성한다. 달리 표현하면, 커버부(521)는 아크 박스(520)가 외부에 노출되는 부분이다. 상술한 바와 같이, 도시된 실시 예에서 아크 박스(520)는 사각기둥 형상으로 구비된다.The cover part 521 forms the outside of the arc box 520 . In other words, the cover part 521 is a portion to which the arc box 520 is exposed to the outside. As described above, in the illustrated embodiment, the arc box 520 is provided in a rectangular prism shape.
이에 따라, 커버부(521)는 하측에 개방된 부분을 제외한 5개소, 즉 상측, 전방 측, 후방 측, 좌측 및 우측에 위치되는 면을 포함한다.Accordingly, the cover part 521 includes surfaces located on the upper side, the front side, the rear side, the left side, and the right side, except for the part open on the lower side.
커버부(521)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측에는 아크 배출공(522)이 관통 형성된다. Arc discharge hole 522 is formed through one side of the cover portion 521, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 내부 공간에서 발생된 아크가 아크 챔버(510)를 통해 소호되며, 아크 박스(520)의 외부로 배출되는 통로이다. 아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 면 중 서로 마주하는 한 쌍의 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 각각 관통 형성된다.The arc discharge hole 522 is a passage through which the arc generated in the inner space of the arc box 520 is extinguished through the arc chamber 510 and is discharged to the outside of the arc box 520 . The arc discharge hole 522 is formed through a pair of surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the arc box 520 , respectively, on the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
아크 배출공(522)은 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 배출공(522)은 각 상의 전류가 통전되는 위치마다 세 개씩 형성된다. 상술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 세 개의 서로 다른 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다.A plurality of arc discharge holes 522 may be formed. In the illustrated embodiment, the arc discharge hole 522 is formed three at each position where the current of each phase is energized. As described above, in the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, three different phase currents may be conducted.
이에 따라, 아크 배출공(522)은 전방 측에 9개, 후방 측에 9개가 형성되어 총 18개 형성된다. 아크 배출공(522)의 개수는 변경될 수 있다.Accordingly, nine arc discharge holes 522 are formed on the front side and nine on the rear side, so that a total of 18 are formed. The number of arc discharge holes 522 may be changed.
아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 내부 공간과 아크 박스(520)의 외부를 연통한다. 이에 따라, 발생된 아크는 아크 박스(520)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the inner space of the arc box 520 and the outside of the arc box 520 . Accordingly, the generated arc may be discharged to the outside of the arc box (520).
후술될 바와 같이, 아크 박스(520)에는 커버 프레임(700)이 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 이때, 아크 배출공(522)은 커버 프레임(700)의 아크 공간부(730)와 연통된다. As will be described later, the cover frame 700 may be detachably coupled to the arc box 520 . At this time, the arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the arc space 730 of the cover frame 700 .
이에 따라, 소호되며 배출된 아크는 아크 박스(520)의 외부 공간으로 직접 배출되지 않고, 아크 공간부(730)를 통과한 후 배출된다. Accordingly, the arc extinguished and discharged is not discharged directly to the outer space of the arc box 520 , but is discharged after passing through the arc space 730 .
결과적으로, 발생된 아크가 외부 공간으로 배출될 때까지 소요되는 시간이 증가되므로, 아크가 충분히 소호된 후 외부의 공간으로 배출될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 사용자의 안전성이 향상될 수 있다.As a result, since the time required for the generated arc to be discharged to the external space is increased, it can be discharged to the external space after the arc is sufficiently extinguished. Accordingly, user safety may be improved.
프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스(520)가 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되는 부분이다. 프레임 결합부(523)는 지지 프레임(600)의 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 맞춰질 수 있다. The frame coupling part 523 is a part where the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The frame coupling portion 523 may be aligned with the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 .
프레임 결합부(523)는 별도의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 나사 결합될 수 있다.The frame coupling part 523 may be coupled to the arc box coupling part 610 by a separate coupling member (not shown). In an embodiment, the frame coupling part 523 may be screwed to the arc box coupling part 610 .
프레임 결합부(523)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스(520)의 좌측 및 우측 면의 전방 측 및 후방 측 단부에 각각 형성되어, 총 네 개 구비된다. 프레임 결합부(523)의 개수는 아크 박스 결합부(610)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of frame coupling units 523 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the frame coupling portion 523 is formed at the front side and rear side ends of the left and right sides of the arc box 520, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of frame coupling parts 523 may be changed according to the number of arc box coupling parts 610 .
(5) 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 지지 프레임(600)의 설명(5) Description of the support frame 600 according to an embodiment of the present invention
본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 지지 프레임(600)을 포함한다. 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 고정 지지하여, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부와 통전되는 동안 고정 접점부(400)가 임의로 요동되지 않게 한다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a support frame 600 . The support frame 600 fixedly supports the fixed contact unit 400 so that the fixed contact unit 400 is not arbitrarily oscillated while the electromagnetic contactor 10 is energized with the outside.
이하, 도 7 내지 도 9를 참조하여 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 지지 프레임(600)을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, the support frame 600 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 .
지지 프레임(600)에는 고정 접점부(400)가 결합된다. 고정 접점부(400)는 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합될 수 있다. 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 하측에서 지지한다.A fixed contact part 400 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The fixed contact unit 400 may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 supports the fixed contact part 400 from the lower side.
지지 프레임(600)은 아크 소호부(500)를 지지한다. 지지 프레임(600)의 상부 공간과 아크 소호부(500)의 내부 공간은 연통된다. 이에 따라, 아크 소호부(500)의 내부 공간에 수용된 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The support frame 600 supports the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The upper space of the support frame 600 and the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 communicate with each other. Accordingly, the movable contact unit 300 accommodated in the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
지지 프레임(600)의 하측에는 프레임(100)이 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)과 프레임(100)은 나사 등의 결합 부재(미도시)에 의해 체결될 수 있다.The frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 . In one embodiment, the support frame 600 and the frame 100 may be fastened by a coupling member (not shown) such as a screw.
지지 프레임(600)의 상측에는 아크 소호부(500)가 위치된다. 지지 프레임(600)은 아크 박스(520)와 결합된다. 구체적으로, 지지 프레임(600)의 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 아크 박스(520)의 프레임 결합부(523)가 서로 결합된다.An arc extinguishing unit 500 is positioned above the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 . Specifically, the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 and the frame coupling portion 523 of the arc box 520 are coupled to each other.
도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)은 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된 사각 기둥 형상이다. 지지 프레임(600)의 형상은 아크 박스(520)의 형상에 따라 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the support frame 600 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular pillar shape extending in the vertical direction. The shape of the support frame 600 may be changed according to the shape of the arc box 520 .
지지 프레임(600)은 아크 박스 결합부(610), 고정 접점 수용부(620), 격벽부(630) 및 커버 결합부(640)를 포함한다.The support frame 600 includes an arc box coupling part 610 , a fixed contact receiving part 620 , a partition wall part 630 , and a cover coupling part 640 .
아크 박스 결합부(610)는 지지 프레임(600)이 아크 박스(520)와 결합되는 부분이다. 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 프레임 결합부(523)와 맞춰질 수 있다The arc box coupling unit 610 is a portion in which the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 . The arc box coupling portion 610 may be aligned with the frame coupling portion 523 .
아크 박스 결합부(610)는 별도의 체결 무재(미도시)에 의해 프레임 결합부(523)와 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 프레임 결합부(523)와 나사 결합될 수 있다.The arc box coupling part 610 may be coupled to the frame coupling part 523 by a separate fastening material (not shown). In an embodiment, the arc box coupling unit 610 may be screwed to the frame coupling unit 523 .
아크 박스 결합부(610)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측의 좌측 및 우측, 후방 측에 좌측 및 우측에 각각 형성되어, 총 네 개 구비된다. 아크 박스 결합부(610)의 개수는 프레임 결합부(523)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of arc box coupling units 610 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the arc box coupling portion 610 is formed on the left and right sides of the front side of the support frame 600, and the left and right sides on the rear side, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of arc box coupling units 610 may be changed according to the number of frame coupling units 523 .
일 실시 예에서, 각 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 전방 측의 양측 단부 및 후방 측의 양측 단부에 각각 위치될 수 있다. In one embodiment, each arc box coupling portion 610 may be located at both ends of the front side and both ends of the rear side, respectively.
전방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 및 후방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 서로 마주하도록 배치된다. The two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the front side and the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the rear side are arranged to face each other.
또한, 전방 측의 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 사이에는 커버 결합부(640)가 위치된다. 후방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 사이에도 커버 결합부(640)가 위치된다.In addition, a cover coupling part 640 is positioned between the two arc box coupling parts 610 on the front side. A cover coupling part 640 is also located between the two arc box coupling parts 610 located on the rear side.
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 고정 접점부(400)가 수용되는 공간이다. 고정 접점부(400)는 고정 접점 수용부(620)에 수용된 후, 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The fixed contact receiving portion 620 is a space in which the fixed contact 400 is accommodated. After the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the fixed contact receiving unit 620 , it may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown).
또한, 아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)에 결합된 상태에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.In addition, the arc chamber 510 may be positioned adjacent to the fixed contact accommodating part 620 in a state coupled to the arc box 520 .
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 일측에서 함몰 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에서 함몰 형성된다.The fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed from one side facing the arc box 520 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 고정 접점대(410)에 상응하는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전후 방향의 길이가, 좌우 방향의 폭보다 길게 형성된다.The fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be formed in a shape corresponding to the fixed contact stand 410 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction. In other words, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is formed to have a length in the front-rear direction longer than a width in the left-right direction.
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 각 상마다 두 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 한 개씩 형성된다.A plurality of fixed contact accommodating units 620 may be formed. The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, one fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed on the front side and the rear side, respectively.
더 나아가, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 각 상의 전류가 통전되는 고정 접점부(400)마다 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 총 여섯 개 형성된다. 고정 접점 수용부(620)의 개수는 통전되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.Furthermore, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be provided for each fixed contact part 400 through which a current of each phase is passed. Accordingly, a total of six fixed contact accommodating units 620 are formed. The number of the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 may be changed according to the number of phases of current passing through.
폭 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 배치되는 고정 접점 수용부(620) 사이에는 격벽부(630)가 위치된다.The partition wall 630 is positioned between the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 arranged in the width direction and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
격벽부(630)는 각 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치되어, 각 고정 접점부(400)를 물리적으로 이격시킨다. 격벽부(630)가 구비됨에 따라, 각 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류는 물리적, 전기적으로 이격될 수 있다.The partition wall part 630 is positioned between each fixed contact part 400 to physically space each fixed contact part 400 from each other. As the partition wall part 630 is provided, currents of different phases energized to each movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may be physically and electrically separated from each other.
격벽부(630)는 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 서로 인접하게 위치되는 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)는 합성 수지 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The barrier rib part 630 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent electrical interference from occurring between the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 positioned adjacent to each other. In an embodiment, the partition wall part 630 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
격벽부(630)는 고정 접점대(410) 또는 고정 접점 수용부(620)가 연장되는 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)는 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the direction in which the fixed contact bar 410 or the fixed contact receiving portion 620 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 각 상마다 두 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다. 이에 따라, 격벽부(630)는 전방 측 및 후방 측으로 연장 형성된다. 격벽부(630)의 전방 측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다. 격벽부(630)의 후방 측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 후방 측 면에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend to the front side and the rear side. The front side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the front side surface of the support frame 600 . The rear side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the rear side surface of the support frame 600 .
격벽부(630)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 서로 다른 세 개의 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 격벽부(630)는 두 개 구비되어, 폭 방향으로 세 개 배치되는 고정 접점 수용부(620) 사이에 위치된다.A plurality of partition walls 630 may be provided. In the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, three different phase currents may be conducted. Accordingly, two partition wall portions 630 are provided and positioned between three fixed contact receiving portions 620 disposed in the width direction.
일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)를 연장한 가상의 선 상에는 커버 프레임(700)의 리브부(720) 및 프레임 결합부(750)가 위치될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 서로 다른 각 상의 전류가 전기적으로 간섭받지 않게 된다.In an embodiment, the rib part 720 and the frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 . Accordingly, currents of different phases are not electrically interfered with.
일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)를 연장한 가상의 선 상에는 커버 결합부(640)가 위치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the cover coupling part 640 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 .
커버 결합부(640)는 커버 프레임(700)이 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 부분이다. 커버 결합부(640)에는 지지 프레임(600)이 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합될 수 있다.The cover coupling part 640 is a part where the cover frame 700 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 may be detachably inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
커버 결합부(640)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 결합부(640)는 좌측에 위치되는 제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 우측에 위치되는 제2 커버 결합부(640b)를 포함하여, 총 두 개 구비된다.A plurality of cover coupling portions 640 may be formed. In the illustrated embodiment, the cover coupling part 640 is provided with a total of two, including a first cover coupling part 640a positioned on the left and a second cover coupling part 640b positioned on the right side.
제1 커버 결합부(640a)와 제2 커버 결합부(640b)는 서로 이격되어 배치된다. 제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 제2 커버 결합부(640b)에는 커버 프레임(700)의 프레임 결합부(750)가 각각 삽입 결합된다.The first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other. The frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 is inserted and coupled to the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b, respectively.
제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 제2 커버 결합부(640b)는 배치되는 위치에 차이가 있고, 기타 형상 및 구조는 동일하다. 이에, 제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 제2 커버 결합부(640b)를 커버 결합부(640)로 통칭하여 설명하기로 한다.The first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b are different from each other in the arrangement position, and other shapes and structures are the same. Accordingly, the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b will be collectively referred to as the cover coupling part 640 .
커버 결합부(640)는 지지 프레임(600)이 서로 마주하는 양 측면에 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 결합부(640)는 서로 마주하는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 각각 형성된다. The cover coupling part 640 may be formed on both sides of the support frame 600 facing each other. In the illustrated embodiment, the cover coupling portion 640 is formed on the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 facing each other, respectively.
이에 따라, 커버 결합부(640)는 총 네 개 형성된다. 이하에서는, 설명의 편의를 위해 각 방향은 전방 측에 위치되는 커버 결합부(640)를 기준으로 설명한다.Accordingly, a total of four cover coupling parts 640 are formed. Hereinafter, for convenience of description, each direction will be described with reference to the cover coupling portion 640 positioned on the front side.
커버 결합부(640)에는 프레임 결합부(750)가 삽입 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 커버 결합부(640)에는 프레임 결합부(750)가 상하 방향으로 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The frame coupling part 750 is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 . In one embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 may be detachably coupled to the cover coupling part 640 in the vertical direction.
다른 실시 예에서, 커버 결합부(640)에는 프레임 결합부(750)가 전후 방향으로 삽입된 후, 상하 방향으로 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.In another embodiment, after the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the cover coupling part 640 in the front-rear direction, it may be detachably coupled in the vertical direction.
커버 결합부(640)는 제1 홈(641), 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643), 제2 돌출부(644) 및 수용 홈(645)을 포함한다.The cover coupling portion 640 includes a first groove 641 , a second groove 642 , a first projection 643 , a second projection 644 , and a receiving groove 645 .
제1 홈(641)은 프레임 결합부(750)가 삽입되는 공간이다. 제1 홈(641)은 커버 프레임(700)을 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면에서 함몰 형성된다. The first groove 641 is a space into which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted. The first groove 641 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리는, 후술될 연장부(751)가 연장되는 길이 이상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 프레임 결합부(750)는 삽입부(752)가 수용 홈(645)에 도달될 때까지 제1 홈(641)에 삽입될 수 있다.The distance at which the first groove 641 is recessed may be greater than the length through which the extension part 751, which will be described later, extends. Accordingly, the frame coupling part 750 may be inserted into the first groove 641 until the insertion part 752 reaches the receiving groove 645 .
제1 홈(641)의 일측은 개방될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 제1 홈(641)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측은 개방 형성될 수 있다. 따라서, 제1 홈(641)은 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에서 함몰 형성된다고 할 수도 있을 것이다.One side of the first groove 641 may be opened. Specifically, one side of the first groove 641 facing the arc box 520, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed open. Accordingly, it may be said that the first groove 641 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
제1 홈(641)은 소정 길이만큼 상하 방향으로 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 홈(641)이 상하 방향으로 연장되는 길이는, 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)의 높이(즉, 상하 방향의 길이)보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.The first groove 641 may extend in the vertical direction by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction may be longer than the height (ie, the length in the vertical direction) of the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 .
제1 홈(641)의 타측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 제1 홈(641)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제1 홈(641)에 삽입된 프레임 결합부(750)는 제1 홈(641)의 상기 타측에 안정적으로 안착될 수 있다.The other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side may be closed. Accordingly, the frame coupling part 750 inserted into the first groove 641 may be stably seated on the other side of the first groove 641 .
제1 홈(641)의 다른 타측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 커버 프레임(700)에 반대되는 제1 홈(641)의 다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 프레임 결합부(750)가 제1 홈(641)에 삽입되는 거리가 제한될 수 있다.The other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side may be closed. Accordingly, a distance at which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the first groove 641 may be limited.
즉, 제1 홈(641)은, 커버 프레임(700)을 향하는 일측(즉, 전방 측) 및 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 타측(즉, 상측)이 개방 형성된다. 또한, 제1 홈(641)은, 커버 프레임(700)에 반대되는 다른 타측(즉, 후방 측) 및 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 또다른 타측(즉, 하측)이 폐쇄된다.That is, the first groove 641 is formed with one side (ie, the front side) facing the cover frame 700 and the other side (ie, the upper side) facing the arc box 520 . In addition, the first groove 641, the other side opposite to the cover frame 700 (ie, the rear side) and the other side opposite to the arc box 520 (ie, the lower side) are closed.
제1 홈(641)은 소정의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)을 갖도록 형성된다. 제1 홈(641)의 폭의 길이는 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)의 폭의 길이에 따라 결정되는 것이 바람직하다.The first groove 641 is formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The length of the width of the first groove 641 is preferably determined according to the length of the width of the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 .
즉, 제1 홈(641)의 폭의 길이는 삽입부(752)의 폭의 길이보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.That is, it is preferable that the length of the width of the first groove 641 is greater than the length of the width of the insertion part 752 .
제1 홈(641)의 내부에는 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)이 형성된다. 또한, 제1 홈(641)의 내부에는 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 구비된다.A second groove 642 and a receiving groove 645 are formed inside the first groove 641 . In addition, a first protrusion 643 and a second protrusion 644 are provided inside the first groove 641 .
제2 홈(642)은 프레임 결합부(750)의 연장부(751)가 삽입되는 공간이다. 제2 홈(642)은 커버 프레임(700)을 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면에서 함몰 형성된다. The second groove 642 is a space into which the extension part 751 of the frame coupling part 750 is inserted. The second groove 642 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
제2 홈(642)이 함몰되는 거리는, 제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 홈(642)이 함몰되는 거리와 수용 홈(645)의 폭(즉, 전후 방향의 길이)의 합은, 제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리와 같을 수 있다.The recessed distance of the second groove 642 may be shorter than the recessed distance of the first groove 641 . In an embodiment, the sum of the distance at which the second groove 642 is depressed and the width (ie, the length in the front-rear direction) of the receiving groove 645 may be equal to the distance at which the first groove 641 is depressed.
제2 홈(642)은 제1 홈(641)의 부분으로 정의될 수 있다.The second groove 642 may be defined as a portion of the first groove 641 .
구체적으로, 제2 홈(642)은 제1 홈(641) 중, 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 둘러싸인 공간으로 정의될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 홈(642)의 좌측 및 우측은 각각 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 둘러싸인다.Specifically, the second groove 642 may be defined as a space surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 among the first grooves 641 . In the illustrated embodiment, the left and right sides of the second groove 642 are surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 , respectively.
이에 따라, 제2 홈(642)의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)은 제1 홈(641)의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)보다 작게 형성된다. 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 프레임 결합부(750)의 폭의 길이에 따라 결정되는 것이 바람직하다.Accordingly, the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the first groove 641 . The length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably determined according to the length of the width of the frame coupling portion 750 .
즉, 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 연장부(751)의 폭보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다, 또한, 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 삽입부(752)의 폭보다 작게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.That is, the length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably formed to be greater than the width of the extension part 751 . In addition, the length of the width of the second groove 642 is the width of the insertion part 752 . It is preferable to be formed smaller.
따라서, 프레임 결합부(750)가 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합되면, 삽입부(752)가 제2 홈(642)을 통해 인출되지 않게 된다. 이에 따라, 지지 프레임(600)과 커버 프레임(700)의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the frame coupling part 750 is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 , the insertion part 752 is not drawn out through the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the coupling state between the support frame 600 and the cover frame 700 may be stably maintained.
제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)는 제1 홈(641)을 폭 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향에서 둘러싸도록 형성된다. 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)는 제1 홈(641)을 폭 방향에서 둘러싸는 각 면에서 서로를 향해 돌출 형성된다.The first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to surround the first groove 641 in the width direction, that is, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. The first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to protrude toward each other on each surface surrounding the first groove 641 in the width direction.
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 서로 마주하는 면은 이격될 수 있다. 상기 이격에 의해, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 각 면 사이의 공간인 제2 홈(642)이 정의될 수 있다.Surfaces on which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 face each other may be spaced apart from each other. By the separation, a second groove 642 that is a space between each surface of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be defined.
달리 표현하면, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)는 커버 프레임(700)을 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측면에 인접하게 위치된다. 또한, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상기 일측 면에서, 커버 프레임(700)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 연장된다.In other words, the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are positioned adjacent to one side of the support frame 600 facing the cover frame 700 , and the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend from the one side surface of the support frame 600 in a direction away from the cover frame 700 .
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 커버 프레임(700)을 향해 연장되는 길이에 따라, 제2 홈(642)의 깊이(즉, 전후 방향의 길이)가 결정될 수 있다. 즉, 제2 홈(642)의 깊이는, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 커버 프레임(700)을 향해 연장되는 길이와 같을 수 있다.A depth (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the second groove 642 may be determined according to lengths of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extending toward the cover frame 700 . That is, the depth of the second groove 642 may be the same as the length in which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend toward the cover frame 700 .
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 높이(즉, 상하 방향의 길이)는 제1 홈(641)이 상하 방향으로 연장되는 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 프레임 결합부(750)가 삽입된 후 하측으로 이동되어 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)에 수용될 수 있다.A height (ie, a length in the vertical direction) of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be shorter than a length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction. Accordingly, after the frame coupling part 750 is inserted, it may be moved downward to be accommodated in the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 .
커버 프레임(700)에 반대되는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에는 수용 홈(645)이 위치된다.An accommodating groove 645 is positioned on one side of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 opposite to the cover frame 700 , and on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
수용 홈(645)은 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)가 수용되는 공간이다. 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)이 구획된 공간으로 정의될 수 있다.The receiving groove 645 is a space in which the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 is accommodated. The receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space in which the first groove 641 is partitioned.
구체적으로, 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)이 형성하는 공간 중, 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 점유하는 공간을 제외한 나머지 공간의 일부 또는 전부로 정의될 수 있다.Specifically, the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It may be defined as some or all.
수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)과 연통된다. 상기 실시 예는 수용 홈(645)이 제1 홈(641)이 형성하는 공간 중, 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 점유하는 공간을 제외한 나머지 공간의 일부인 경우임이 이해될 것이다.The receiving groove 645 communicates with the first groove 641 . In the above embodiment, the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It will be understood that the case is a part of
수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)과 연통된다. 따라서, 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)와 연속되는 연장부(751)는 제2 홈(642)이 수용될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 communicates with the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the second groove 642 may be accommodated in the extended portion 751 continuous with the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 .
수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)을 커버 프레임(700)에 반대되는 일측에서 감싸는 면과, 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644) 사이의 공간으로 정의될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space between a surface surrounding the first groove 641 at one side opposite to the cover frame 700 , and the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
달리 표현하면, 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)의 좌측, 우측, 후방 측 및 하측의 면과, 제1 및 제2 돌출부(643, 644)의 후방 측 면에 둘러싸인 공간이다.In other words, the receiving groove 645 is a space surrounded by the left, right, rear, and lower surfaces of the first groove 641 and the rear surface of the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 .
수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)에 비해 커버 프레임(700)에서 더 멀도록 위치된다. 즉, 수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)보다 후방 측에 위치된다.The receiving groove 645 is positioned farther from the cover frame 700 compared to the second groove 642 . That is, the receiving groove 645 is located on the rear side of the second groove 642 .
수용 홈(645)은 소정의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)을 갖도록 형성될 수 있다. 수용 홈(645)의 폭은 제2 홈(642)의 폭보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 may be formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the second groove 642 .
수용 홈(645)의 폭은 삽입부(752)의 폭보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 수용 홈(645)의 폭은 제1 홈(641)의 폭과 같게 형성될 수 있다.The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the insertion part 752 . In an embodiment, the width of the receiving groove 645 may be the same as the width of the first groove 641 .
따라서, 수용 홈(645)에는 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)가 용이하게 삽입되어 수용될 수 있다. 또한, 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된 삽입부(752)는 제2 홈(642)을 통해 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the insertion portion 752 of the frame coupling portion 750 may be easily inserted and received in the accommodation groove 645 . In addition, the insertion part 752 inserted into the receiving groove 645 is not drawn out through the second groove 642 .
커버 결합부(640)에 프레임 결합부(750)가 삽입 결합되어, 지지 프레임(600)과 커버 프레임(700)이 결합되는 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description of the process in which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 and the support frame 600 and the cover frame 700 are coupled will be described later.
(6) 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 커버 프레임(700)의 설명(6) Description of the cover frame 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention
본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 커버 프레임(700)을 포함한다. The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a cover frame 700 .
커버 프레임(700)은 아크 소호부(500) 및 지지 프레임(600)과 결합된다. 커버 프레임(700)의 양측은 폐쇄되어, 다른 전자 접촉기(10)와의 전기적 간섭이 방지될 수 있다.The cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 and the support frame 600 . Both sides of the cover frame 700 are closed, so that electrical interference with other electromagnetic contactors 10 can be prevented.
또한, 커버 프레임(700)은 아크 소호부(500)의 아크 배출공(522)을 덮도록 배치되어, 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출되는 아크를 소정의 시간 동안 수용할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 발생된 아크가 사용자에게 직접 배출되지 않으므로, 사용자의 안전성이 향상될 수 있다.In addition, the cover frame 700 may be disposed to cover the arc discharge hole 522 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 to accommodate the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 for a predetermined time. Accordingly, since the generated arc is not directly discharged to the user, the user's safety may be improved.
더 나아가, 커버 프레임(700)은 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류를 전기적으로 이격시키도록 구성된다. 이에 따라, 서로 다른 상의 전류 간의 간섭이 방지되어, 전기적 사고의 발생이 방지될 수 있다.Furthermore, the cover frame 700 is configured to electrically separate currents of different phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, interference between currents of different phases is prevented, thereby preventing an electrical accident from occurring.
이하, 도 10 내지 도 14를 참조하여 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 커버 프레임(700)을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a cover frame 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 10 to 14 .
커버 프레임(700)은 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 상기 결합은 커버 프레임(700)의 프레임 결합부(750)가 지지 프레임(600)의 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합되어 달성된다.The cover frame 700 is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame 600 . The coupling is achieved by inserting the frame coupling part 750 of the cover frame 700 into the cover coupling part 640 of the support frame 600 .
커버 프레임(700)은 아크 박스(520)에 탈착 가능하게 결합된다. 상기 결합은 커버 프레임(700)의 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에 체결되어 달성된다.The cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 . The coupling is achieved by fastening the arc box fastening part 740 of the cover frame 700 to the arc discharge hole 522 .
커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description of a process in which the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 will be described later.
커버 프레임(700)은 서로 인접하게 배치되는 복수 개의 전자 접촉기(10) 간의 전기적인 간섭을 방지할 수 있다. 즉, 커버 프레임(700)은 각 전자 접촉기(10)를 전기적으로 이격시킬 수 있다. 상기 이격은 커버 프레임(700)에 구비되는 외면(710)에 의해 달성된다.The cover frame 700 may prevent electrical interference between the plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 disposed adjacent to each other. That is, the cover frame 700 may electrically separate each electromagnetic contactor 10 . The separation is achieved by the outer surface 710 provided on the cover frame 700 .
커버 프레임(700)은 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 복수 개의 상의 전류 간의 전기적인 간섭을 차단할 수 있다. 상기 차단은 커버 프레임(700)에 구비되는 리브부(720)에 의해 달성된다.The cover frame 700 may block electrical interference between currents of a plurality of phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 . The blocking is achieved by the rib portion 720 provided on the cover frame 700 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 프레임(700)은 아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향(즉, 전후 방향)의 길이가, 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이보다 짧게 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 커버 프레임(700)은 전후 방향의 길이가 좌우 방향의 길이보다 짧은 사각형의 단면을 갖도록 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the cover frame 700 is formed to have a length in a direction (ie, front-back direction) toward the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 is shorter than a length in a width direction (ie, left-right direction). . In other words, the cover frame 700 is formed to have a cross section of a rectangle in which the length in the front and rear directions is shorter than the length in the left and right directions.
커버 프레임(700)의 폭 방향 길이, 즉 좌우 방향의 길이는, 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 폭 방향의 길이에 따라 결정되는 것이 바람직하다.It is preferable that the width direction length of the cover frame 700, that is, the length in the left and right direction, is determined according to the width direction length of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
커버 프레임(700)은 높이 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 이에 따라, 커버 프레임(700)의 전체적인 형상은, 사각기둥 형상이다.The cover frame 700 is formed to extend in the height direction, that is, in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment. Accordingly, the overall shape of the cover frame 700 is a rectangular prism shape.
커버 프레임(700)의 형상은 아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 배출공(522)을 덮을 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 결정될 수 있다.The shape of the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 , and may be determined in any shape capable of covering the fixed contact portion 400 and the arc discharge hole 522 . .
커버 프레임(700)은 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 간의 전기적인 간섭을 배제하기 위함이다. 또한, 복수 개의 전자 접촉기(10)가 구비되는 경우, 인접하게 배치되는 전자 접촉기(10) 간의 전기적인 간섭을 배제하기 위함이다.The cover frame 700 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to exclude electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 . In addition, when a plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 are provided, this is to exclude electrical interference between the adjacent electromagnetic contactors 10 .
커버 프레임(700)은 고강성 및 고내열성을 갖는 소지로 형성될 수 있다. 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출되는 아크에 의해 손상되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다.The cover frame 700 may be formed of a material having high rigidity and high heat resistance. This is to prevent the cover frame 700 from being damaged by the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 .
일 실시 예에서, 커버 프레임(700)은 합성 수지 또는 강화 플라스틱으로 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the cover frame 700 may be formed of synthetic resin or reinforced plastic.
커버 프레임(700)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 커버 프레임(700)은 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 각각 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 프레임(700)은 한 개 구비되어 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 위치된다.A plurality of cover frames 700 may be provided. The plurality of cover frames 700 may be respectively coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 . In the illustrated embodiment, one cover frame 700 is provided and positioned on the front side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
다만, 아크 박스(520)의 일측 및 타측, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측은 서로 대칭되도록 형성될 수 있다. However, one side and the other side of the arc box 520, that is, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
마찬가지로, 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 및 타측, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측은 서로 대칭되도록 형성될 수 있다.Similarly, one side and the other side of the support frame 600, that is, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
이에 따라, 커버 프레임(700)은 두 개 구비되어, 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 결합될 수 있다.Accordingly, two cover frames 700 are provided and may be respectively coupled to the front side and the rear side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
이하에서는, 설명의 편의를 위해 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 커버 프레임(700)이 결합됨을 전제하여 설명한다.Hereinafter, for convenience of description, it is assumed that the cover frame 700 is coupled to the front side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 프레임(700)은 외면(710), 리브부(720), 아크 공간부(730), 아크 박스 체결부(740) 및 프레임 결합부(750)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the cover frame 700 includes an outer surface 710 , a rib portion 720 , an arc space portion 730 , an arc box fastening portion 740 , and a frame coupling portion 750 .
외면(710)은 커버 프레임(700)의 외측 면을 형성한다. 외면(710)은 커버 프레임(700)의 각 구성 요소를 감싸도록 배치될 수 있다.The outer surface 710 forms the outer surface of the cover frame 700 . The outer surface 710 may be disposed to surround each component of the cover frame 700 .
외면(710)에 둘러싸인 공간에는 리브부(720) 및 아크 공간부(730)가 위치될 수 있다.A rib portion 720 and an arc space portion 730 may be positioned in a space surrounded by the outer surface 710 .
외면(710)은 제1 면(711), 제2 면(712), 제3 면(713) 및 제4 면(714)을 포함한다.The outer surface 710 includes a first surface 711 , a second surface 712 , a third surface 713 , and a fourth surface 714 .
제1 면(711)은 커버 프레임(700)의 일측의 외면이다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 면(711)은 커버 프레임(700)의 상측 면으로 구비된다. The first surface 711 is an outer surface of one side of the cover frame 700 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first surface 711 is provided as the upper surface of the cover frame 700 .
제1 면(711)은 제2 면(712), 제3 면(713) 및 제4 면(714)과 연속된다. 제2 면(712), 제3 면(713) 및 제4 면(714)은 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The first surface 711 is continuous with the second surface 712 , the third surface 713 , and the fourth surface 714 . The second surface 712 , the third surface 713 , and the fourth surface 714 are formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface 711 , that is, downward in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 면(711)은 리브부(720)와 연속된다. 리브부(720)는 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The first surface 711 is continuous with the rib portion 720 . The rib portion 720 is formed to extend in a direction away from the first surface 711, that is, downward in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 면(711)은 아크 공간부(730)를 덮도록 구성된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 면(711)은 아크 공간부(730)의 상측에 위치되어, 아크 공간부(730)의 상측 경계를 형성한다.The first face 711 is configured to cover the arc space 730 . In other words, the first surface 711 is located above the arc space 730 and forms an upper boundary of the arc space 730 .
제1 면(711)은 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서, 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 제1 면(711)은 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 방향, 즉 전후 방향의 길이가 연장 형성되는 방향, 즉 좌우 방향의 길이보다 짧게 형성된다.The first surface 711 is formed to extend in one direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions. The first surface 711 is formed in a direction toward the arc box 520 , that is, a length in the front-back direction is extended, that is, shorter than a length in the left-right direction.
달리 표현하면, 제1 면(711)은 서로 마주하는 전후 방향의 모서리의 길이가, 서로 마주하는 좌우 방향의 모서리의 길이보다 길게 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 면(711)의 전후 방향의 모서리의 길이는, 아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)의 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이와 같게 형성될 수 있다.In other words, in the first surface 711 , the length of the front-back direction corners facing each other is longer than the length of the left-right direction edges facing each other. In an embodiment, the length of the edge of the front-back direction of the first surface 711 may be equal to the length of the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction).
따라서, 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되더라도, 커버 프레임(700)은 과다하게 돌출되지 않는다. Accordingly, even if the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 or the support frame 600 , the cover frame 700 does not protrude excessively.
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 커버 프레임(700)을 구비하는 경우에도, 점유하는 공간이 최소화될 수 있다.Accordingly, even when the electromagnetic contactor 10 includes the cover frame 700 , the space occupied can be minimized.
아크 박스(520) 또는 커버 프레임(700)을 향하는 제1 면(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에는 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 구비된다.An arc box fastening part 740 is provided on one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 or the cover frame 700 , and on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 면(711)의 길이 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 단부에서는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)이 연장 형성된다. 제1 면(711)의 폭 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방의 단부에서는 제4 면(714)이 연장 형성된다. A second surface 712 and a third surface 713 are formed to extend from the ends of the first surface 711 in the longitudinal direction, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. In the width direction of the first surface 711, a fourth surface 714 is formed extending from the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
또한, 아크 공간부(730)를 향하는 제1 면(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에는 리브부(720)가 연장 형성된다.In addition, one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc space portion 730, the lower side in the illustrated embodiment is formed to extend the rib portion (720).
제2 면(712)은 커버 프레임(700)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측의 외면이다.The second surface 712 is the other side of the cover frame 700 , and is an outer surface of the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 면(712)은 제1 면(711)이 연장되는 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부에서 연장 형성된다. 제2 면(712)은 제1 면(711)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The second surface 712 is formed to extend from the left end in one direction in which the first surface 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment. The second surface 712 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
일 실시 예에서, 제2 면(712)은 제1 면(711)에 대해 수직하게 연장 형성될 수 있다. In an embodiment, the second surface 712 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
제2 면(712)은 제1 면(711)에서 소정의 길이만큼 연장 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 면(712)이 연장되는 길이는 제3 면(713)이 연장되는 길이와 같을 수 있다. 또한, 제2 면(712)이 연장되는 길이는 리브부(720)가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.The second surface 712 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the length to which the second surface 712 extends may be the same as the length to which the third surface 713 extends. In addition, an extended length of the second surface 712 may be longer than an extended length of the rib portion 720 .
일 실시 예에서, 제2 면(712)은, 측면에서 바라보았을 때 제2 면(712)의 하측 단부가 고정 접점부(400)의 하측에 위치되도록 연장될 수 있다.즉, 제2 면(712)은 고정 접점부(400)를 측면에서 덮도록 연장될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the second surface 712 may extend such that the lower end of the second surface 712 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the second surface ( 712 may extend to cover the fixed contact unit 400 from the side.
상기 실시 예에서, 제2 면(712)은 고정 접점부(400)와 인접하게 위치되는 다른 전자 접촉기(10)의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.In the above embodiment, the second surface 712 may prevent electrical interference from occurring between the fixed contact portion 400 and the fixed contact portion 400 of another electromagnetic contactor 10 positioned adjacently.
제2 면(712)은 제3 면(713)과 이격되어, 제3 면(713)을 마주하도록 배치된다. 구체적으로, 제2 면(712)은 리브부(720) 및 아크 공간부(730)를 사이에 두고 제3 면(713)을 마주하도록 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 면(712)과 제3 면(713)은 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다.The second surface 712 is spaced apart from the third surface 713 and is disposed to face the third surface 713 . Specifically, the second surface 712 is disposed to face the third surface 713 with the rib portion 720 and the arc space portion 730 interposed therebetween. In an embodiment, the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 may be disposed parallel to each other.
제2 면(712)은 제4 면(714)과 연속된다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 제2 면(712)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측 단부는 제4 면(714)의 좌측 단부와 연속된다.The second surface 712 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one side of the second surface 712 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right end is continuous with the left end of the fourth surface 714 .
제2 면(712)은 아크 공간부(730)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제2 면(712)은 인접하게 형성되는 제1 아크 공간부(731)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The second face 712 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the second surface 712 partially surrounds the adjacent first arc space 731 .
제2 면(712)은 제1 개구부(731a)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제2 면(712)은 제1 개구부(731a)의 좌측 경계를 형성한다.The second surface 712 partially surrounds the first opening 731a. Specifically, the second surface 712 forms a left boundary of the first opening 731a.
커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되면, 제2 면(712)은 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 덮도록 구성된다. When the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the second surface 712 covers one side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment. is composed of
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)와, 전자 접촉기(10)의 좌측에 인접하게 배치되는 다른 전자 접촉기(10) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, electrical interference between the electromagnetic contactor 10 and another electromagnetic contactor 10 disposed adjacent to the left side of the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
제3 면(713)은 커버 프레임(700)의 다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측의 외면이다.The third surface 713 is the other side of the cover frame 700 , and is an outer surface of the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
제3 면(713)은 제1 면(711)이 연장되는 타 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측 단부에서 연장 형성된다. 제3 면(713)은 제1 면(711)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The third surface 713 is formed to extend from the right end in the other direction in which the first surface 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment. The third surface 713 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
일 실시 예에서, 제3 면(713)은 제1 면(711)에 대해 수직하게 연장 형성될 수 있다. In an embodiment, the third surface 713 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
제3 면(713)은 제1 면(711)에서 소정의 길이만큼 연장 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제3 면(713)이 연장되는 길이는 제2 면(712)이 연장되는 길이와 같을 수 있다. 또한, 제3 면(713)이 연장되는 길이는 리브부(720)가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.The third surface 713 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the length to which the third surface 713 extends may be the same as the length to which the second surface 712 extends. In addition, an extended length of the third surface 713 may be longer than an extended length of the rib portion 720 .
일 실시 예에서, 제3 면(713)은, 측면에서 바라보았을 때 제3 면(713)의 하측 단부가 고정 접점부(400)의 하측에 위치되도록 연장될 수 있다.즉, 제3 면(713)은 고정 접점부(400)를 측면에서 덮도록 연장될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the third surface 713 may extend such that the lower end of the third surface 713 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the third surface ( 713 may extend to cover the fixed contact unit 400 from the side.
상기 실시 예에서, 제3 면(713)은 고정 접점부(400)와 인접하게 위치되는 다른 전자 접촉기(10)의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.In the above embodiment, the third surface 713 may prevent electrical interference from occurring between the fixed contact portion 400 and the fixed contact portion 400 of another electromagnetic contactor 10 positioned adjacently.
제3 면(713)은 제2 면(712)과 이격되어, 제2 면(712)을 마주하도록 배치된다. 구체적으로, 제3 면(713)은 리브부(720) 및 아크 공간부(730)를 사이에 두고 제2 면(712)을 마주하도록 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제3 면(713)과 제2 면(712)은 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다.The third surface 713 is spaced apart from the second surface 712 and is disposed to face the second surface 712 . Specifically, the third surface 713 is disposed to face the second surface 712 with the rib portion 720 and the arc space portion 730 interposed therebetween. In an embodiment, the third surface 713 and the second surface 712 may be disposed parallel to each other.
제3 면(713)은 제4 면(714)과 연속된다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 제3 면(713)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부는 제4 면(714)의 우측 단부와 연속된다.The third surface 713 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one side of the third surface 713 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end is continuous with the right end of the fourth surface 714 .
제3 면(713)은 아크 공간부(730)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제3 면(713)은 인접하게 형성되는 제3 아크 공간부(733)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The third face 713 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the third surface 713 partially surrounds the adjacent third arc space 733 .
제3 면(713)은 제3 개구부(733a)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제3 면(713)은 제3 개구부(733a)의 좌측 경계를 형성한다.The third surface 713 partially surrounds the third opening 733a. Specifically, the third surface 713 forms a left boundary of the third opening 733a.
커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되면, 제3 면(713)은 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 덮도록 구성된다. When the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the third surface 713 covers one side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment. is composed of
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)와, 전자 접촉기(10)의 좌측에 인접하게 배치되는 다른 전자 접촉기(10) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, electrical interference between the electromagnetic contactor 10 and another electromagnetic contactor 10 disposed adjacent to the left side of the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
제4 면(714)은 커버 프레임(700)의 또다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측의 외면이다.The fourth surface 714 is the outer surface of the other side of the cover frame 700 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
제4 면(714)은 제1 면(711)의 폭 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부에서 연장 형성된다. 제4 면(714)은 제1 면(711)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The fourth surface 714 is formed to extend from the front end in the width direction of the first surface 711 , in the illustrated embodiment. The fourth surface 714 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and extends downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
일 실시 예에서, 제4 면(714)은 제1 면(711)에 대해 수직하게 연장 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the fourth surface 714 may extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
제4 면(714)은 제1 면(711)에서 소정의 길이만큼 연장 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제4 면(714)이 연장되는 길이는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)이 연장되는 길이보다 짧을 수 있다. 또한, 제4 면(714)이 연장되는 길이는 리브부(720)가 연장되는 길이보다 짧을 수 있다.The fourth surface 714 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the length to which the fourth surface 714 extends may be shorter than the length to which the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 extend. In addition, the length in which the fourth surface 714 extends may be shorter than the length in which the rib portion 720 extends.
일 실시 예에서, 제4 면(714)은, 그 하측 단부가 아크 배출공(522)의 하측 단부보다 하측에 위치되도록 연장될 수 있다. 즉, 정면에서 바라보았을 때, 제4 면(714)은 아크 배출공(522)을 완전히 덮게 배치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the fourth surface 714 may extend such that a lower end thereof is positioned lower than a lower end of the arc discharge hole 522 . That is, when viewed from the front, the fourth surface 714 may be disposed to completely cover the arc discharge hole 522 .
이에 따라, 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출된 아크가 바로 외부의 공간으로 유동되지 않게 된다. 결과적으로, 전자 접촉기(10)에 인접하게 위치된 사용자의 상해가 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 does not immediately flow into the outer space. As a result, injury to a user positioned adjacent to the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
제1 면(711)에 반대되는 제4 면(714)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측 단부는, 제2 면(712), 제3 면(713) 및 리브부(720)의 하측 단부보다 상측에 위치된다.One side of the fourth surface 714 opposite to the first surface 711, in the illustrated embodiment, the lower end, the second surface 712, the third surface 713 and the lower end of the rib portion 720 than is located on the upper side.
이에 따라, 제4 면(714)의 하측 단부를 상측의 경계로 하는 복수 개의 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)가 정의될 수 있다.Accordingly, a plurality of openings 731a, 732a, and 733a having the lower end of the fourth surface 714 as the upper boundary may be defined.
제4 면(714)은 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713) 사이에서 연속된다. 구체적으로, 제2 면(712)을 향하는 제4 면(714)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부는 제2 면(712)과 연속된다. 또한, 제3 면(713)을 향하는 제4 면(714)의 타측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측 단부는 제3 면(713)과 연속된다.The fourth face 714 is continuous between the second face 712 and the third face 713 . Specifically, one end of the fourth surface 714 facing the second surface 712 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end is continuous with the second surface 712 . In addition, the other end of the fourth surface 714 facing the third surface 713, the right end in the illustrated embodiment is continuous with the third surface (713).
제4 면(714)은 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제4 면(714)은 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The fourth surface 714 may extend at a predetermined angle to the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . In one embodiment, the fourth face 714 may extend perpendicular to the second face 712 and the third face 713 .
아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 제4 면(714)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에는 리브부(720)가 연속된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제4 면(714)과 리브부(720)는 서로 수직하게 형성될 수 있다.One side of the fourth surface 714 facing the arc box 520 or the support frame 600, the rib portion 720 is continuous on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the fourth surface 714 and the rib portion 720 may be formed perpendicular to each other.
제4 면(714)은 아크 공간부(730)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제4 면(714)은 후방 측에 형성되는 제1 내지 제3 아크 공간부(731, 732, 733)의 전방 측을 둘러싼다.The fourth face 714 partially surrounds the arc space 730 . Specifically, the fourth surface 714 surrounds the front side of the first to third arc spaces 731 , 732 , 733 formed on the rear side.
제4 면(714)은 제1 내지 제3 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)을 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 구체적으로, 제4 면(714)은 제1 내지 제3 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)의 상측 경계를 형성한다.The fourth surface 714 partially surrounds the first to third openings 731a, 732a, and 733a. Specifically, the fourth surface 714 forms an upper boundary of the first to third openings 731a, 732a, and 733a.
커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되면, 제4 면(714)은 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측을 덮도록 구성된다. 이때, 제4 면(714)은 아크 배출공(522)을 덮도록 배치될 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다.When the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the fourth surface 714 is the other side of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment. configured to cover. At this time, as described above, the fourth surface 714 may be disposed to cover the arc discharge hole 522 .
이에 따라, 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출된 아크가 직진하여 배출되지 않게 되어, 사용자의 안전성이 향상될 수 있다.Accordingly, the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 is not discharged in a straight line, so that the safety of the user can be improved.
리브부(720)는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 물리적 및 전기적으로 이격시킨다. 리브부(720)에 의해, 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류가 서로 전기적으로 간섭받지 않게 된다.The rib part 720 physically and electrically separates the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 from each other. Due to the rib portion 720 , currents of different phases energized to the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 are not electrically interfered with each other.
또한, 리브부(720)는 외면(710)과 각각 연속되어, 커버 프레임(700)의 강성을 보강한다. 일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 판 형으로 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 소정의 두께를 갖는 사각판형으로 형성된다. In addition, the rib portion 720 is continuous with the outer surface 710 , respectively, to reinforce the rigidity of the cover frame 700 . In one embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be provided in a plate shape. In the illustrated embodiment, the rib portion 720 is formed in a rectangular plate shape having a predetermined thickness.
리브부(720)는 아크 공간부(730)를 향하는 제1 면(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에서 연장 형성된다. 리브부(720)는 제1 면(711)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장 형성된다.The rib portion 720 is formed to extend from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc space portion 730 , from the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. The rib portion 720 forms a predetermined angle with the first surface 711 and is formed to extend downward in the illustrated embodiment in a direction away from the first surface 711 .
일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제1 면(711)에 대해 수직하게 연장 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend perpendicularly to the first surface 711 .
리브부(720)는 제1 면(711)에서 소정의 길이만큼 연장 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)보다 짧은 길이만큼 연장 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제4 면(714)보다 길게 연장 형성될 수 있다.The rib portion 720 is formed to extend from the first surface 711 by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend by a length shorter than that of the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . In addition, in one embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be formed to extend longer than the fourth surface (714).
일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 측면에서 바라보았을 때 리브부(720)의 하측 단부가 고정 접점부(400)의 하측에 위치되도록 연장될 수 있다.즉, 리브부(720)는 고정 접점부(400)를 측면에서 덮도록 연장될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the rib portion 720 may extend such that the lower end of the rib portion 720 is positioned below the fixed contact portion 400 when viewed from the side. That is, the rib portion 720 is fixed It may extend to cover the contact part 400 from the side.
상기 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 서로 인접하게 배치되는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.In the above embodiment, the rib portion 720 may prevent electrical interference between the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
리브부(720)는 제2 면(712)과 제3 면(713) 사이에 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 리브부(720)는 제2 면(712)과 제3 면(713) 사이에 형성되는 공간인 아크 공간부(730)에 위치된다. 리브부(720)는 아크 공간부(730)를 복수 개로 구획한다.The rib portion 720 is positioned between the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . In other words, the rib portion 720 is positioned in the arc space portion 730 that is a space formed between the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 . The rib part 720 divides the arc space part 730 into a plurality.
일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)과 평행하게 배치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may be disposed parallel to the second surface 712 and the third surface 713 .
리브부(720)는 제4 면(714)과 연속된다. 구체적으로, 제4 면(714)을 향하는 리브부(720)의 일측 모서리, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 모서리는 제4 면(714)과 연속된다. 일 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제4 면(714)에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The rib portion 720 is continuous with the fourth surface 714 . Specifically, one edge of the rib portion 720 facing the fourth surface 714, in the illustrated embodiment, the front side edge is continuous with the fourth surface (714). In an embodiment, the rib portion 720 may extend perpendicular to the fourth surface 714 .
아크 박스(520) 또는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 리브부(720)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 모서리에는 프레임 결합부(750)가 구비된다. 일 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(750)는 리브부(720)의 후방 측 모서리에서, 하측 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.One side of the rib portion 720 facing the arc box 520 or the support frame 600, a frame coupling portion 750 is provided at the rear side edge in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 may be located adjacent to the lower end of the rear side edge of the rib part 720 .
리브부(720)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 리브부(720)는 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 리브부(720)는 제1 리브(721) 및 제2 리브(722)를 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다.A plurality of rib parts 720 may be provided. The plurality of rib parts 720 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other. In the illustrated embodiment, the rib part 720 is provided with two, including a first rib 721 and a second rib 722 .
이에 따라, 리브부(720)는 아크 공간부(730)는 제1 내지 제3 아크 공간부(731, 732, 733)로 구획된다. 이는, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 서로 다른 세 개의 상의 전류가 통전됨에 기인한다. Accordingly, in the rib portion 720 , the arc space portion 730 is divided into first to third arc space portions 731 , 732 , and 733 . This is due to the current passing through the three different phases of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
제1 리브(721)는 제2 면(712)을 향하는 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측에 위치된다. The first rib 721 is located on one side facing the second side 712 , on the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 리브(721)는 제1 아크 공간부(731) 및 제2 아크 공간부(732)를 구획한다. 제1 리브(721)는 제1 아크 공간부(731) 및 제2 아크 공간부(732)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. The first rib 721 partitions the first arc space 731 and the second arc space 732 . The first rib 721 partially surrounds the first arc space 731 and the second arc space 732 .
구체적으로, 제1 리브(721)는 제2 면(712)에 반대되는 제1 아크 공간부(731)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측을 둘러싼다. 또한, 제1 리브(721)는 제3 면(713)을 향하는 제2 아크 공간부(732)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 둘러싼다.Specifically, the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the first arc space 731 opposite to the second surface 712 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right side. Further, the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the second arc space 732 facing the third face 713 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 리브(721)는 제1 개구부(731a)와 제2 개구부(732a)를 구획한다. 제1 리브(721)는 제1 개구부(731a) 및 제2 개구부(732a)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The first rib 721 divides the first opening 731a and the second opening 732a. The first rib 721 partially surrounds the first opening 731a and the second opening 732a.
구체적으로, 제1 리브(721)는 제2 면(712)에 반대되는 제1 개구부(731a)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측을 둘러싼다. 또한, 제1 리브(721)는 제3 면(713)을 향하는 제2 개구부(732a)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 둘러싼다.Specifically, the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the first opening 731a opposite to the second surface 712 , and the right side in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the first rib 721 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a facing the third surface 713 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 리브(722)는 제3 면(713)을 향하는 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측에 위치된다. The second rib 722 is located on one side facing the third side 713 , on the right side in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 리브(722)는 제2 아크 공간부(732) 및 제3 아크 공간부(733)를 구획한다. 제2 리브(722)는 제2 아크 공간부(732) 및 제3 아크 공간부(733)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. The second rib 722 defines a second arc space 732 and a third arc space 733 . The second rib 722 partially surrounds the second arc volume 732 and the third arc volume 733 .
구체적으로, 제2 리브(722)는 제1 리브(721)에 반대되는 제2 아크 공간부(732)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측을 둘러싼다. 또한, 제2 리브(722)는 제3 면(713)에 반대되는 제3 아크 공간부(733)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측을 둘러싼다.Specifically, the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second arc space 732 opposite the first rib 721 , the right side in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the third arc space 733 opposite the third face 713 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right side.
제2 리브(722)는 제2 개구부(732a)와 제3 개구부(733a)를 구획한다. 제2 리브(722)는 제2 개구부(732a) 및 제3 개구부(733a)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The second rib 722 partitions the second opening 732a and the third opening 733a. The second rib 722 partially surrounds the second opening 732a and the third opening 733a.
구체적으로, 제2 리브(722)는 제1 리브(721)에 반대되는 제2 개구부(732a)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 둘러싼다. 또한, 제2 리브(722)는 제3 면(713)에 반대되는 제2 개구부(732a)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 둘러싼다.Specifically, the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a opposite to the first rib 721 , the left side in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the second rib 722 surrounds one side of the second opening 732a opposite to the third surface 713 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left side.
제1 리브(721)와 제2 리브(722)는 서로 마주하도록 배치된다. 구체적으로, 제1 리브(721)와 제2 리브(722)는 제2 아크 공간부(732)를 사이에 두고 서로 마주하도록 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 리브(721)와 제2 리브(722)는 평행하게 배치될 수 있다.The first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are disposed to face each other. Specifically, the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are disposed to face each other with the second arc space portion 732 interposed therebetween. In one embodiment, the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 may be disposed in parallel.
제1 리브(721)와 제2 리브(722)는 그 사이에 배치되는 제2 아크 공간부(732)에, 가운데 배치되는 고정 접점부(400)가 수용될 수 있을 만큼 이격되는 것이 바람직하다.The first rib 721 and the second rib 722 are preferably spaced apart enough to accommodate the fixed contact portion 400 disposed in the middle in the second arc space portion 732 disposed therebetween.
아크 공간부(730)는 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출된 아크가 외부의 공간으로 배출되기 전 체류되는 공간이다. 이에 따라, 배출된 아크가 직접 외부의 공간으로 유동되지 않게 된다. 결과적으로, 사용자는 아크의 온도 또는 압력에 의해 상해를 입지 않을 수 있다.The arc space 730 is a space in which the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 stays before being discharged to the external space. Accordingly, the discharged arc does not directly flow into the external space. As a result, the user may not be injured by the temperature or pressure of the arc.
아크 공간부(730)는 아크 배출공(522)과 연통된다. 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출된 아크는 아크 공간부(730)로 유입될 수 있다.The arc space 730 communicates with the arc discharge hole 522 . The arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 may be introduced into the arc space 730 .
아크 공간부(730)는 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)와 연통된다. 아크 공간부(730)에 유입된 아크는 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)를 통해 외부로 유동될 수 있다.The arc space 730 communicates with the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a. The arc introduced into the arc space 730 may flow to the outside through the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a.
아크 공간부(730)는 외면(710) 및 리브부(720)에 둘러싸인 공간으로 정의된다. 구체적으로, 아크 공간부(730)의 전방 측, 좌측 및 우측은 외면(710)에 둘러싸인다. 또한, 아크 공간부(730)는 리브부(720)에 의해 복수 개로 구획되어, 구획된 아크 공간부(731, 732, 733)가 각각 리브부(720)에 둘러싸일 수 있다.The arc space portion 730 is defined as a space surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 . Specifically, the front side, left and right sides of the arc space 730 are surrounded by the outer surface 710 . In addition, the arc space portion 730 may be divided into a plurality by the rib portion 720 , and the divided arc space portions 731 , 732 , and 733 may be surrounded by the rib portion 720 , respectively.
또한, 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 아크 공간부(730)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 개방 형성된다. 이에 따라, 아크 박스(520)의 내부 공간, 아크 배출공(522) 및 아크 공간부(730)가 서로 연통될 수 있다.In addition, one side of the arc space 730 facing the arc box 520, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment is formed open. Accordingly, the inner space of the arc box 520 , the arc discharge hole 522 , and the arc space portion 730 may communicate with each other.
아크 공간부(730)의 상측에는 제1 면(711)이 위치된다. 제1 면(711)은 아크 공간부(730)의 상측 경계를 형성한다.A first surface 711 is positioned above the arc space 730 . The first face 711 forms an upper boundary of the arc space 730 .
아크 공간부(730)의 좌측 및 우측에는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)이 각각 위치된다. 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713)은 각각 아크 공간부(730)의 좌측 및 우측 경계를 형성한다.A second surface 712 and a third surface 713 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the arc space 730 . The second face 712 and the third face 713 form left and right boundaries of the arc space 730 , respectively.
아크 공간부(730)의 전방 측에는 제4 면(714)이 위치된다. 제4 면(714)은 아크 공간부(730)의 전방 측 경계를 형성한다. A fourth face 714 is located on the front side of the arc space 730 . The fourth face 714 defines the front side boundary of the arc space 730 .
아크 공간부(730)의 전방 측에서, 제4 면(714)의 하측에는 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)가 위치된다. 아크 공간부(730)와 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)는 서로 연통된다.On the front side of the arc space 730 , openings 731a , 732a , 733a are located below the fourth surface 714 . The arc space 730 and the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a communicate with each other.
아크 공간부(730)는 제2 면(712) 및 제3 면(713) 사이에 형성된다. 아크 공간부(730)는 리브부(720)에 의해 복수 개로 구획될 수 있다. The arc space 730 is formed between the second face 712 and the third face 713 . The arc space portion 730 may be divided into a plurality by the rib portion 720 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 공간부(730)는 제2 면(712)과 제1 리브(721) 사이에 위치되는 제1 아크 공간부(731), 제1 리브(721)와 제2 리브(722) 사이에 위치되는 제2 아크 공간부(732) 및 제2 리브(722)와 제3 면(713) 사이에 위치되는 제3 아크 공간부(733)로 구획된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the arc space 730 includes a first arc space 731 positioned between the second face 712 and the first rib 721 , the first rib 721 and the second rib ( It is divided into a second arc space 732 positioned between 722 and a third arc space 733 positioned between the second rib 722 and the third face 713 .
이는, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 서로 다른 세 개의 상의 전류가 통전됨에 기인한다. 즉, 각 아크 공간부(731, 732, 733)에는 각 상의 전류가 통전되는 고정 접점부(400)에서 발생되어 각 아크 배출공(522)을 통과한 아크가 유입된다.This is due to the current passing through the three different phases of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. That is, the arc generated in the fixed contact portion 400 through which the current of each phase is passed through the arc discharge hole 522 flows into each of the arc space portions 731 , 732 , and 733 .
상술한 바와 같이, 아크 공간부(730)는 외면(710) 및 리브부(720)에 둘러싸인다. 이에 따라, 아크 배출공(522)을 통과한 아크는 소정의 시간 동안 아크 공간부(730)에서 체류된 후, 외부 공간으로 배출된다.As described above, the arc space portion 730 is surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 . Accordingly, the arc that has passed through the arc discharge hole 522 is discharged to the external space after staying in the arc space 730 for a predetermined time.
이에 따라, 사용자는 배출되는 아크에 의해 상해를 입지 않을 수 있다.Accordingly, the user may not be injured by the arc discharged.
아크 공간부(730)는 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)와 각각 연통된다. 개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)는 각 아크 공간부(731, 732, 733)가 외부와 연통되는 통로로 기능된다. The arc space 730 communicates with the openings 731a, 732a, and 733a, respectively. The openings 731a, 732a, and 733a function as passages through which the respective arc space portions 731, 732, and 733 communicate with the outside.
구체적으로, 제1 아크 공간부(731)는 제1 개구부(731a)와 연통된다. 제1 아크 공간부(731)에 유입된 아크는 제1 개구부(731a)를 통해 외부 공간으로 배출될 수 있다.Specifically, the first arc space portion 731 communicates with the first opening 731a. The arc introduced into the first arc space 731 may be discharged to the external space through the first opening 731a.
제2 아크 공간부(732)는 제2 개구부(732a)와 연통된다. 제2 아크 공간부(732)에 유입된 아크는 제2 개구부(732a)를 통해 외부 공간으로 배출될 수 있다.The second arc space 732 communicates with the second opening 732a. The arc introduced into the second arc space 732 may be discharged to the external space through the second opening 732a.
제3 아크 공간부(733)는 제3 개구부(733a)와 연통된다. 제3 아크 공간부(733)에 유입된 아크는 제3 개구부(733a)를 통해 외부 공간으로 배출될 수 있다.The third arc space portion 733 communicates with the third opening 733a. The arc introduced into the third arc space 733 may be discharged to the external space through the third opening 733a.
개구부(731a, 732a, 733a)는 외면(710) 및 리브부(720)에 부분적으로 둘러싸인다.The openings 731a , 732a , and 733a are partially surrounded by the outer surface 710 and the rib portion 720 .
구체적으로, 제1 개구부(731a)는 제2 면(712), 제4 면(714) 및 제1 리브(721)에 둘러싸인다. 제2 개구부(732a)는 제4 면(714), 제1 리브(721) 및 제2 리브(722)에 둘러싸인다. 제3 개구부(733a)는 제3 면(713), 제4 면(714) 및 제2 리브(722)에 둘러싸인다.Specifically, the first opening 731a is surrounded by the second surface 712 , the fourth surface 714 , and the first rib 721 . The second opening 732a is surrounded by the fourth face 714 , the first rib 721 , and the second rib 722 . The third opening 733a is surrounded by the third face 713 , the fourth face 714 , and the second rib 722 .
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520)에 결합되는 부분이다. The arc box fastening part 740 is a part in which the cover frame 700 is coupled to the arc box 520 .
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 외면(710)에서 아크 박스(520)를 향해 연장 형성된다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 제1 면(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에서 아크 박스(520)를 향해 연장 형성된다.The arc box fastening part 740 is formed extending from the outer surface 710 toward the arc box 520 . Specifically, the arc box fastening part 740 is formed to extend toward the arc box 520 from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 배출공(522)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에 삽입되면, 체결부(743)에 의해 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.The arc box fastening part 740 is detachably inserted and coupled to the arc discharge hole 522 . When the arc box fastening part 740 is inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 , the arc box fastening part 740 is not arbitrarily drawn out by the fastening part 743 .
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다.A plurality of arc box fastening units 740 may be provided. The plurality of arc box fastening units 740 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 제1 아크 공간부(731)의 상측에 한 개, 제2 아크 공간부(732)의 상측에 두 개 및 제3 아크 공간부(733)의 상측에 한 개 형성되어, 총 네 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the arc box fastening portion 740 is one on the upper side of the first arc space portion 731 , two on the upper side of the second arc space portion 732 , and the third arc space portion 733 . One is formed on the upper side of the , a total of four are provided.
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 커버 프레임(700)과 아크 박스(520)가 안정적으로 결합 상태를 유지할 수 있는 임의의 개수 및 배치 방식에 따라 구비될 수 있다.The arc box fastening unit 740 may be provided according to any number and arrangement method capable of stably maintaining a coupled state between the cover frame 700 and the arc box 520 .
구체적으로, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 배출공(522)의 위치 및 개수에 상응하게 배치 및 구비될 수 있다.Specifically, the arc box fastening unit 740 may be disposed and provided to correspond to the position and number of the arc discharge hole 522 .
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 소정의 탄성을 갖는 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 배출공(522)에 삽입될 때 하측으로 가압될 수 있다. 또한, 삽입부(742) 및 체결부(743)의 삽입이 완료되면 상측으로 형상 복원되어, 체결부(743)가 아크 배출공(522)을 둘러싸는 면에 후크 결합될 수 있다.The arc box fastening part 740 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. Accordingly, the arc box fastening part 740 may be pressed downward when inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 . In addition, when the insertion of the insertion part 742 and the fastening part 743 is completed, the shape is restored to the upper side, and the fastening part 743 may be hook-coupled to the surface surrounding the arc discharge hole 522.
아크 박스 체결부(740)는 연장부(741), 삽입부(742) 및 체결부(743)를 포함한다.The arc box fastening part 740 includes an extension part 741 , an insertion part 742 , and a fastening part 743 .
연장부(741)는 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 제1 면(711)과 연속되는 부분이다. 달리 표현하면, 연장부(741)는 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 제1 면(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에서 아크 박스(520)를 향해 연장 형성된다.The extension portion 741 is a portion in which the arc box fastening portion 740 is continuous with the first surface 711 . In other words, the extension 741 is formed to extend toward the arc box 520 from one side of the first surface 711 facing the arc box 520 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 면(711)에 반대되는 연장부(741)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에는 삽입부(742) 및 체결부(743)가 위치된다.An insertion portion 742 and a fastening portion 743 are positioned at one side of the extension portion 741 opposite to the first surface 711 , and at the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
삽입부(742)는 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에 삽입되는 부분이다. 삽입부(742)는 아크 배출공(522)에 관통되어 삽입될 수 있다.The insertion part 742 is a portion into which the arc box fastening part 740 is inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 . The insertion part 742 may be inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 삽입부(742)는 연장부(741)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 삽입부(742)의 일측 단부의 단면적은, 연장부(741)에 결합되는 타측 단부의 단면적보다 작게 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the insertion portion 742 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the extension portion 741 . In other words, the cross-sectional area of one end of the insertion portion 742 facing the arc box 520 is formed smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end coupled to the extension 741 .
이에 따라, 삽입부(742)는 작은 단면적으로 형성되는 부분이 아크 박스(520)에 먼저 삽입된다. 따라서, 삽입부(742)가 아크 배출공(522)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the insertion part 742 is first inserted into the arc box 520 in a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area. Accordingly, the insertion part 742 may be easily inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 .
삽입부(742)는 연장부(741)에 대해 소정의 각도로 만곡될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 삽입부(742)는 상측으로 만곡 형성된다. The insertion part 742 may be curved at a predetermined angle with respect to the extension part 741 . In the illustrated embodiment, the insert 742 is curved upwardly.
삽입부(742)의 상측에는 체결부(743)가 위치된다.A fastening part 743 is positioned above the insertion part 742 .
체결부(743)는 아크 배출공(522)에 삽입된 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에서 임의로 인출되지 않게 한다. 체결부(743)는 삽입부(742)와 함께 아크 배출공(522)에 관통되어 삽입된다.The fastening part 743 prevents the arc box fastening part 740 inserted into the arc outlet hole 522 from being arbitrarily drawn out from the arc outlet hole 522 . The fastening part 743 is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 together with the insertion part 742 .
체결부(743)는 삽입부(742)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 체결부(743)는 연장부(741)와 삽입부(742)가 연속되는 부분에 위치될 수 있다.The fastening part 743 is formed on one side of the insertion part 742, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the fastening part 743 may be positioned at a portion where the extension part 741 and the insertion part 742 are continuous.
체결부(743)는 삽입부(742)의 측면에서 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 제1 면(711)을 향하는 체결부(743)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 삽입부(742)의 측면과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 체결부(743)는 삽입부(742)의 측면에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The fastening part 743 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the insertion part 742 . One side of the fastening portion 743 facing the first surface 711 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side may extend at a predetermined angle with the side surface of the insertion portion 742 . In an embodiment, the fastening part 743 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the insertion part 742 .
체결부(743)는 제1 면(711)에서 멀어지는 방향을 따라 삽입부(742)를 향해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 체결부(743)는 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 방향을 따라 삽입부(742)를 향해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다. The fastening part 743 may be formed to be inclined toward the insertion part 742 in a direction away from the first surface 711 . In other words, the fastening part 743 may be formed to be inclined toward the insertion part 742 in a direction toward the arc box 520 .
즉, 체결부(743)는 제1 면(711)에서 멀어질수록 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다.That is, the fastening part 743 is formed so that its cross-sectional area decreases as it moves away from the first surface 711 .
따라서, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 전체적으로 후크(hook)의 형상으로 형성된다. 이에 따라, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 배출공(522)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다. Accordingly, the arc box fastening part 740 is formed in the shape of a hook as a whole. Accordingly, the arc box fastening part 740 may be easily inserted into the arc discharge hole 522 .
또한, 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에 관통 삽입되면, 체결부(743)가 아크 배출공(522)을 둘러싸는 아크 박스(520)의 면(도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측면)에 접촉된다.In addition, when the arc box fastening part 740 is inserted through the arc outlet hole 522, the fastening part 743 is the surface of the arc box 520 surrounding the arc outlet hole 522 (front in the illustrated embodiment). side) is in contact.
이에 따라, 아크 박스 체결부(740)가 아크 배출공(522)에서 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the arc box fastening portion 740 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the arc discharge hole (522).
프레임 결합부(750)는 커버 프레임(700)이 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 부분이다.The frame coupling part 750 is a part in which the cover frame 700 is coupled to the support frame 600 .
프레임 결합부(750)는 리브부(720)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다. 구체적으로, 프레임 결합부(750)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 리브부(720)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다.The frame coupling part 750 is formed to extend from the rib part 720 toward the support frame 600 . Specifically, the frame coupling part 750 is formed to extend toward the support frame 600 from one side of the rib part 720 facing the support frame 600 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
프레임 결합부(750)는 커버 결합부(640)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 프레임 결합부(750)가 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입되면, 삽입부(752)에 의해 커버 프레임(700)이 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.The frame coupling part 750 is detachably inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 . When the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the cover coupling part 640 , the cover frame 700 is not arbitrarily drawn out by the insertion part 752 .
프레임 결합부(750)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(750)는 제1 프레임 결합부(750a) 및 제2 프레임 결합부(750b)를 포함하여 총 두 개 구비된다. A plurality of frame coupling units 750 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 is provided with a total of two including the first frame coupling part 750a and the second frame coupling part 750b.
제1 프레임 결합부(750a) 및 제2 프레임 결합부(750b)는 각각 제1 리브(721) 및 제2 리브(722)에서 연장된다. 제1 프레임 결합부(750a) 및 제2 프레임 결합부(750b)는 제1 리브(721) 및 제2 리브(722)의 후방 측 모서리의 하측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The first frame coupling portion 750a and the second frame coupling portion 750b extend from the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 , respectively. The first frame coupling portion 750a and the second frame coupling portion 750b are positioned adjacent to lower ends of rear side corners of the first rib 721 and the second rib 722 .
프레임 결합부(750)는 다양한 방향으로 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(750)는 커버 결합부(640)의 상측에 위치된 후 하측으로 이동되어 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합될 수 있다.The frame coupling part 750 may be inserted and coupled to the cover coupling part 640 in various directions. In one embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 may be moved to the lower side after being positioned on the upper side of the cover coupling part 640 to be insertedly coupled to the cover coupling part 640 .
다른 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(750)는 후측으로 수평하게 이동되어 제1 홈(641)에 수용된 후, 하측으로 이동되어 커버 결합부(640)에 삽입될 수 있다.In another embodiment, the frame coupling part 750 may be horizontally moved to the rear side and accommodated in the first groove 641 , and then may be moved downward to be inserted into the cover coupling part 640 .
이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
프레임 결합부(750)는 연장부(751), 삽입부(752) 및 테이퍼부(753)를 포함한다.The frame coupling part 750 includes an extension part 751 , an insertion part 752 , and a tapered part 753 .
연장부(751)는 프레임 결합부(750)가 리브부(720)와 연속되는 부분이다. 달리 표현하면, 연장부(751)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 리브부(720)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다.The extension part 751 is a portion in which the frame coupling part 750 is continuous with the rib part 720 . In other words, the extension part 751 is formed to extend toward the support frame 600 from one side of the rib part 720 facing the support frame 600 , and from the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
연장부(751)는 커버 결합부(640)의 제2 홈(642)에 삽입된다. 연장부(751)는 제2 홈(642)의 상측에 형성된 개구부를 통해, 제2 홈(642)에 수용될 수 있다.The extension part 751 is inserted into the second groove 642 of the cover coupling part 640 . The extension 751 may be accommodated in the second groove 642 through an opening formed at an upper side of the second groove 642 .
연장부(751)가 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장되는 길이, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향의 길이는 제2 홈(642)의 전후 방향의 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.A length in which the extension part 751 extends toward the support frame 600 , that is, a length in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment may be longer than a length in the front-rear direction of the second groove 642 .
이에 따라, 연장부(751)가 제2 홈(642)에 삽입되면 연장부(751)의 단부에 위치되는 삽입부(752) 및 테이퍼부(753)가 수용 홈(645)에 수용될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the extension part 751 is inserted into the second groove 642 , the insertion part 752 and the tapered part 753 positioned at the end of the extension part 751 may be accommodated in the accommodation groove 645 . .
연장부(751)의 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이는 제2 홈(642)의 좌우 방향의 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 연장부(751)의 폭 방향의 길이는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 서로 이격되는 거리보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다.The length of the extension part 751 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction) may be shorter than the length of the second groove 642 in the left-right direction. In other words, the length of the extension part 751 in the width direction may be shorter than the distance between the first protrusion part 643 and the second protrusion part 644 being spaced apart from each other.
이에 따라, 연장부(751)는 제2 홈(642)의 상측에 형성된 개구부를 통해 제2 홈(642)에 용이하게 삽입 및 수용될 수 있다.Accordingly, the extension 751 may be easily inserted and accommodated in the second groove 642 through the opening formed at the upper side of the second groove 642 .
삽입부(752)는 프레임 결합부(750)가 커버 결합부(640)의 수용 홈(645)에 삽입, 수용되는 부분이다. The insertion part 752 is a portion in which the frame coupling part 750 is inserted and received in the receiving groove 645 of the cover coupling part 640 .
삽입부(752)는 연장부(751)와 연속된다. 삽입부(752)는 리브부(720)에 반대되는 연장부(751)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에 위치된다. The insertion portion 752 is continuous with the extension portion 751 . The insertion portion 752 is located on one side of the extension portion 751 opposite the rib portion 720 , at the end of the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
도시된 실시 예에서, 삽입부(752)는 사각형의 단면을 갖는 판형으로 구비된다. 삽입부(752)는 수용 홈(645)에 삽입되어, 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 걸릴 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the insertion part 752 is provided in a plate shape having a rectangular cross section. The insertion part 752 may be provided in any shape that is inserted into the receiving groove 645 to be caught by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
삽입부(752)의 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이는 수용 홈(645)의 폭 방향의 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 삽입부(752)의 두께(즉, 전후 방향의 길이)는 수용 홈(645)의 두께보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. The length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction (ie, the left and right direction) may be shorter than the length of the receiving groove 645 in the width direction. Also, a thickness (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the insertion part 752 may be formed to be shorter than a thickness of the receiving groove 645 .
이에 따라, 삽입부(752)는 수용 홈(645)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the insertion part 752 may be easily inserted into the receiving groove 645 .
삽입부(752)의 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이는 연장부(751)의 폭 방향의 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 삽입부(752)의 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)의 길이는 제2 홈(642)의 좌우 방향의 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 삽입부(752)의 폭 방향의 길이는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 서로 이격되는 거리보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.The length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction) may be longer than the length of the extension part 751 in the width direction. Also, the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction) may be longer than the length of the second groove 642 in the left-right direction. In other words, the length of the insertion part 752 in the width direction may be longer than the distance between the first protrusion part 643 and the second protrusion part 644 being spaced apart from each other.
이에 따라, 수용 홈(645)에 수용된 삽입부(752)는 제2 홈(642)을 통해 임의 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the insertion part 752 accommodated in the receiving groove 645 is not arbitrarily drawn out through the second groove 642 .
테이퍼(taper)부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 강성을 보강하도록 구성된다. 테이퍼부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 모서리가 모따기 가공되어 형성된다.The tapered portion 753 is configured to reinforce the rigidity of the insertion portion 752 . The tapered portion 753 is formed by chamfering the edge of the insertion portion 752 .
테이퍼부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 형성된다. 이는, 삽입부(752)의 하측 모서리가 수용 홈(645)을 하측에서 감싸는 지지 프레임(600)의 일면에 접촉됨에 기인한다. The tapered portion 753 is formed on one side of the insertion portion 752 , on the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. This is due to the lower edge of the insertion part 752 being in contact with one surface of the support frame 600 surrounding the receiving groove 645 from the lower side.
테이퍼부(753)가 형성됨에 따라, 지지 프레임(600)의 상기 일면으로부터 삽입부(752)에 가해지는 충격량이 분산되어, 삽입부(752)의 강성이 보강될 수 있다.As the tapered part 753 is formed, the amount of impact applied to the insertion part 752 from the one surface of the support frame 600 may be dispersed, and the rigidity of the insertion part 752 may be reinforced.
테이퍼부(753)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 복수 개의 테이퍼부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 각 모서리에 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 테이퍼부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 하측의 좌측 및 우측 모서리에 각각 형성된다. A plurality of tapered portions 753 may be formed. A plurality of tapered portions 753 may be formed at each corner of the insertion portion 752 . In the illustrated embodiment, the tapered portion 753 is formed at the lower left and right corners of the insertion portion 752, respectively.
대안적으로, 테이퍼부(753)는 삽입부(752)의 상측의 좌측 및 우측 모서리에 각각 형성될 수 있다.Alternatively, the tapered portion 753 may be formed at the upper left and right corners of the insertion portion 752, respectively.
(7) 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 커버 프레임(700)이 결합되는 과정의 설명(7) Description of the process in which the cover frame 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention is coupled
본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 커버 프레임(700)을 포함한다. 커버 프레임(700)은 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 각각 탈착 가능하게 결합된다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a cover frame 700 . The cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 , respectively.
이에 따라, 발생된 아크가 소정의 시간이 경과된 후 배출되어 사용자가 상해를 입지 않게 된다. 또한, 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 사이의 전기적인 간섭이 방지될 수 있다. 더 나아가, 서로 인접하게 배치되는 복수 개의 전자 접촉기(10) 간의 전기적인 간섭 또한 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the generated arc is discharged after a predetermined time elapses, so that the user is not injured. In addition, electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented. Furthermore, electrical interference between the plurality of electromagnetic contactors 10 disposed adjacent to each other may also be prevented.
이하, 도 15 내지 도 17을 참조하여 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 과정을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a process in which the cover frame 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention is coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 15 to 17 .
도 15를 참조하면, 커버 프레임(700)이 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되는 과정이 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 15 , a process in which the cover frame 700 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 is illustrated.
도시된 실시 예에서, 커버 프레임(700)은 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에서 하측을 향해 이동되어 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합됨이 이해될 것이다.In the illustrated embodiment, it will be understood that the cover frame 700 is moved from the upper side to the lower side of the support frame 600 to be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 .
먼저, 프레임 결합부(750)가 커버 결합부(640)에 수직한 상측에 위치되도록 배치된다. First, the frame coupling part 750 is disposed so as to be positioned on the upper side perpendicular to the cover coupling part 640 .
상술한 바와 같이, 커버 결합부(640)는 제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 제2 커버 결합부(640b)를 포함한다. 또한, 프레임 결합부(750)는 제1 프레임 결합부(750a) 및 제2 프레임 결합부(750b)를 포함한다.As described above, the cover coupling part 640 includes a first cover coupling part 640a and a second cover coupling part 640b. In addition, the frame coupling part 750 includes a first frame coupling part 750a and a second frame coupling part 750b.
따라서, 프레임 결합부(750)는 제1 프레임 결합부(750a) 및 제2 프레임 결합부(750b)가 각각 제1 커버 결합부(640a) 및 제2 커버 결합부(640b)의 상측에 위치되도록 배치된다.Accordingly, the frame coupling part 750 is such that the first frame coupling part 750a and the second frame coupling part 750b are positioned above the first cover coupling part 640a and the second cover coupling part 640b, respectively. are placed
커버 프레임(700)이 하측으로 이동되면, 각 프레임 결합부(750a, 750b)가 각 커버 결합부(640a, 640b)에 삽입된다.When the cover frame 700 is moved downward, each frame coupling portion (750a, 750b) is inserted into each cover coupling portion (640a, 640b).
이때, 프레임 결합부(750)의 연장부(751)는 제2 홈(642)의 상측에 형성된 개구부를 통과하여 제2 홈(642)에 삽입된다. 또한, 프레임 결합부(750)의 삽입부(752)는 제1 홈(641)의 상측에 형성된 개구부를 통과하여 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된다.At this time, the extended part 751 of the frame coupling part 750 passes through the opening formed at the upper side of the second groove 642 and is inserted into the second groove 642 . In addition, the insertion part 752 of the frame coupling part 750 is inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the opening formed at the upper side of the first groove 641 .
도 16을 참조하면, 커버 프레임(700)과 지지 프레임(600)이 결합된 상태가 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 16 , a state in which the cover frame 700 and the support frame 600 are coupled is shown.
상술한 바와 같이, 연장부(751)는 삽입부(752)보다 작은 폭을 갖도록 형성된다. 또한, 제2 홈(642)은 제1 홈(641) 또는 수용 홈(645)보다 작은 폭을 갖도록 형성된다.As described above, the extension portion 751 is formed to have a smaller width than the insertion portion 752 . In addition, the second groove 642 is formed to have a smaller width than the first groove 641 or the receiving groove 645 .
따라서, 프레임 결합부(750)가 커버 결합부(640)에 수용되면, 프레임 결합부(750)는 삽입부(752)가 제2 홈(642)을 통과하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측으로 인출되지 않게 된다.Therefore, when the frame coupling part 750 is accommodated in the cover coupling part 640, the frame coupling part 750 moves in the direction in which the insertion part 752 passes through the second groove 642, the front side in the illustrated embodiment. will not be withdrawn.
제2 홈(642)을 제외하면, 커버 결합부(640)는 그 상측에만 개구부가 형성된다. 따라서, 커버 프레임(700)이 상측으로 가압되지 않는 한, 프레임 결합부(750)는 커버 결합부(640)에서 임의로 인출되지 않는다.Except for the second groove 642, the cover coupling portion 640 has an opening formed only on its upper side. Accordingly, unless the cover frame 700 is pressed upward, the frame coupling part 750 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the cover coupling part 640 .
도 17을 참조하면, 커버 프레임(700)과 아크 박스(520)가 결합되는 과정이 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 17 , a process in which the cover frame 700 and the arc box 520 are coupled is illustrated.
상술한 바와 같이, 아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)에 의해 지지된다. 아크 박스(520)와 지지 프레임(600)의 결합은 프레임 결합부(523)와 아크 박스 결합부(610)가 결합되어 형성됨은 상술한 바와 같다.As described above, the arc box 520 is supported by the support frame 600 . The combination of the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 is formed by combining the frame coupling part 523 and the arc box coupling part 610 as described above.
커버 프레임(700)의 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 박스(520)에 삽입 결합된다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 아크 박스(520)의 전방 측면에 관통 형성된 아크 배출공(522)에 관통 삽입된다.The arc box fastening part 740 of the cover frame 700 is inserted and coupled to the arc box 520 . Specifically, the arc box fastening portion 740 is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 formed through the front side of the arc box (520).
이때, 상술한 바와 같이, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 소정의 탄성을 갖는 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 상측으로 돌출되는 체결부(743)를 포함한다. In this case, as described above, the arc box fastening unit 740 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. In addition, the arc box fastening part 740 includes a fastening part 743 protruding upward.
이에 따라, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 하측을 향하도록 형상 변형되며 아크 배출공(522)에 관통 삽입된다. 삽입부(742) 및 체결부(743)의 삽입이 완료되면, 아크 박스 체결부(740)는 다시 상측으로 형상 복원된다.Accordingly, the arc box fastening portion 740 is deformed in shape to face downward and is inserted through the arc discharge hole 522 . When the insertion of the inserting part 742 and the fastening part 743 is completed, the arc box fastening part 740 is restored to an upper shape again.
이때, 체결부(743)의 일면, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 면은 아크 배출공(522)을 둘러싸는 면과 접촉된다. 상술한 바와 같이, 상기 결합은 후크 결합으로 정의될 수 있다.At this time, one surface of the fastening portion 743, the rear side surface in the illustrated embodiment is in contact with the surface surrounding the arc discharge hole (522). As described above, the coupling may be defined as a hook coupling.
이에 따라, 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)과 안정적으로 결합될 수 있다.Accordingly, the cover frame 700 may be stably coupled to the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
또한, 상술한 과정이 역으로 수행되어 커버 프레임(700)이 아크 박스(520) 및 지지 프레임(600)에서 분리될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다. Also, it will be understood that the above-described process may be performed in reverse so that the cover frame 700 may be separated from the arc box 520 and the support frame 600 .
3. 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)의 구성의 설명3. Description of the configuration of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention
도 18 내지 도 23을 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 프레임(100), 구동부(200), 가동 접점부(300), 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)를 포함한다.18 to 23 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a frame 100 , a driving unit 200 , a movable contact unit 300 , a fixed contact unit 400 , and an arc extinguishing unit. (500).
또한, 도 24 내지 도 31을 더 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 지지 프레임(600) 및 절연 부재(800)를 더 포함한다. 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 각 상의 전류 간의 간섭을 방지할 수 있다.In addition, referring further to FIGS. 24 to 31 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention further includes a support frame 600 and an insulating member 800 . The insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 to prevent interference between currents in each phase.
이하, 첨부한 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)의 각 구성을 설명하되, 지지 프레임(600) 및 절연 부재(800)는 별항으로 설명한다.Hereinafter, each configuration of the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the support frame 600 and the insulating member 800 will be described as separate claims.
(1) 프레임(100)의 설명(1) Description of the frame 100
도 18 내지 도 20을 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 프레임(100)을 포함한다.18 to 20 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a frame 100 .
프레임(100)은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외형을 형성한다. 프레임(100)의 내부에는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간에는 전자 접촉기(10)가 작동되기 위한 여러 구성 요소들이 실장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 공간에는 구동부(200)가 수용될 수 있다. 따라서, 프레임(100)은 "하우징"으로 지칭될 수도 있을 것이다.The frame 100 forms the outer shape of the electromagnetic contactor 10 . A space is formed inside the frame 100 . Various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be mounted in the space. In an embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the space. Accordingly, the frame 100 may be referred to as a “housing”.
상기 공간은 프레임(100)의 외면에 둘러싸인다. 즉, 상기 공간은 외부와 물리적으로 이격된다. 이에 따라, 상기 공간에 수용된 각 구성 요소가 외부로 임의 노출되지 않게 된다.The space is surrounded by the outer surface of the frame 100 . That is, the space is physically separated from the outside. Accordingly, each component accommodated in the space is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside.
상기 공간은 외부와 통전된다. 구체적으로, 상기 공간은 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 상기 공간에 수용된 코일(미도시)에 전류가 인가될 수 있다.The space is energized with the outside. Specifically, the space may be electrically connected to an external power source or load. Accordingly, a current may be applied to the coil (not shown) accommodated in the space.
도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임(100)은 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 프레임(100)은 내부에 여러 구성 요소를 수용할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the frame 100 has a rectangular cross section and is formed to extend in the vertical direction. The frame 100 may be formed in any shape capable of accommodating various components therein.
프레임(100)은 아크 소호부(500)의 하측에 위치된다. 프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)에 의해 아크 소호부(500)와 결합된다. 상기 결합을 위해, 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다.The frame 100 is located below the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The frame 100 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 by the support frame 600 . For the coupling, a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member may be provided.
프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)의 하측에 위치된다. 프레임(100)은 지지 프레임(600)과 결합된다. 상기 결합을 위해, 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다.The frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 . The frame 100 is coupled to the support frame 600 . For the coupling, a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member may be provided.
프레임(100)은 베이스부(110) 및 하부 프레임부(120)를 포함한다. The frame 100 includes a base part 110 and a lower frame part 120 .
베이스부(110)는 프레임(100)의 하측을 형성한다. 베이스부(110)는 프레임(100)이 외부의 환경과 접촉되는 부분이다. 일 실시 예에서, 베이스부(110)는 전자 접촉기(10)가 구비되는 환경의 바닥에 고정될 수 있다. The base part 110 forms the lower side of the frame 100 . The base part 110 is a part in which the frame 100 is in contact with the external environment. In one embodiment, the base part 110 may be fixed to the floor of the environment in which the electromagnetic contactor 10 is provided.
도시된 실시 예에서, 베이스부(110)는 사각의 판 형으로 구비된다. 베이스부(110)는 하부 프레임부(120)를 지지할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 형성될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the base part 110 is provided in a rectangular plate shape. The base part 110 may be formed in any shape capable of supporting the lower frame part 120 .
베이스부(110)의 상측에는 하부 프레임부(120)가 위치된다.The lower frame part 120 is positioned above the base part 110 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 내부에 형성된 공간에 전자 접촉기(10)의 일부 구성 요소를 수용한다. 일 실시 예에서, 하부 프레임부(120)에는 구동부(200) 등이 수용될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 accommodates some components of the electromagnetic contactor 10 in a space formed therein. In an embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)의 상측에 위치된다. 하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)에 의해 지지된다. 일 실시 예에서, 하부 프레임부(120)는 베이스부(110)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 is located above the base part 110 . The lower frame part 120 is supported by the base part 110 . In an embodiment, the lower frame part 120 may be fixedly coupled to the base part 110 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 지지 프레임(600)의 하측에 위치된다. 하부 프레임부(120)는 지지 프레임(600)을 지지한다. 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간은 지지 프레임(600) 내부의 공간과 연통된다.The lower frame part 120 is located below the support frame 600 . The lower frame part 120 supports the support frame 600 . The space inside the lower frame part 120 communicates with the space inside the support frame 600 .
하부 프레임부(120)는 나사 부재 등의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 지지 프레임(600)과 결합될 수 있다. 하부 프레임부(120)의 단면의 형상은 지지 프레임(600)의 단면의 형상과 같게 형성될 수 있다.The lower frame part 120 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown) such as a screw member. The shape of the cross-section of the lower frame part 120 may be the same as the shape of the cross-section of the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 하부 프레임부(120)가 베이스부(110) 및 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되면, 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간이 외부에 임의 노출되지 않게 된다. 따라서, 하부 프레임부(120) 내부의 공간에 수용된 구성 요소의 임의 노출이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the lower frame unit 120 is coupled to the base unit 110 and the support frame 600 , the space inside the lower frame unit 120 is not arbitrarily exposed to the outside. Accordingly, arbitrary exposure of the components accommodated in the space inside the lower frame unit 120 can be prevented.
도시되지는 않았으나, 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부에는 코일(미도시)과 고정 코어(미도시)가 구비될 수 있다. 상기 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되면, 코일(미도시)이 형성하는 자기장에 의해 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된다. Although not shown, a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) may be provided inside the lower frame unit 120 . When a current is passed through the coil (not shown), the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized by a magnetic field formed by the coil (not shown).
이에 따라, 가동 코어(212) 및 그에 연결된 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되어, 전자 접촉기(10)가 통전될 수 있다. Accordingly, the movable core 212 and the movable contact 320 connected thereto come into contact with the fixed contact 430 , and the electromagnetic contactor 10 may be energized.
(2) 구동부(200)의 설명(2) Description of the driving unit 200
다시 도 20을 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 구동부(200)를 포함한다.Referring back to FIG. 20 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a driving unit 200 .
구동부(200)는 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되기 위한 구동력을 생성한다.The driving unit 200 generates a driving force for moving the movable contact unit 300 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부 공간에 부분적으로 수용된다. 구동부(200)의 나머지 부분은 아크 소호부(500)의 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 is partially accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 . The remaining part of the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the arc box 520 of the arc extinguishing unit 500 .
구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 이동 가능하게 수용된다. 구체적으로, 구동부(200)는 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)에 승강 가능하게 수용된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 구동부(200)는 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The driving unit 200 is movably accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 . Specifically, the driving unit 200 is accommodated in the lower frame unit 120 and the support frame 600 to be elevating. In the illustrated embodiment, the driving unit 200 may be moved in the vertical direction.
구동부(200)는 크로스바(210) 및 탄성 부재(220)를 포함한다.The driving unit 200 includes a cross bar 210 and an elastic member 220 .
크로스바(210)는 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 하부 프레임부(120) 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 수용된다. The crossbar 210 is accommodated in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 and the support frame 600 to be movable in the vertical direction.
크로스바(210)에는 가동 접점부(300)가 연결된다. 가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)와 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . The movable contact part 300 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the crossbar 210 .
따라서, 크로스바(210)의 이동에 의해, 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, by the movement of the crossbar 210 , the movable contact unit 300 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
도시되지는 않았으나, 크로스바(210)의 하측에는 코일(미도시) 및 고정 코어(미도시)가 구비된다. 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되면, 자기장이 형성되어 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된다.Although not shown, a coil (not shown) and a fixed core (not shown) are provided under the crossbar 210 . When a current is passed through the coil (not shown), a magnetic field is formed to magnetize the fixed core (not shown).
고정 코어(미도시)가 자화되어 생성하는 자기력은 가동 코어(212)를 흡인한다. 이에 따라, 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)를 향해 이동될 수 있다.The magnetic force generated by magnetizing the fixed core (not shown) attracts the movable core 212 . Accordingly, the movable contact part 300 may be moved toward the fixed contact part 400 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 크로스바(210)는 전후 및 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성되는 판형 부분 및 판형 부분에서 상하 방향으로 연장 형성되는 기둥 부분을 포함한다. In the illustrated embodiment, the crossbar 210 includes a plate-shaped portion extending in front, rear and left and right directions, and a pillar portion extending in the vertical direction from the plate-shaped portion.
크로스바(210)의 형상은 가동 접점부(300)와 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있는 임의의 형태로 형성될 수 있다.The shape of the crossbar 210 may be formed in any shape that can be moved in the vertical direction together with the movable contact part 300 .
크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용될 수 있다. A plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be provided. A plurality of the plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion may be accommodated in the arc box 520 .
크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분 및 상기 기둥 부분은 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The plate-shaped portion and the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 may be changed according to the number of the movable contact portion 300 and the fixed contact portion 400 .
크로스바(210)는 접점대 연결부(211), 가동 코어(212) 및 고정부(213)를 포함한다.The crossbar 210 includes a contact point connection part 211 , a movable core 212 , and a fixing part 213 .
접점대 연결부(211)에는 가동 접점부(300)의 가동 접점대(310)가 연결된다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 그 연장 방향으로 회전 가능하게 접점대 연결부(211)에 연결될 수 있다.The movable contact point 310 of the movable contact unit 300 is connected to the contact point connection part 211 . In one embodiment, the movable contact bar 310 may be connected to the contact bar connecting portion 211 rotatably in the extending direction thereof.
접점대 연결부(211)는 크로스바(210)의 상측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 접점대 연결부(211)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The contact point connection part 211 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the contact point connecting portion 211 is positioned adjacent to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
접점대 연결부(211)와 상기 판형 부분 사이에는 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)가 위치된다. A fixed contact part 400 and an arc extinguishing part 500 are positioned between the contact point connection part 211 and the plate-shaped part.
접점대 연결부(211)에 연결된 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 또한, 가동 접점(320) 및 고정 접점(430)이 이격되어 발생되는 아크는 아크 소호부(500)로 유입되어 소호될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 connected to the contact point connection part 211 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact part 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact part 400 . In addition, the arc generated by the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 being spaced apart may be introduced into the arc extinguishing unit 500 to be extinguished.
가동 코어(212)는 고정 코어(미도시)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 크로스바(210) 및 이에 연결된 가동 접점부(300)가 이동될 수 있다.The movable core 212 is moved in a direction toward the stationary core (not shown) or in a direction away from the stationary core (not shown). Accordingly, the crossbar 210 and the movable contact unit 300 connected thereto may be moved.
가동 코어(212)는 자기력에 의해 흡인될 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 코어(212)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 다른 실시 예에서, 가동 코어(212)는 전자석 또는 영구 자석으로 구비될 수 있다.The movable core 212 may be provided in any shape that can be attracted by magnetic force. In one embodiment, the movable core 212 may be formed of a conductive material. In another embodiment, the movable core 212 may be provided with an electromagnet or a permanent magnet.
가동 코어(212)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분의 하측에 위치된다. 이에 따라, 가동 코어(212)와 고정 코어(미도시) 사이의 거리가 감소되어 고정 코어(미도시)가 생성하는 자기력이 효과적으로 가동 코어(212)에 전달될 수 있다.The movable core 212 is located below the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 . Accordingly, the distance between the movable core 212 and the fixed core (not shown) is reduced, so that the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown) can be effectively transmitted to the movable core 212 .
고정부(213)는 크로스바(210)의 상측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정부(213)는 접점대 연결부(211)보다 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 더 인접하게 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 고정부(213)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 상측 단부에 위치될 수 있다.The fixing part 213 is located above the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the fixing portion 213 is located closer to the upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 than the contact-to-connection portion 211 . In an embodiment, the fixing part 213 may be located at an upper end of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
고정부(213)는 아크 소호부(500)에 결합된다. 아크 소호부(500)에 결합된 고정부(213)는 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 노출될 수 있다.The fixing unit 213 is coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The fixing unit 213 coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be exposed to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 아크 소호부(500)에 안정적으로 결합될 수 있다. 또한, 크로스바(210)가 고정부(213)를 축으로 하여 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, the crossbar 210 may be stably coupled to the arc extinguishing unit 500 . In addition, the crossbar 210 may be moved in the vertical direction with the fixing part 213 as an axis.
탄성 부재(220)는 크로스바(210)가 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상측으로 이동되기 위한 복원력을 제공한다. 탄성 부재(220)는 크로스바(210)의 하측에 위치된다. The elastic member 220 provides a restoring force for moving the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, upward in the illustrated embodiment. The elastic member 220 is positioned below the crossbar 210 .
구체적으로, 크로스바(210)는 고정 코어(미도시)가 생성하는 자기력에 의해 고정 코어(미도시)를 향하는 방향, 즉 하측으로 이동된다. 이때, 크로스바(210)는 탄성 부재(220)를 가압하며 하측으로 이동된다. Specifically, the crossbar 210 is moved in the direction toward the fixed core (not shown), that is, downward by the magnetic force generated by the fixed core (not shown). At this time, the crossbar 210 is moved downward while pressing the elastic member 220 .
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 이동되어 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430)이 접촉된 상태에서, 탄성 부재(220)는 형상 변형에 의해 복원력을 저장한다.Accordingly, while the crossbar 210 is moved and the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 are in contact with each other, the elastic member 220 stores the restoring force by shape deformation.
과전류가 유입되어 코일(미도시)에 유입되는 전류가 차단되면, 고정 코어(미도시)의 자화 상태가 해제된다. 이에 따라, 가동 코어(212)에 미치는 자기적 흡인력이 해제된다.When the overcurrent flows and the current flowing into the coil (not shown) is cut off, the magnetization state of the fixed core (not shown) is released. Accordingly, the magnetic attraction force applied to the movable core 212 is released.
이때, 탄성 부재(220)는 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상측을 향하는 방향의 복원력을 크로스바(210)에 인가한다. At this time, the elastic member 220 applies a restoring force to the crossbar 210 in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), that is, in a direction toward the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
이에 따라, 크로스바(210)가 고정 코어(미도시)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동되며, 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 간의 접촉 상태가 해제될 수 있다.Accordingly, the crossbar 210 is moved in a direction away from the fixed core (not shown), and the contact state between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be released.
탄성 부재(220)는 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장하고, 저장된 복원력을 다른 부재에 전달할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 탄성 부재(220)는 코일 스프링(coil spring)으로 구비될 수 있다.The elastic member 220 may be provided in any shape that is deformed in shape to store the restoring force, and transmit the stored restoring force to other members. In an embodiment, the elastic member 220 may be provided as a coil spring.
탄성 부재(220)는 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)를 포함한다.The elastic member 220 includes a first elastic member 221 and a second elastic member 222 .
제1 탄성 부재(221)는 크로스바(210)에 구비된다. 구체적으로, 제1 탄성 부재(221)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 내측에 수용된다. The first elastic member 221 is provided on the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the first elastic member 221 is accommodated inside the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 탄성 부재(222)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 내부 공간에 위치된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 크로스바(210)의 하측에 위치된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 판형 부분을 탄성 지지한다.The second elastic member 222 is located in the inner space of the lower frame part 120 . The second elastic member 222 is positioned below the crossbar 210 . The second elastic member 222 elastically supports the plate-shaped portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 탄성 부재(222)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 한 개씩 구비된다. 또한, 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 하부 프레임부(120)의 좌측 및 우측에 각각 구비되어 총 네 개 구비된다. 제2 탄성 부재(222)의 개수는 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of second elastic members 222 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the second elastic member 222 is provided with one each on the front side and the rear side. In addition, the second elastic member 222 is provided on the left and right sides of the lower frame portion 120, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of the second elastic members 222 may be changed.
크로스바(210)가 하측으로 이동되면, 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)는 각각 가압되며 복원력을 저장한다. When the crossbar 210 is moved downward, the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 are respectively pressed and store restoring force.
이때, 제1 탄성 부재(221) 및 제2 탄성 부재(222)가 저장하는 복원력의 크기는, 고정 코어(미도시)가 가동 코어(212)에 미치는 자기적 흡인력의 크기보다 작게 형성된다.At this time, the magnitude of the restoring force stored by the first elastic member 221 and the second elastic member 222 is smaller than the magnitude of the magnetic attraction force exerted by the fixed core (not shown) on the movable core 212 .
따라서, 고정 코어(미도시)가 자화된 상태, 즉 코일(미도시)에 전류가 통전되는 상태에서, 탄성 부재(220)가 압축되어 복원력을 저장한 상태가 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, in a state in which the fixed core (not shown) is magnetized, that is, in a state in which a current is passed through the coil (not shown), the elastic member 220 is compressed to store the restoring force may be maintained.
(3) 가동 접점부(300)의 설명(3) Description of the movable contact part 300
도 20을 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 가동 접점부(300)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 20 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a movable contact unit 300 .
가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)와 함께, 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact unit 300 may be moved together with the crossbar 210 in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
가동 접점부(300)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간에 수용된다. 가동 접점부(300)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 내부에서 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is accommodated in the space inside the arc box 520 . The movable contact unit 300 may be moved up and down in the space inside the arc box 520 .
가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)에 연결된다. 구체적으로, 가동 접점부(300)는 크로스바(210)의 접점대 연결부(211)에 회전 가능하게 연결된다.The movable contact part 300 is connected to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact part 300 is rotatably connected to the contact point connection part 211 of the crossbar 210 .
가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측에 위치된다. 가동 접점부(300)가 크로스바(210)와 함께 하측으로 이동되면, 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 접촉될 수 있다.The movable contact unit 300 is located on one side of the fixed contact unit 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may contact each other.
가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)와 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되면, 전자 접촉기(10)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.The movable contact part 300 is in contact with the fixed contact part 400 to be energized. When the movable contact 320 is in contact with the fixed contact 430 , the magnetic contactor 10 may be electrically connected to an external power source or load.
가동 접점부(300)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가동 접점부(300)는 세 개 구비된다. 이는, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 R상, S상 및 T상 또는 U상, V상 및 W상의 3상 전류가 인가됨에 기인한다. A plurality of movable contact units 300 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the movable contact unit 300 is provided with three. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
가동 접점부(300)의 개수는 전자 접촉기(10)에 인가되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of movable contact parts 300 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
가동 접점부(300)는 가동 접점대(310) 및 가동 접점(320)을 포함한다.The movable contact unit 300 includes a movable contact stand 310 and a movable contact 320 .
가동 접점대(310)는 가동 접점부(300)의 몸체를 형성한다. 가동 접점대(310)는 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. The movable contact unit 310 forms the body of the movable contact unit 300 . The movable contact point 310 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
가동 접점대(310)의 연장 길이는 제1 및 제2 고정 접점(413, 432)이 이격되는 거리에 상응하게 결정될 수 있다.The extended length of the movable contact point 310 may be determined to correspond to a distance at which the first and second fixed contacts 413 and 432 are spaced apart.
가동 접점대(310)는 크로스바(210)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 가동 접점대(310)는 크로스바(210)의 접점대 연결부(211)에 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 접점대 연결부(211)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The movable contact bar 310 is coupled to the crossbar 210 . Specifically, the movable contact point 310 is coupled to the contact point connecting portion 211 of the crossbar 210 . In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be rotatably coupled to the contact point connection part 211 .
가동 접점대(310)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 고정 접점대(410)를 통해 유입된 전류는 가동 접점(320)을 거쳐 가동 접점대(310)로 유입될 수 있다.The movable contact point 310 may be formed of a conductive material. The current flowing through the fixed contact point 410 may flow into the movable contact point 310 through the movable contact point 320 .
일 실시 예에서, 가동 접점대(310)는 철(Fe) 또는 구리(Cu) 등의 소재로 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the movable contact point 310 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 길이 방향의 양측 단부에 인접하게, 가동 접점(320)이 위치된다. 가동 접점대(310)는 가동 접점(320)과 통전된다.Adjacent to both ends in the longitudinal direction from which the movable contact bar 310 extends, the movable contact 320 is positioned. The movable contact point 310 is energized with the movable contact 320 .
가동 접점(320)은 크로스바(210)의 이동에 따라 고정 접점(430)과 접촉되거나 이격된다. 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430)이 접촉되면, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 according to the movement of the crossbar 210 . When the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 are in contact, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
상기 통전 상태에서 가동 접점(320)이 고정 접점(430)에서 이격되면, 통전되던 전류에 의해 아크가 발생된다. 발생된 아크는 아크 소호부(500)에 의해 소호되며 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.When the movable contact 320 is spaced apart from the fixed contact 430 in the energized state, an arc is generated by the energized current. The generated arc is extinguished by the arc extinguishing unit 500 and may be discharged to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)에 결합된다. 가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)와 함께 이동될 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is coupled to the movable contact stand 310 . The movable contact 320 may be moved together with the movable contact 310 .
가동 접점(320)은 가동 접점대(310)와 통전된다. 고정 접점(430)에서 가동 접점(320)으로 유입된 전류는 가동 접점대(310)를 통과할 수 있다.The movable contact 320 is energized with the movable contact stand 310 . The current flowing from the fixed contact point 430 to the movable contact point 320 may pass through the movable contact point 310 .
가동 접점(320)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가동 접점(320)은 전방 측에 위치되는 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 후방 측에 위치되는 제2 가동 접점(322)을 포함한다.A plurality of movable contacts 320 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the movable contact 320 includes a first movable contact 321 positioned on the front side and a second movable contact 322 positioned on the rear side.
제1 가동 접점(321)은 가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 가동 접점(321)은 가동 접점대(310)의 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The first movable contact 321 is located on one side of the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the first movable contact 321 may be located adjacent to the front end of the movable contact stand 310 .
제2 가동 접점(322)은 가동 접점대(310)가 연장되는 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 가동 접점(322)은 가동 접점대(310)의 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The second movable contact 322 is located on the other side in the direction in which the movable contact stand 310 extends, on the rear side in the illustrated embodiment. In one embodiment, the second movable contact 322 may be located adjacent to the rear end of the movable contact stand 310 .
가동 접점(320)의 위치 및 개수는 고정 접점(430)의 위치 및 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The position and number of movable contacts 320 may be changed according to the position and number of fixed contacts 430 .
상기 구성에 의해, 가동 접점부(300)에 전류가 통전되는 과정을 설명하면 다음과 같다.A process in which a current is passed through the movable contact unit 300 by the above configuration will be described as follows.
먼저, 고정 접점(430)에서 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 제2 가동 접점(322) 중 어느 하나로 전류가 유입된다. 유입된 전류는 가동 접점대(310)를 통과하여, 제1 가동 접점(321) 및 제2 가동 접점(322) 중 다른 하나를 거쳐 고정 접점(430)로 유입된다. First, a current flows into any one of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 from the fixed contact 430 . The introduced current passes through the movable contact point 310 and flows into the fixed contact 430 through the other of the first movable contact 321 and the second movable contact 322 .
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
(4) 고정 접점부(400) 및 아크 소호부(500)의 설명(4) Description of the fixed contact unit 400 and the arc extinguishing unit 500
도 20 내지 도 23을 참조하면, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다.20 to 23 , the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a fixed contact unit 400 .
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)의 이동에 의해 가동 접점부(300)와 통전 가능하게 접촉되거나 이격된다. 즉, 명칭에서 알 수 있듯이, 고정 접점부(400)는 이동되지 않는다.The fixed contact unit 400 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact unit 300 to be energized by the movement of the movable contact unit 300 . That is, as can be seen from the name, the fixed contact unit 400 does not move.
고정 접점부(400)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 수용된다. 고정 접점부(400)는 아크 박스(520) 내부의 공간 및 지지 프레임(600)의 내부 공간에 고정된다.The fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 . The fixed contact unit 400 is fixed to the inner space of the arc box 520 and the inner space of the support frame 600 .
고정 접점부(400)는 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점부(400)의 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 양측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측에 관통 형성되는 접점대 관통홀에 관통 결합된다.The fixed contact part 400 is fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 . Specifically, the fixed contact bar 410 of the fixed contact unit 400 is through-coupled to both sides of the support frame 600, the contact bar through-holes formed through the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 위치된다. 가동 접점부(300)가 크로스바(210)와 함께 하측으로 이동되면, 고정 접점부(400)와 가동 접점부(300)가 접촉될 수 있다.The fixed contact unit 400 is located on one side of the movable contact unit 300 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the lower side. When the movable contact part 300 is moved downward together with the crossbar 210 , the fixed contact part 400 and the movable contact part 300 may come into contact with each other.
고정 접점부(400)는 가동 접점부(300)와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 고정 접점(430)이 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되면, 외부의 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.The fixed contact unit 400 is electrically connected to the movable contact unit 300 . When the fixed contact 430 is in contact with the movable contact 320 , an external power source or load may be energized.
고정 접점부(400)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점부(400)는 세 개 구비된다. 각 고정 접점부(400)는 복수 개의 가동 접점부(300)와 각각 접촉되거나 이격될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact parts 400 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, three fixed contact parts 400 are provided. Each fixed contact portion 400 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the plurality of movable contact portions 300 , respectively.
이는, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)에 R상, S상 및 T상 또는 U상, V상 및 W상의 3상 전류가 인가됨에 기인한다. This is due to the application of three-phase currents of R-phase, S-phase and T-phase or U-phase, V-phase and W-phase to the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
고정 접점부(400)의 개수는 전자 접촉기(10)에 인가되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of fixed contact parts 400 may be changed according to the number of phases of current applied to the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
고정 접점부(400)는 고정 접점대(410), 고정 접점 블록(420), 고정 접점(430) 및 지지 프레임(600)을 포함한다. The fixed contact unit 400 includes a fixed contact bar 410 , a fixed contact block 420 , a fixed contact 430 , and a support frame 600 .
상기 구성 중, 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 전자 접촉기(10)에 고정하는 역할을 수행한다. 따라서, 지지 프레임(600)은 프레임(100)에 포함되는 것으로도 이해될 수 있을 것이다. 다만, 이하의 설명에서는 설명의 편의를 위해 지지 프레임(600)이 고정 접점부(400)에 포함되는 것으로 설명한다.In the above configuration, the support frame 600 serves to fix the fixed contact unit 400 to the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, the support frame 600 may be understood as being included in the frame 100 . However, in the following description, it will be described that the support frame 600 is included in the fixed contact unit 400 for convenience of description.
고정 접점대(410)는 고정 접점부(400)의 몸체를 형성한다. 고정 접점대(410)는 일 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The fixed contact unit 410 forms the body of the fixed contact unit 400 . The fixed contact point 410 is formed to extend in one direction, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점대(410)의 연장 길이는, 일측이 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전 가능하게 접촉되고, 타측이 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부에 돌출될 수 있게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.The extended length of the fixed contact bar 410 is preferably formed so that one side is in energizable contact with the fixed contact block 420 , and the other side is protruded to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
고정 접점대(410)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 후술될 바와 같이, 고정 접점대(410)는 복수 개 구비된다. 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410) 중 어느 하나에는 전원이, 다른 하나에는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. The fixed contact point 410 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. As will be described later, a plurality of fixed contact points 410 are provided. A power source may be connected to any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410, and a load may be connected to the other to be energized.
고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 면 중 서로 마주하는 두 개의 면에 각각 관통 형성된 접점대 관통홀에 관통 결합된다. The fixed contact point 410 is coupled to the support frame 600 . Specifically, the fixed contact bar 410 is through-coupled to the contact bar through-holes formed through each of the two surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the support frame 600 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 접점대 관통홀이 형성된다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점대(410)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 결합된다.In the illustrated embodiment, contact point through-holes are formed on the front side and rear side of the support frame 600 . Accordingly, the fixed contact bar 410 is coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 , respectively.
고정 접점대(410)는 도전성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 외부의 전원 또는 부하는 고정 접점대(410)와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. 고정 접점대(410)를 통해 유입된 전류는 가동 접점부(300)를 거쳐 전자 접촉기(10)의 외부로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a conductive material. An external power source or load may be electrically connected to the fixed contact point 410 . The current introduced through the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 through the movable contact unit 300 .
일 실시 예에서, 고정 접점대(410)는 철(Fe) 또는 구리(Cu) 등의 소재로 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the fixed contact point 410 may be formed of a material such as iron (Fe) or copper (Cu).
고정 접점대(410)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410) 중 어느 하나에는 전류가 유입되고, 다른 하나에서는 전류가 유출될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact points 410 may be provided. A current may flow into any one of the plurality of fixed contact points 410 and a current may flow out from the other.
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점대(410)는 제1 고정 접점대(411) 및 제2 고정 접점대(412)를 포함하여 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact point 410 is provided with two including a first fixed contact point 411 and a second fixed contact point 412 .
제1 고정 접점대(411)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 고정 접점대(411)는 제1 가동 접점(321)의 하측에 대해 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다.The first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In other words, the first fixed contact point 411 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321, and on the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 소정 길이만큼 돌출된다. 제1 고정 접점대(411)가 외측으로 돌출된 부분에는 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결된다.One side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact bar 411, the front side in the illustrated embodiment, protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length. A power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the first fixed contact point 411 protruding to the outside.
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 제1 가동 접점(321)의 하측까지 연장된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 고정 접점대(411)의 연장 방향의 상기 타측 단부는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분에 인접하게 위치된다.The other side of the extension direction of the first fixed contact point 411, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment, extends to the lower side of the first movable contact point 321 . In other words, the other end of the first fixed contact bar 411 in the extending direction is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제1 고정 접점대(411)의 상기 타측에는 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)이 안착된다. 제1 고정 접점대(411)는 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.A first fixed contact block 421 is seated on the other side of the first fixed contact bar 411 . The first fixed contact bar 411 is in contact with the first fixed contact block 421 to be energized.
제2 고정 접점대(412)는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 고정 접점대(412)는 제2 가동 접점(322)의 하측에 대해 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에 위치된다.The second fixed contact bar 412 is located on the other side of the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the rear side. In other words, the second fixed contact point 412 is located on one side with respect to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 전자 접촉기(10)의 외측으로 소정 길이만큼 돌출된다. 제2 고정 접점대(412)가 외측으로 돌출된 부분에는 전원 또는 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결된다.One side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side protrudes to the outside of the electromagnetic contactor 10 by a predetermined length. A power source or a load is energably connected to a portion of the second fixed contact point 412 protruding to the outside.
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 제2 가동 접점(322)의 하측까지 연장된다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 고정 접점대(412)의 연장 방향의 상기 타측 단부는 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분에 인접하게 위치된다.The other side in the extending direction of the second fixed contact point 412 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side extends to the lower side of the second movable contact point 322 . In other words, the other end in the extending direction of the second fixed contact bar 412 is positioned adjacent to the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
제2 고정 접점대(412)의 상기 타측에는 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)이 안착된다. 제2 고정 접점대(412)는 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.A second fixed contact block 422 is seated on the other side of the second fixed contact bar 412 . The second fixed contact bar 412 is in contact with the second fixed contact block 422 to be energized.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 고정 접점(430) 사이에 위치된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 고정 접점(430)을 통전 가능하게 연결한다.The fixed contact block 420 is positioned between the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 . The fixed contact block 420 connects the fixed contact bar 410 and the fixed contact 430 to be energized.
또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리를 조정할 수 있다. 즉, 고정 접점 블록(420)의 높이에 따라, 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리가 조정될 수 있다.In addition, the fixed contact block 420 may adjust the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, according to the height of the fixed contact block 420 , the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 may be adjusted.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)의 일측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 크로스바(210)의 상기 기둥 부분을 향하는 고정 접점대(410)의 일측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 . Specifically, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to one end of the fixed contact bar 410 facing the pillar portion of the crossbar 210 .
달리 표현하면, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410)가 서로 마주하는 방향의 각 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.In other words, the fixed contact block 420 is positioned adjacent to each end of the plurality of fixed contact bars 410 facing each other.
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)의 상측에 위치된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)에 안착된다. The fixed contact block 420 is located on the upper side of the fixed contact stand 410 . The fixed contact block 420 is seated on the fixed contact stand 410 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 소정의 높이를 갖도록 연장 형성된다. 고정 접점 블록(420)의 연장 길이는 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. 즉, 고정 접점 블록(420)의 연장 길이는, 크로스바(210)가 승강 가능한 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. The fixed contact block 420 is extended to have a predetermined height. The extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to a distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 . That is, the extended length of the fixed contact block 420 may be determined according to the distance at which the crossbar 210 can be moved up and down.
고정 접점 블록(420)의 높이를 조정하여 가동 접점(320)과 고정 접점(430) 사이의 거리가 조정될 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다.As described above, the distance between the movable contact 320 and the fixed contact 430 can be adjusted by adjusting the height of the fixed contact block 420 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점대(410)와 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점대(410)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점대(410)로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact unit 410 . The current flowing into the fixed contact point 410 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact block 410 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 고정 접점(430)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점(430)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점(430)으로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact block 420 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact 430 . The current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점대(410)와 각각 통전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 또한, 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)은 복수 개의 고정 접점(430)과 각각 통전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.A plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be provided. The plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contact blocks 410 , respectively. In addition, the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 may be electrically coupled to the plurality of fixed contacts 430 , respectively.
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 블록(420)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421) 및 제2 고정 접점 블록(424)을 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact block 420 includes two fixed contact blocks, including a first fixed contact block 421 and a second fixed contact block 424 .
제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점대(411)에 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 구체적으로, 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점대(411)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. The first fixed contact block 421 is energably in contact with the first fixed contact unit 411 . Specifically, the first fixed contact block 421 is located adjacent to one side of the first fixed contact unit 411, the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 고정 접점 블록(421)에는 제1 고정 접점(431)이 안착된다. 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)은 제1 고정 접점(431)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The first fixed contact 431 is seated on the first fixed contact block 421 . The first fixed contact block 421 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact 431 .
제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점대(412)에 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 구체적으로, 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점대(412)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다.The second fixed contact block 422 is electrically connected to the second fixed contact unit 412 . Specifically, the second fixed contact block 422 is located adjacent to one side of the second fixed contact unit 412, the front end in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 고정 접점 블록(422)에는 제2 고정 접점(432)이 안착된다. 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)은 제2 고정 접점(432)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The second fixed contact 432 is seated on the second fixed contact block 422 . The second fixed contact block 422 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact 432 .
고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되거나 이격된다. 고정 접점(430)이 가동 접점(320)과 접촉되면, 고정 접점부(400)와 가동 접점부(300)가 통전된다. 이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전될 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is in contact with or spaced apart from the movable contact 320 . When the fixed contact 430 is in contact with the movable contact 320 , the fixed contact 400 and the movable contact 300 are energized. Accordingly, the magnetic contactor 10 may be energized with an external power source or load.
고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)의 상측에 위치된다. 고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측 면에 안착된다.The fixed contact 430 is located above the fixed contact block 420 . The fixed contact 430 is seated on one side of the fixed contact block 420, an upper surface in the illustrated embodiment.
고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점부(300)의 하측에 위치된다. 구체적으로, 고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)의 하측에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 고정 접점(430)은 가동 접점(320)의 직하방에 위치될 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact part 300 . Specifically, the fixed contact 430 is located below the movable contact 320 . In an embodiment, the fixed contact 430 may be located directly below the movable contact 320 .
고정 접점(430)은 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. 고정 접점(430)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점 블록(420)으로 흐를 수 있다. 또한, 고정 접점 블록(420)에 유입된 전류는 고정 접점(430)으로 흐를 수 있다.The fixed contact 430 is in electrical contact with the fixed contact block 420 . The current flowing into the fixed contact 430 may flow to the fixed contact block 420 . In addition, the current flowing into the fixed contact block 420 may flow to the fixed contact 430 .
고정 접점(430)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 고정 접점(430)은 복수 개의 고정 접점 블록(420)에 각각 위치되어, 각 고정 접점 블록(420)과 통전된다. A plurality of fixed contacts 430 may be provided. The plurality of fixed contact points 430 are respectively positioned in the plurality of fixed contact blocks 420 to conduct electricity with each fixed contact block 420 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점(430)은 제1 고정 접점(431) 및 제2 고정 접점(432)을 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다. In the illustrated embodiment, two fixed contacts 430 are provided, including a first fixed contact 431 and a second fixed contact 432 .
제1 고정 접점(431)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)에 결합된다. 제1 고정 접점(431)은 제1 고정 접점 블록(421)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다. The first fixed contact 431 is coupled to the first fixed contact block 421 . The first fixed contact 431 is in electrical contact with the first fixed contact block 421 .
제2 고정 접점(432)은 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)에 결합된다. 제2 고정 접점(432)은 제2 고정 접점 블록(422)과 통전 가능하게 접촉된다.The second fixed contact 432 is coupled to the second fixed contact block 422 . The second fixed contact 432 is in electrical contact with the second fixed contact block 422 .
아크 소호부(500)는 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 이격되어 발생된 아크를 소호하며 배출하도록 구성된다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 is configured to extinguish and discharge the arc generated by the movable contact unit 300 and the fixed contact unit 400 being spaced apart.
아크 소호부(500)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에 위치된다. 아크 소호부(500)는 지지 프레임(600)에 의해 지지될 수 있다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 is located above the support frame 600 . The arc extinguishing unit 500 may be supported by the support frame 600 .
아크 소호부(500)는 아크 챔버(arc chamber)(510) 및 아크 박스(arc box)(520)를 포함한다.The arc extinguishing unit 500 includes an arc chamber 510 and an arc box 520 .
아크 챔버(510)는 가동 접점부(300)와 고정 접점부(400)가 이격되어 발생된 아크를 소호한다. 아크 챔버(510)는 고정 접점부(400)에 인접하게 위치된다. 구체적으로, 아크 챔버(510)는 각 고정 접점(431, 432)에 인접하게 위치된다. The arc chamber 510 extinguishes the arc generated by the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 being spaced apart. The arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to the fixed contact portion 400 . Specifically, the arc chamber 510 is positioned adjacent to each fixed contact 431 , 432 .
이에 따라, 가동 접점부(300)가 고정 접점부(400)와 접촉되었다가 이격되면, 발생된 아크는 아크 챔버(510)를 향해 연장될 수 있다. 아크 챔버(510)를 향해 연장된 아크는, 아크 챔버(510)에 구비되는 복수 개의 그리드(grid)를 따라 신장되며 소호될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the movable contact unit 300 comes into contact with the fixed contact unit 400 and is separated from each other, the generated arc may extend toward the arc chamber 510 . The arc extending toward the arc chamber 510 may be extended and extinguished along a plurality of grids provided in the arc chamber 510 .
아크 챔버(510)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 챔버(510)는 전후 방향으로 두 개, 좌우 방향으로 세 쌍 구비되어 총 여섯 개 구비된다. A plurality of arc chambers 510 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, two arc chambers 510 are provided in the front-rear direction and three pairs are provided in the left-right direction, for a total of six arc chambers 510 .
아크 챔버(510)의 개수는 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.The number of arc chambers 510 may be changed according to the number of movable contact parts 300 and fixed contact parts 400 .
아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)의 내부에 수용된다. 또한, 아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)에 결합된다.The arc chamber 510 is accommodated in the arc box 520 . The arc chamber 510 is also coupled to the arc box 520 .
아크 박스(520)는 내부에 형성된 공간에, 아크 챔버(510), 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)를 수용한다. 또한, 아크 박스(520)는 상기 공간에, 전자 접촉기(10)가 작동되기 위한 다양한 구성 요소를 수용할 수 있다.The arc box 520 accommodates the arc chamber 510 , the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 in the space formed therein. In addition, the arc box 520 may accommodate various components for operating the electromagnetic contactor 10 in the space.
즉, 아크 박스(520)는 일종의 하우징으로 기능된다.That is, the arc box 520 functions as a kind of housing.
아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에 위치된다. 아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)과 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 지지 프레임(600)과 별도의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 결합될 수 있다.The arc box 520 is located on the upper side of the support frame 600 . The arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 . In an embodiment, the arc box 520 may be coupled to the support frame 600 by a separate fastening member (not shown).
도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된 사각기둥 형상이다. 아크 박스(520)의 형상은 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되고, 내부에 전자 접촉기(10)의 작동을 위한 구성 요소를 실장할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 구비될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the arc box 520 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction. The shape of the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 , and may be provided in any shape capable of mounting components for the operation of the electromagnetic contactor 10 therein.
아크 박스(520)는 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 아크 박스(520) 내부의 구성 요소가 외부와 임의 통전되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 합성 수지 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The arc box 520 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the components inside the arc box 520 from being arbitrarily energized with the outside. In one embodiment, the arc box 520 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
아크 박스(520)는 강성이 높은 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 아크 박스(520) 내부에서 발생된 고온 고압의 아크에 의해, 아크 박스(520)가 손상되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스(520)는 강화 플라스틱으로 형성될 수 있다.The arc box 520 may be formed of a material with high rigidity. This is to prevent the arc box 520 from being damaged by the arc of high temperature and high pressure generated inside the arc box 520 . In one embodiment, the arc box 520 may be formed of reinforced plastic.
아크 박스(520)는 커버부(521), 아크 배출공(522) 및 프레임 결합부(523)를 포함한다.The arc box 520 includes a cover part 521 , an arc discharge hole 522 , and a frame coupling part 523 .
커버부(521)는 아크 박스(520)의 외측을 형성한다. 달리 표현하면, 커버부(521)는 아크 박스(520)가 외부에 노출되는 부분이다. 상술한 바와 같이, 도시된 실시 예에서 아크 박스(520)는 사각기둥 형상으로 구비된다.The cover part 521 forms the outside of the arc box 520 . In other words, the cover part 521 is a portion to which the arc box 520 is exposed to the outside. As described above, in the illustrated embodiment, the arc box 520 is provided in a rectangular prism shape.
이에 따라, 커버부(521)는 하측에 개방된 부분을 제외한 5개소, 즉 상측, 전방 측, 후방 측, 좌측 및 우측에 위치되는 면을 포함한다.Accordingly, the cover part 521 includes surfaces located on the upper side, the front side, the rear side, the left side, and the right side, except for the part open on the lower side.
커버부(521)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측에는 아크 배출공(522)이 관통 형성된다. Arc discharge hole 522 is formed through one side of the cover portion 521, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 내부 공간에서 발생된 아크가 아크 챔버(510)를 통해 소호되며, 아크 박스(520)의 외부로 배출되는 통로이다. 아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 면 중 서로 마주하는 한 쌍의 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 각각 관통 형성된다.The arc discharge hole 522 is a passage through which the arc generated in the inner space of the arc box 520 is extinguished through the arc chamber 510 and is discharged to the outside of the arc box 520 . The arc discharge hole 522 is formed through a pair of surfaces facing each other among the surfaces of the arc box 520 , respectively, on the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
아크 배출공(522)은 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 배출공(522)은 각 상의 전류가 통전되는 위치마다 세 개씩 형성된다. 상술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 세 개의 서로 다른 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다.A plurality of arc discharge holes 522 may be formed. In the illustrated embodiment, the arc discharge hole 522 is formed three at each position where the current of each phase is energized. As described above, in the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention, three different phase currents may be conducted.
이에 따라, 아크 배출공(522)은 전방 측에 9개, 후방 측에 9개가 형성되어 총 18개 형성된다. 아크 배출공(522)의 개수는 변경될 수 있다.Accordingly, nine arc discharge holes 522 are formed on the front side and nine on the rear side, so that a total of 18 are formed. The number of arc discharge holes 522 may be changed.
아크 배출공(522)은 아크 박스(520)의 내부 공간과 아크 박스(520)의 외부를 연통한다. 이에 따라, 발생된 아크는 아크 박스(520)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The arc discharge hole 522 communicates with the inner space of the arc box 520 and the outside of the arc box 520 . Accordingly, the generated arc may be discharged to the outside of the arc box (520).
프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스(520)가 지지 프레임(600)과 결합되는 부분이다. 프레임 결합부(523)는 지지 프레임(600)의 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 맞춰질 수 있다. The frame coupling part 523 is a part where the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The frame coupling portion 523 may be aligned with the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 .
프레임 결합부(523)는 별도의 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 나사 결합될 수 있다.The frame coupling part 523 may be coupled to the arc box coupling part 610 by a separate coupling member (not shown). In an embodiment, the frame coupling part 523 may be screwed to the arc box coupling part 610 .
프레임 결합부(523)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임 결합부(523)는 아크 박스(520)의 좌측 및 우측 면의 전방 측 및 후방 측 단부에 각각 형성되어, 총 네 개 구비된다. 프레임 결합부(523)의 개수는 아크 박스 결합부(610)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of frame coupling units 523 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the frame coupling portion 523 is formed at the front side and rear side ends of the left and right sides of the arc box 520, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of frame coupling parts 523 may be changed according to the number of arc box coupling parts 610 .
(5) 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 지지 프레임(600)의 설명(5) Description of the support frame 600 according to another embodiment of the present invention
본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 지지 프레임(600)을 포함한다. 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 고정 지지하여, 전자 접촉기(10)가 외부와 통전되는 동안 고정 접점부(400)가 임의로 요동되지 않게 한다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a support frame 600 . The support frame 600 fixedly supports the fixed contact unit 400 so that the fixed contact unit 400 is not arbitrarily oscillated while the electromagnetic contactor 10 is energized with the outside.
이하, 도 24 내지 도 26를 참조하여 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 지지 프레임(600)을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a support frame 600 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 24 to 26 .
지지 프레임(600)에는 고정 접점부(400)가 결합된다. 고정 접점부(400)는 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합될 수 있다. 지지 프레임(600)은 고정 접점부(400)를 하측에서 지지한다.A fixed contact part 400 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The fixed contact unit 400 may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 supports the fixed contact part 400 from the lower side.
지지 프레임(600)은 아크 소호부(500)를 지지한다. 지지 프레임(600)의 상부 공간과 아크 소호부(500)의 내부 공간은 연통된다. 이에 따라, 아크 소호부(500)의 내부 공간에 수용된 가동 접점부(300)는 고정 접점부(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 고정 접점부(400)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The support frame 600 supports the arc extinguishing unit 500 . The upper space of the support frame 600 and the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 communicate with each other. Accordingly, the movable contact unit 300 accommodated in the inner space of the arc extinguishing unit 500 may be moved in a direction toward the fixed contact unit 400 or in a direction away from the fixed contact unit 400 .
지지 프레임(600)의 하측에는 프레임(100)이 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)과 프레임(100)은 나사 등의 결합 부재(미도시)에 의해 체결될 수 있다.The frame 100 is positioned below the support frame 600 . In one embodiment, the support frame 600 and the frame 100 may be fastened by a coupling member (not shown) such as a screw.
지지 프레임(600)의 상측에는 아크 소호부(500)가 위치된다. 지지 프레임(600)은 아크 박스(520)와 결합된다. 구체적으로, 지지 프레임(600)의 아크 박스 결합부(610)와 아크 박스(520)의 프레임 결합부(523)가 서로 결합된다.An arc extinguishing unit 500 is positioned above the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 . Specifically, the arc box coupling portion 610 of the support frame 600 and the frame coupling portion 523 of the arc box 520 are coupled to each other.
도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 프레임(600)은 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된 사각 기둥 형상이다. 지지 프레임(600)의 형상은 아크 박스(520)의 형상에 따라 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the support frame 600 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular pillar shape extending in the vertical direction. The shape of the support frame 600 may be changed according to the shape of the arc box 520 .
지지 프레임(600)은 아크 박스 결합부(610), 고정 접점 수용부(620), 격벽부(630) 및 플레이트 결합부(640)를 포함한다.The support frame 600 includes an arc box coupling part 610 , a fixed contact receiving part 620 , a partition wall part 630 , and a plate coupling part 640 .
아크 박스 결합부(610)는 지지 프레임(600)이 아크 박스(520)와 결합되는 부분이다. 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 프레임 결합부(523)와 맞춰질 수 있다The arc box coupling unit 610 is a portion in which the support frame 600 is coupled to the arc box 520 . The arc box coupling portion 610 may be aligned with the frame coupling portion 523 .
결합부(523)와 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 프레임 결합부(523)와 나사 결합될 수 있다.It may be coupled to the coupling part 523 . In an embodiment, the arc box coupling unit 610 may be screwed to the frame coupling unit 523 .
아크 박스 결합부(610)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측의 좌측 및 우측, 후방 측에 좌측 및 우측에 각각 형성되어, 총 네 개 구비된다. 아크 박스 결합부(610)의 개수는 프레임 결합부(523)의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.A plurality of arc box coupling units 610 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, the arc box coupling portion 610 is formed on the left and right sides of the front side of the support frame 600, and the left and right sides on the rear side, respectively, a total of four are provided. The number of arc box coupling units 610 may be changed according to the number of frame coupling units 523 .
일 실시 예에서, 각 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 전방 측의 양측 단부 및 후방 측의 양측 단부에 각각 위치될 수 있다. In one embodiment, each arc box coupling portion 610 may be located at both ends of the front side and both ends of the rear side, respectively.
전방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 및 후방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610)는 서로 마주하도록 배치된다. The two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the front side and the two arc box coupling parts 610 positioned on the rear side are arranged to face each other.
또한, 전방 측의 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 사이에는 플레이트 결합부(640)가 위치된다. 후방 측에 위치되는 두 개의 아크 박스 결합부(610) 사이에도 플레이트 결합부(640)가 위치된다.In addition, a plate coupling part 640 is positioned between the two arc box coupling parts 610 on the front side. A plate coupling part 640 is also located between the two arc box coupling parts 610 located on the rear side.
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 고정 접점부(400)가 수용되는 공간이다. 고정 접점부(400)는 고정 접점 수용부(620)에 수용된 후, 체결 부재(미도시)에 의해 지지 프레임(600)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The fixed contact receiving portion 620 is a space in which the fixed contact 400 is accommodated. After the fixed contact unit 400 is accommodated in the fixed contact receiving unit 620 , it may be fixedly coupled to the support frame 600 by a fastening member (not shown).
또한, 아크 챔버(510)는 아크 박스(520)에 결합된 상태에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.In addition, the arc chamber 510 may be positioned adjacent to the fixed contact accommodating part 620 in a state coupled to the arc box 520 .
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 일측에서 함몰 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에서 함몰 형성된다.The fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed from one side facing the arc box 520 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 고정 접점대(410)에 상응하는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전후 방향의 길이가, 좌우 방향의 폭보다 길게 형성된다.The fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be formed in a shape corresponding to the fixed contact stand 410 . In the illustrated embodiment, the fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction. In other words, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 is formed to have a length in the front-rear direction longer than a width in the left-right direction.
고정 접점 수용부(620)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 각 상마다 두 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 한 개씩 형성된다.A plurality of fixed contact accommodating units 620 may be formed. The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, one fixed contact receiving portion 620 is formed on the front side and the rear side, respectively.
더 나아가, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 각 상의 전류가 통전되는 고정 접점부(400)마다 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 고정 접점 수용부(620)는 총 여섯 개 형성된다. 고정 접점 수용부(620)의 개수는 통전되는 전류의 상의 개수에 따라 변경될 수 있다.Furthermore, the fixed contact accommodating part 620 may be provided for each fixed contact part 400 through which a current of each phase is passed. Accordingly, a total of six fixed contact accommodating units 620 are formed. The number of the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 may be changed according to the number of phases of current passing through.
폭 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 배치되는 고정 접점 수용부(620) 사이에는 격벽부(630)가 위치된다.The partition wall 630 is positioned between the fixed contact accommodating parts 620 arranged in the width direction and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
격벽부(630)는 각 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치되어, 각 고정 접점부(400)를 물리적으로 이격시킨다. 격벽부(630)가 구비됨에 따라, 각 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류는 물리적, 전기적으로 이격될 수 있다.The partition wall part 630 is positioned between each fixed contact part 400 to physically space each fixed contact part 400 from each other. As the partition wall part 630 is provided, currents of different phases energized to each movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 may be physically and electrically separated from each other.
격벽부(630)는 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 서로 인접하게 위치되는 가동 접점부(300) 및 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)는 합성 수지 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The barrier rib part 630 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent electrical interference from occurring between the movable contact part 300 and the fixed contact part 400 positioned adjacent to each other. In an embodiment, the partition wall part 630 may be formed of a synthetic resin material.
격벽부(630)는 고정 접점대(410) 또는 고정 접점 수용부(620)가 연장되는 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)는 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the direction in which the fixed contact bar 410 or the fixed contact receiving portion 620 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend in the front-rear direction.
본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 각 상마다 두 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 포함한다. 이에 따라, 격벽부(630)는 전방 측 및 후방 측으로 연장 형성된다. 격벽부(630)의 전방 측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다. 격벽부(630)의 후방 측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 후방 측 면에 인접하게 위치될 수 있다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes two fixed contact parts 400 for each phase. Accordingly, the partition wall portion 630 is formed to extend to the front side and the rear side. The front side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the front side surface of the support frame 600 . The rear side end of the partition wall part 630 may be located adjacent to the rear side surface of the support frame 600 .
격벽부(630)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 서로 다른 세 개의 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 격벽부(630)는 두 개 구비되어, 폭 방향으로 세 개 배치되는 고정 접점 수용부(620) 사이에 위치된다.A plurality of partition walls 630 may be provided. In the electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention, three different phase currents may be conducted. Accordingly, two partition wall portions 630 are provided and positioned between three fixed contact receiving portions 620 disposed in the width direction.
일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)를 연장한 가상의 선 상에는 절연 부재(800)의 플레이트부(810)가 위치될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 서로 다른 각 상의 전류가 전기적으로 간섭받지 않게 된다.In an embodiment, the plate part 810 of the insulating member 800 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending from the partition wall part 630 . Accordingly, currents of different phases are not electrically interfered with.
일 실시 예에서, 격벽부(630)를 연장한 가상의 선 상에는 플레이트 결합부(640)가 위치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the plate coupling part 640 may be positioned on an imaginary line extending the partition wall part 630 .
플레이트 결합부(640)는 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 부분이다. 플레이트 결합부(640)에는 지지 프레임(600)이 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합될 수 있다.The plate coupling part 640 is a portion to which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The support frame 600 may be detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
플레이트 결합부(640)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 플레이트 결합부(640)는 좌측에 위치되는 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 우측에 위치되는 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)를 포함하여, 총 두 개 구비된다.A plurality of plate coupling portions 640 may be formed. In the illustrated embodiment, the plate coupling part 640 is provided with a total of two, including a first plate coupling part 640a positioned on the left and a second plate coupling part 640b positioned on the right side.
제1 플레이트 결합부(640a)와 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)는 서로 이격되어 배치된다. 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)에는 절연 부재(800)의 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 각각 삽입 결합된다.The first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other. The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 are respectively inserted and coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b .
제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)는 배치되는 위치에 차이가 있고, 기타 형상 및 구조는 동일하다. 이에, 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)를 플레이트 결합부(640)로 통칭하여 설명하기로 한다.The first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b are different from each other in the arrangement position, and other shapes and structures are the same. Accordingly, the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b will be collectively referred to as the plate coupling part 640 .
플레이트 결합부(640)는 지지 프레임(600)이 서로 마주하는 양 측면에 형성될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 플레이트 결합부(640)는 서로 마주하는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 면 및 후방 측 면에 각각 형성된다. The plate coupling part 640 may be formed on both sides of the support frame 600 facing each other. In the illustrated embodiment, the plate coupling portion 640 is formed on the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 facing each other, respectively.
이에 따라, 플레이트 결합부(640)는 총 네 개 형성된다. 이하에서는, 설명의 편의를 위해 각 방향은 전방 측에 위치되는 플레이트 결합부(640)를 기준으로 설명한다.Accordingly, a total of four plate coupling portions 640 are formed. Hereinafter, for convenience of description, each direction will be described with reference to the plate coupling portion 640 positioned on the front side.
플레이트 결합부(640)에는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 삽입 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 플레이트 결합부(640)에는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 전후 방향으로 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 . In one embodiment, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be detachably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 in the front and rear directions.
플레이트 결합부(640)는 제1 홈(641), 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643), 제2 돌출부(644) 및 수용 홈(645)을 포함한다.The plate coupling portion 640 includes a first groove 641 , a second groove 642 , a first projection 643 , a second projection 644 , and a receiving groove 645 .
제1 홈(641)은 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 삽입되는 공간이다. 제1 홈(641)은 절연 부재(800)를 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면에서 함몰 형성된다. The first groove 641 is a space into which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted. The first groove 641 is recessed in one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리는, 후술될 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 연장되는 길이 이상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)가 수용 홈(645)에 도달될 때까지 제1 홈(641)에 삽입될 수 있다.The distance at which the first groove 641 is recessed may be greater than or equal to the length in which first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 to be described later extend. Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed until the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the respective coupling portions 833 , 843 , 853 reach the receiving groove 645 . It may be inserted into the first groove 641 .
제1 홈(641)의 일측은 개방될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 제1 홈(641)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측은 개방 형성될 수 있다. 따라서, 제1 홈(641)은 지지 프레임(600)의 상측에서 함몰 형성된다고 할 수도 있을 것이다.One side of the first groove 641 may be opened. Specifically, one side of the first groove 641 facing the arc box 520, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed open. Accordingly, it may be said that the first groove 641 is recessed in the upper side of the support frame 600 .
제1 홈(641)은 소정 길이만큼 상하 방향으로 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 홈(641)이 상하 방향으로 연장되는 길이는, 절연 부재(800)의 제1 결합 돌기(830)의 상측 단부에서 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 하측 단부 사이의 거리보다 길게 형성될 수 있다.The first groove 641 may extend in the vertical direction by a predetermined length. In an embodiment, the length of the first groove 641 extending in the vertical direction is the distance between the upper end of the first coupling protrusion 830 of the insulating member 800 and the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 . It may be formed longer.
제1 홈(641)의 타측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 제1 홈(641)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제1 홈(641)에 삽입된 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 제1 홈(641)의 상기 타측에 안정적으로 안착될 수 있다.The other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the arc box 520 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side may be closed. Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 inserted into the first groove 641 may be stably seated on the other side of the first groove 641 .
제1 홈(641)의 다른 타측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 절연 부재(800)에 반대되는 제1 홈(641)의 다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측은 폐쇄될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 제1 홈(641)에 삽입되는 거리가 제한될 수 있다.The other side of the first groove 641 may be closed. Specifically, the other side of the first groove 641 opposite to the insulating member 800 , in the illustrated embodiment, the rear side may be closed. Accordingly, a distance at which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the first groove 641 may be limited.
즉, 제1 홈(641)은, 절연 부재(800)를 향하는 일측(즉, 전방 측) 및 아크 박스(520)를 향하는 타측(즉, 상측)이 개방 형성된다. 또한, 제1 홈(641)은, 절연 부재(800)에 반대되는 다른 타측(즉, 후방 측) 및 아크 박스(520)에 반대되는 또다른 타측(즉, 하측)이 폐쇄된다.That is, in the first groove 641 , one side (ie, the front side) facing the insulating member 800 and the other side (ie, the upper side) facing the arc box 520 are openly formed. In addition, the first groove 641 is closed on the other side (ie, the rear side) opposite to the insulating member 800 and the other side (ie, the lower side) opposite to the arc box 520 .
제1 홈(641)은 소정의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)을 갖도록 형성된다. 제1 홈(641)의 폭의 길이는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)의 우측 단부와 제2 체결부(843)의 좌측 단부 사이의 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다.The first groove 641 is formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The length of the width of the first groove 641 is the right end of the first coupling part 833 or the third coupling part 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, 850 and the second coupling part ( 843) according to the distance between the left ends.
즉, 제1 홈(641)의 폭의 길이는 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)의 우측 단부와 제2 체결부(843)의 좌측 단부 사이의 거리보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.That is, the length of the width of the first groove 641 is formed to be greater than the distance between the right end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the left end of the second fastening part 843 . desirable.
달리 표현하면, 제1 홈(641)의 폭의 길이는, 좌우 방향을 따라 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)와 제2 체결부(843) 사이의 최장 거리보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.In other words, the length of the width of the first groove 641 is formed to be greater than the longest distance between the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the second fastening part 843 in the left and right direction. It is preferable to be
제1 홈(641)의 내부에는 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)이 형성된다. 또한, 제1 홈(641)의 내부에는 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 구비된다.A second groove 642 and a receiving groove 645 are formed inside the first groove 641 . In addition, a first protrusion 643 and a second protrusion 644 are provided inside the first groove 641 .
제2 홈(642)은 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 제1 내지 제3 연장부(831, 841, 851)가 삽입되는 공간이다. 제2 홈(642)은 절연 부재(800)를 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면에서 함몰 형성된다. The second groove 642 is a space into which the first to third extension parts 831 , 841 , 851 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted. The second groove 642 is recessed from one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , and in the illustrated embodiment, the front side.
제2 홈(642)이 함몰되는 거리는, 제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 홈(642)이 함몰되는 거리와 수용 홈(645)의 폭(즉, 전후 방향의 길이)의 합은, 제1 홈(641)이 함몰되는 거리와 같을 수 있다.The recessed distance of the second groove 642 may be shorter than the recessed distance of the first groove 641 . In an embodiment, the sum of the distance at which the second groove 642 is depressed and the width (ie, the length in the front-rear direction) of the receiving groove 645 may be equal to the distance at which the first groove 641 is depressed.
제2 홈(642)은 제1 홈(641)의 부분으로 정의될 수 있다.The second groove 642 may be defined as a portion of the first groove 641 .
구체적으로, 제2 홈(642)은 제1 홈(641) 중, 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 둘러싸인 공간으로 정의될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 홈(642)의 좌측 및 우측은 각각 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 둘러싸인다.Specifically, the second groove 642 may be defined as a space surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 among the first grooves 641 . In the illustrated embodiment, the left and right sides of the second groove 642 are surrounded by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 , respectively.
이에 따라, 제2 홈(642)의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)은 제1 홈(641)의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)보다 작게 형성된다. 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 제1 내지 제3 연장부(831, 841, 851)의 폭의 길이에 따라 결정될 수 있다.Accordingly, the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the first groove 641 . The length of the width of the second groove 642 may be determined according to the length of the width of the first to third extension parts 831 , 841 , and 851 .
즉, 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 제1 내지 제3 연장부(831, 841, 851)의 폭보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다, 또한, 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)의 우측 단부와 제2 체결부(843)의 좌측 단부 사이의 거리의 폭보다 작게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.That is, the length of the width of the second groove 642 is preferably formed to be greater than the width of the first to third extension portions 831 , 841 , 851 . Also, the length of the width of the second groove 642 is the length of the width of the second groove 642 . is preferably formed to be smaller than the width of the distance between the right end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the left end of the second fastening part 843 .
달리 표현하면, 제2 홈(642)의 폭의 길이는, 좌우 방향을 따라 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)와 제2 체결부(843) 사이의 최장 거리보다 작게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다.In other words, the length of the width of the second groove 642 is formed to be smaller than the longest distance between the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the second fastening part 843 in the left-right direction. It is preferable to be
따라서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합되면, 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)가 제2 홈(642)을 통해 인출되지 않게 된다. 이에 따라, 지지 프레임(600)과 절연 부재(800)의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 , each insertion part 832 , 842 , 852 and each coupling part 833 , 843 , 853 are It is not drawn out through the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the coupling state between the support frame 600 and the insulating member 800 may be stably maintained.
제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)는 제1 홈(641)을 폭 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향에서 둘러싸도록 형성된다. 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)는 제1 홈(641)을 폭 방향에서 둘러싸는 각 면에서 서로를 향해 돌출 형성된다.The first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to surround the first groove 641 in the width direction, that is, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. The first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are formed to protrude toward each other on each surface surrounding the first groove 641 in the width direction.
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 서로 마주하는 면은 이격될 수 있다. 상기 이격에 의해, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 각 면 사이의 공간인 제2 홈(642)이 정의될 수 있다.Surfaces on which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 face each other may be spaced apart from each other. By the separation, a second groove 642 that is a space between each surface of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be defined.
달리 표현하면, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)는 절연 부재(800)를 향하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측면에 인접하게 위치된다. 또한, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)는 지지 프레임(600)의 상기 일측 면에서, 절연 부재(800)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 연장된다.In other words, the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 are positioned adjacent to one side of the support frame 600 facing the insulating member 800 , and the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend in a direction away from the insulating member 800 from the one side surface of the support frame 600 .
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 절연 부재(800)를 향해 연장되는 길이에 따라, 제2 홈(642)의 깊이(즉, 전후 방향의 길이)가 결정될 수 있다. 즉, 제2 홈(642)의 깊이는, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)가 절연 부재(800)를 향해 연장되는 길이와 같을 수 있다.A depth (ie, a length in the front-rear direction) of the second groove 642 may be determined according to lengths of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extending toward the insulating member 800 . That is, the depth of the second groove 642 may be equal to the length in which the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 extend toward the insulating member 800 .
제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 높이(즉, 상하 방향의 길이)는 제1 홈(641)이 상하 방향으로 연장되는 길이 이하로 형성될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 높이는 제1 홈(641)이 상하 방향으로 연장되는 길이와 같게 형성될 수 있다. A height (ie, a length in the vertical direction) of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be formed to be less than or equal to a length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction. In an embodiment, the height of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 may be equal to the length in which the first groove 641 extends in the vertical direction.
절연 부재(800)에 반대되는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에는 수용 홈(645)이 위치된다.A receiving groove 645 is positioned on one side of the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 opposite to the insulating member 800 , and at the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
수용 홈(645)은 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 제1 내지 제3 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 제1 내지 제3 체결부(833, 843, 853)가 수용되는 공간이다. 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)이 구획된 공간으로 정의될 수 있다.The receiving groove 645 includes the first to third insertion portions 832, 842, 852 and the first to third fastening portions 833, 843, and 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850. is an acceptable space. The receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space in which the first groove 641 is partitioned.
구체적으로, 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)이 형성하는 공간 중, 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 점유하는 공간을 제외한 나머지 공간의 일부 또는 전부로 정의될 수 있다.Specifically, the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It may be defined as some or all.
수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)과 연통된다. 상기 실시 예는 수용 홈(645)이 제1 홈(641)이 형성하는 공간 중, 제2 홈(642), 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)가 점유하는 공간을 제외한 나머지 공간의 일부인 경우임이 이해될 것이다.The receiving groove 645 communicates with the first groove 641 . In the above embodiment, the receiving groove 645 is a space formed by the first groove 641 , except for the space occupied by the second groove 642 , the first protrusion part 643 , and the second protrusion part 644 . It will be understood that the case is a part of
수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)과 연통된다. 따라서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 제1 내지 제3 체결부(833, 843, 853)와 연속되는 제1 내지 제3 연장부(831, 841, 851)는 제2 홈(642)이 수용될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 communicates with the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the first to third coupling portions 833, 843, and 853 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 and the first to third extension portions 831, 841, and 851 are continuous Two grooves 642 can be accommodated.
수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)을 절연 부재(800)에 반대되는 일측에서 감싸는 면과, 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644) 사이의 공간으로 정의될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 may be defined as a space between a surface surrounding the first groove 641 at one side opposite to the insulating member 800 and the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 .
달리 표현하면, 수용 홈(645)은 제1 홈(641)의 좌측, 우측, 후방 측 및 하측의 면과, 제1 및 제2 돌출부(643, 644)의 후방 측 면에 둘러싸인 공간이다.In other words, the receiving groove 645 is a space surrounded by the left, right, rear, and lower surfaces of the first groove 641 and the rear surface of the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 .
수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)에 비해 절연 부재(800)에서 더 멀도록 위치된다. 즉, 수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)보다 후방 측에 위치된다.The receiving groove 645 is located farther from the insulating member 800 than the second groove 642 . That is, the receiving groove 645 is located on the rear side of the second groove 642 .
수용 홈(645)은 소정의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향의 길이)을 갖도록 형성될 수 있다. 수용 홈(645)의 폭은 제2 홈(642)의 폭보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. The receiving groove 645 may be formed to have a predetermined width (ie, a length in the left-right direction). The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than the width of the second groove 642 .
수용 홈(645)의 폭은 제1 체결부(833) 또는 제3 체결부(853)의 단부와 제2 체결부(843)의 단부 사이의 거리보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 수용 홈(645)의 폭은 제1 홈(641)의 폭과 같게 형성될 수 있다.The width of the receiving groove 645 may be greater than a distance between the end of the first fastening part 833 or the third fastening part 853 and the end of the second fastening part 843 . In an embodiment, the width of the receiving groove 645 may be the same as the width of the first groove 641 .
따라서, 수용 홈(645)에는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 제1 내지 제3 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 제1 내지 제3 체결부(833, 843, 853)가 용이하게 삽입되어 수용될 수 있다. 또한, 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된 제1 내지 제3 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 제2 홈(642)을 통해 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, in the receiving groove 645, the first to third insertion parts 832, 842, 852 and the first to third fastening parts 833, 843 of the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, 850 are provided. 853) can be easily inserted and accommodated. In addition, the first to third fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 inserted into the receiving groove 645 are not drawn out through the second groove 642 .
플레이트 결합부(640)에 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 삽입 결합되어, 지지 프레임(600)과 절연 부재(800)가 결합되는 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description of a process in which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 , and the support frame 600 and the insulating member 800 are coupled will be described later. .
(6) 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)의 설명(6) Description of the insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention
본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 절연 부재(800)를 포함한다. The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes an insulating member 800 .
절연 부재(800)는 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 사이에 전기적인 간섭이 발생되는 것을 방지한다.The insulating member 800 prevents electrical interference from occurring between currents of different phases energized through the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합된다. 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)는 별도의 체결 부재 없이도 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 . The insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention may be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 without a separate fastening member.
더 나아가, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된 후, 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Furthermore, after the insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention is coupled to the support frame 600 , a state coupled to the support frame 600 may be stably maintained.
이하, 도 27 내지 도 31을 참조하여 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)를 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, the insulating member 800 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 27 to 31 .
절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 상기 결합은 절연 부재(800)의 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 지지 프레임(600)의 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합되어 달성된다. 상기 결합 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.The insulating member 800 is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame 600 . The coupling is achieved by inserting the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 into the plate coupling part 640 of the support frame 600 . A detailed description of the bonding process will be described later.
절연 부재(800)는 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 복수 개의 상의 전류 간의 전기적인 간섭을 차단할 수 있다. 상기 차단은 절연 부재(800)의 플레이트부(810)가, 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치되어 달성된다.The insulating member 800 may block electrical interference between currents of a plurality of phases energized by the electromagnetic contactor 10 . The blocking is achieved by placing the plate portion 810 of the insulating member 800 between the plurality of fixed contact portions 400 .
절연 부재(800)는 높이 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 절연 부재(800)는 아크 박스(520)의 상측 면과 지지 프레임(600)의 하측 면 사이에서 연장될 수 있다. The insulating member 800 is formed to extend in the height direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction. The insulating member 800 may extend between an upper surface of the arc box 520 and a lower surface of the support frame 600 .
일 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)의 상측 단부는 아크 박스(520)의 상측 면과 같은 높이에 위치될 수 있다. 또한, 절연 부재(800)의 하측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 하측 면과 같은 높이에 위치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the upper end of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as the upper surface of the arc box 520 . Also, the lower end of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as the lower surface of the support frame 600 .
절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향 및 지지 프레임(600)에서 멀어지는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 또한, 절연 부재(800)는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성된다.The insulating member 800 is formed to extend in a direction toward the support frame 600 and a direction away from the support frame 600 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the insulating member 800 is formed to have a predetermined thickness.
즉, 절연 부재(800)는 상하 방향 및 전후 방향을 지나는 면을 단면으로 하고, 좌우 방향을 높이로 하는 판형이다. That is, the insulating member 800 has a plate shape in which a surface passing through the vertical direction and the front-rear direction is a cross section, and the left-right direction is a height.
절연 부재(800)의 형상은 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치될 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 결정될 수 있다.The shape of the insulating member 800 may be determined to be any shape that may be detachably coupled to the support frame 600 and positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 .
절연 부재(800)는 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 간의 전기적인 간섭을 배제하기 위함이다. The insulating member 800 may be formed of an insulating material. This is to exclude electrical interference between currents of different phases energized in the electromagnetic contactor 10 .
절연 부재(800)는 고강성 및 고내열성을 갖는 소지로 형성될 수 있다. 절연 부재(800)가 아크 배출공(522)에서 배출되는 아크에 의해 손상되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다.The insulating member 800 may be formed of a material having high rigidity and high heat resistance. This is to prevent the insulating member 800 from being damaged by the arc discharged from the arc discharge hole 522 .
일 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)는 합성 수지 또는 강화 플라스틱으로 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the insulating member 800 may be formed of synthetic resin or reinforced plastic.
절연 부재(800)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 각각 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)는 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)를 포함하여 두 개 구비된다.A plurality of insulating members 800 may be provided. The plurality of insulating members 800 may be respectively coupled to the support frame 600 . In the illustrated embodiment, two insulating members 800 including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b are provided.
제1 절연 부재(800a)는 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 또한, 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다.The first insulating member 800a is detachably inserted and coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a. In addition, the second insulating member 800b is detachably inserted and coupled to the second plate coupling part 640b.
제1 절연 부재(800a)와 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 서로 마주하도록 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 절연 부재(800a)와 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 평행하게 배치될 수 있다.The first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are disposed to face each other. In an embodiment, the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b may be disposed in parallel.
제1 절연 부재(800a)와 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 서로 이격되어 배치된다. 제1 절연 부재(800a)와 제2 절연 부재(800b) 사이에는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 중 중앙에 위치되는 고정 접점부(400)가 위치된다.The first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are disposed to be spaced apart from each other. A central fixed contact part 400 among the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 is positioned between the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b.
다시 도 21을 참조하여, 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)와 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이의 위치 관계를 구체적으로 설명하면 다음과 같다.Referring again to FIG. 21 , the positional relationship between the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b and the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 will be described in detail as follows.
도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 절연 부재(800a)는 제2 절연 부재(800b)의 우측에 위치된다. 제1 절연 부재(800a)는 가장 좌측에 위치되는 고정 접점부(400) 및 중앙에 위치되는 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the first insulating member 800a is located on the right side of the second insulating member 800b. The first insulating member 800a is positioned between the fixed contact part 400 positioned at the leftmost side and the fixed contact part 400 positioned at the center.
제2 절연 부재(800b)는 제1 절연 부재(800a)의 좌측에 위치된다. 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 중앙에 위치되는 고정 접점부(400) 및 가장 우측에 위치되는 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치된다.The second insulating member 800b is located on the left side of the first insulating member 800a. The second insulating member 800b is positioned between the central fixed contact part 400 and the rightmost fixed contact part 400 .
따라서, 절연 부재(800)가 결합된 상태에서 전자 접촉기(10)를 정면에서 바라보았을 때, 좌측에서 우측 방향으로 고정 접점부(400), 제1 절연 부재(800a), 고정 접점부(400), 제2 절연 부재(800b) 및 고정 접점부(400) 순서로 배치된다.Accordingly, when the electromagnetic contactor 10 is viewed from the front in a state in which the insulating member 800 is coupled, the fixed contact unit 400 , the first insulating member 800a , and the fixed contact unit 400 in a left to right direction. , the second insulating member 800b and the fixed contact portion 400 are disposed in this order.
즉, 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 전자 접촉기(10)에 구비되는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 각각 위치된다. 이에 따라, 각 고정 접점부(400) 사이에서 전기적인 간섭이 발생되지 않을 수 있다.That is, the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 provided in the electromagnetic contactor 10 . Accordingly, electrical interference may not occur between the respective fixed contact parts 400 .
한편, 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 및 타측, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 및 후방 측은 서로 대칭되도록 형성될 수 있다.Meanwhile, one side and the other side of the support frame 600 , that is, the front side and the rear side in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be symmetrical to each other.
이에 따라, 절연 부재(800)는 두 쌍으로 구비되어, 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측 및 후방 측에 각각 결합될 수 있다. 즉, 절연 부재(800)는 총 네 개 구비될 수 있다.Accordingly, the insulating member 800 is provided in two pairs, and may be respectively coupled to the front side and the rear side of the support frame 600 . That is, a total of four insulating members 800 may be provided.
이하에서는, 설명의 편의를 위해 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 절연 부재(800)가 결합됨을 전제하여 설명한다. Hereinafter, for convenience of description, it is assumed that the insulating member 800 is coupled to the front side of the support frame 600 .
또한, 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)에 결합된다는 차이가 있되, 구조는 동일하다. Also, there is a difference that the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b, but the structure is the same.
따라서, 이하의 설명에서는 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)를 절연 부재(800)로 통칭하여 설명하기로 한다.Therefore, in the following description, the first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b will be collectively referred to as the insulating member 800 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)는 플레이트부(810), 결합 모서리(820), 제1 결합 돌기(830), 제2 결합 돌기(840) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the insulating member 800 includes a plate portion 810 , a coupling edge 820 , a first coupling protrusion 830 , a second coupling protrusion 840 , and a third coupling protrusion 850 . .
플레이트부(810)는 절연 부재(800)의 몸체를 형성한다. 플레이트부(810)에는 결합 모서리(820)가 구비된다. 또한, 플레이트부(810)에는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 결합된다.The plate part 810 forms the body of the insulating member 800 . The plate portion 810 is provided with a coupling edge 820 . In addition, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are coupled to the plate part 810 .
플레이트부(810)는 서로 인접하게 배치되는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이를 물리적, 전기적으로 이격시키도록 구성된다.The plate part 810 is configured to physically and electrically separate a plurality of fixed contact parts 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
명칭에서 알 수 있듯이, 플레이트부(810)는 판 형으로 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 플레이트부(810)는 전후 방향으로 연장되어 서로 마주보는 모서리와, 상하 방향으로 연장되어 서로 마주보는 모서리를 각 변으로 하는 사각 판형으로 형성된다. 플레이트부(810)는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성된다.As the name suggests, the plate portion 810 is formed in a plate shape. In the illustrated embodiment, the plate portion 810 is formed in a rectangular plate shape extending in the front-rear direction and facing each other, and extending in the vertical direction and having opposite corners as each side. The plate part 810 is formed to have a predetermined thickness.
플레이트부(810)의 상기 소정의 두께는, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 배치 방식에 따라 결정될 수 있다.The predetermined thickness of the plate part 810 may be determined according to the arrangement method of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 .
구체적으로, 플레이트부(810)의 두께는, 제1 연장부(831)의 외측(즉, 좌측)의 면 또는 제3 연장부(851)의 외측(즉, 좌측)의 면과, 제2 연장부(841)의 외측(즉, 우측)의 면 사이의 좌우 방향의 거리와 같게 형성될 수 있다.Specifically, the thickness of the plate part 810 may include a surface on the outside (ie, the left side) of the first extension part 831 or a surface on the outside (ie, the left side) of the third extension part 851 and the second extension part 831 . It may be formed equal to the distance in the left-right direction between the surfaces of the outside (ie, the right side) of the part 841 .
또한, 플레이트부(810)의 전방 측의 상측 및 하측의 모서리가 모따기(taper) 가공된다. 즉, 플레이트부(810)가 외부로 돌출되는 각 모서리는 모따기 가공된다. 이에 따라, 사용자가 플레이트부(810)의 모서리에 의해 상해를 입지 않게 된다.In addition, upper and lower corners of the front side of the plate portion 810 are chamfered (tapered). That is, each corner from which the plate part 810 protrudes to the outside is chamfered. Accordingly, the user is not injured by the edge of the plate portion 810 .
플레이트부(810)는 소정의 길이만큼 상하 방향으로 연장된다. 플레이트부(810)는 아크 박스(520)의 상측 면과 지지 프레임(600)의 하측 단부 사이에서 연장될 수 있다. The plate part 810 extends in the vertical direction by a predetermined length. The plate part 810 may extend between the upper surface of the arc box 520 and the lower end of the support frame 600 .
일 실시 예에서, 플레이트부(810)의 상측 단부는 아크 박스의 상측 면과 같은 높이에 위치될 수 있다. 또한, 플레이트부(810)의 하측 단부는 지지 프레임(600)의 하측 단부와 같은 높이에 위치될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the upper end of the plate part 810 may be located at the same height as the upper surface of the arc box. Also, the lower end of the plate part 810 may be positioned at the same height as the lower end of the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 플레이트부(810)는 서로 인접하게 배치되는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400)를 물리적, 전기적으로 이격시킬 수 있다.Accordingly, the plate part 810 may physically and electrically separate the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 disposed adjacent to each other.
지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 플레이트부(810)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측의 모서리는 결합 모서리(820)로 정의된다.One side of the plate portion 810 facing the support frame 600, the edge of the rear side in the illustrated embodiment is defined as a coupling edge (820).
결합 모서리(820)는 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 인접하게 위치되는 모서리이다. 일 실시 예에서, 결합 모서리(820)는 결합 모서리(820)를 마주하는 지지 프레임(600)의 일측 면, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 면에 접촉될 수 있다.The coupling edge 820 is an edge at which the insulating member 800 is positioned adjacent to the support frame 600 . In one embodiment, the coupling edge 820 may be in contact with one side of the support frame 600 facing the coupling edge 820, the front side surface in the illustrated embodiment.
결합 모서리(820)에는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 연속된다. 구체적으로, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 하측으로 치우쳐 위치된다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are continuous on the coupling edge 820 . Specifically, the first to third coupling protrusions (830, 840, 850) are located biased to the lower side of the coupling edge (820).
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 부분이다. 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합된다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are portions at which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 . The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are detachably inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
대안적으로, 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 세 개 이상으로 구비될 수 있다. 어떠한 경우라도, 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있는 개수로 구비되면 족하다.Alternatively, the coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be provided in three or more. In any case, it is sufficient if the number of the coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 can be detachably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다. 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 하측에 치우치게 위치된다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 . The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are located biasedly below the coupling edge 820 .
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 플레이트부(810)가 서로 인접하게 위치되는 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 위치될 수 있는 임의의 위치에 배치될 수 있다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be disposed at any position where the plate part 810 may be positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 positioned adjacent to each other.
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 소정의 탄성을 갖는 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 후술될 바와 같이, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입될 때, 소정의 형상 변형을 수반하며 삽입됨에 기인한다. The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be formed of a material having a predetermined elasticity. As will be described later, when the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , they are caused to be inserted with a predetermined shape deformation.
또한, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 삽입이 완료되면, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 원래 형상으로 복원되며 플레이트 결합부(640)에 체결될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.In addition, when the insertion of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 is completed, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are restored to their original shape and fastened to the plate coupling part 640 . can be A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 상하 방향을 따라 순차적으로 배치된다. 구체적으로, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are sequentially disposed along the vertical direction of the coupling edge 820 . Specifically, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be disposed to be spaced apart from each other.
상하 방향을 따르는 제1 결합 돌기(830)와 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 최장 거리는 제2 홈(642)의 높이 이하로 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 제1 결합 돌기(830)의 상측 단부와, 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 하측 단부 사이의 거리는 제2 홈(642)이 상측에서 하측을 향해 함몰된 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다.The longest distance between the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 in the vertical direction may be formed to be less than or equal to the height of the second groove 642 . Specifically, the distance between the upper end of the first coupling protrusion 830 and the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 may be shorter than the length in which the second groove 642 is recessed from the top to the bottom.
이에 따라, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 제2 홈(642)에 관통 삽입되어, 플레이트 결합부(640)에 안정적으로 결합될 수 있다.Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 may be inserted through the second groove 642 to be stably coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다. 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 연장 형성되는 길이는, 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측면에서 수용 홈(645)을 후방에서 감싸는 면 사이의 거리 이상으로 형성될 수 있다. The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 . The length at which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are extended may be formed to be greater than or equal to the distance between the surfaces surrounding the receiving groove 645 from the front side of the support frame 600 from the rear.
일 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 연장되는 길이는, 제1 홈(641)의 전후 방향의 길이와 같을 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 연장되는 길이는, 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)의 전후 방향의 길이의 합과 같을 수 있다.In an embodiment, the length of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 extending may be the same as the length of the first groove 641 in the front-rear direction. In other words, the length to which the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 extend may be equal to the sum of the lengths of the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 in the front-rear direction.
상기 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)에 삽입되면, 결합 모서리(820)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측면에 접촉될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)가 작동되는 경우에도 절연 부재(800)의 요동이 최소화되어, 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 안정적으로 결합될 수 있다.In the above embodiment, when the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are inserted into the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 , the coupling edge 820 is the front side of the support frame 600 . can be in contact with Accordingly, even when the electromagnetic contactor 10 is operated, fluctuation of the insulating member 800 is minimized, so that the insulating member 800 may be stably coupled to the support frame 600 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)가 연장되는 방향, 즉 상하 방향으로 소정의 높이를 갖도록 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are formed to have a predetermined height in the direction in which the coupling edge 820 extends, that is, in the vertical direction.
도시된 실시 예에서는, 제2 결합 돌기(840)의 높이가 제1 및 제3 결합 돌기(830, 850)의 높이보다 크게 형성된다. 대안적으로, 제1 및 제3 결합 돌기(830, 850)의 높이가 제2 결합 돌기(840)의 높이보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. 다른 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 높이는 같게 형성될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the height of the second coupling protrusion 840 is formed to be greater than the height of the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 . Alternatively, the height of the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 may be formed to be greater than the height of the second coupling protrusion 840 . In another embodiment, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be formed to have the same height.
제1 결합 돌기(830)는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850) 중 가장 상측에 위치된다. 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 제2 결합 돌기(840)와 이격되어 배치된다.The first coupling protrusion 830 is located at the top of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 . The first coupling protrusion 830 is disposed to be spaced apart from the second coupling protrusion 840 .
제1 결합 돌기(830)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장된다. 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합된다.The first coupling protrusion 830 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 . The first coupling protrusion 830 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
제1 결합 돌기(830)는 외력에 의해 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 제2 홈(642)을 통과할 때 결합 모서리(820)의 내측을 향하는 방향으로 형상 변형될 수 있다.The first coupling protrusion 830 may be deformed in shape by an external force and store restoring force. Specifically, the first coupling protrusion 830 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
또한, 제1 결합 돌기(830)의 삽입이 완료되면, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 저장된 복원력에 의해 원래 형상으로 복귀된다. In addition, when the insertion of the first coupling protrusion 830 is completed, the first coupling protrusion 830 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
이에 따라, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 제1 돌출부(643) 또는 제2 돌출부(644)에 걸리게 되어, 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 수용 홈(645)에 안정적으로 수용될 수 있다.Accordingly, the first coupling protrusion 830 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the first coupling protrusion 830 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
제1 결합 돌기(830)는 결합 모서리(820)의 두께 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)에서 일측으로 치우쳐 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 결합 모서리(820)의 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The first coupling protrusion 830 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first coupling protrusion 830 is located on the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
일 실시 예에서, 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향은 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향과 반대될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향은 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향과 같을 수 있다.In one embodiment, the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased. In addition, the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased may be the same as the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased.
즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다. 또한, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)의 우측으로 치우쳐 위치된다.That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located on the left side of the coupling edge 820 . In addition, the second coupling protrusion 840 is located to the right of the coupling edge 820 .
제1 결합 돌기(830)는 제1 연장부(831), 제1 삽입부(832) 및 제1 체결부(833)를 포함한다.The first coupling protrusion 830 includes a first extension part 831 , a first insertion part 832 , and a first fastening part 833 .
제1 연장부(831)는 제1 결합 돌기(830)와 결합 모서리(820)가 연속되는 부분이다. 제1 연장부(831)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다.The first extension portion 831 is a portion in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous. The first extension 831 is formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
제1 연장부(831)는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성될 수 있다. 제1 연장부(831)의 두께(즉, 좌우 방향 길이)는 제2 홈(642)의 폭 이하로 형성될 수 있다. The first extension 831 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness. A thickness (ie, a length in a left-right direction) of the first extension portion 831 may be formed to be less than or equal to a width of the second groove 642 .
달리 표현하면, 제1 연장부(831)의 두께는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644) 사이에 형성되는 공간의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향 길이) 이하로 형성될 수 있다.In other words, the thickness of the first extension portion 831 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
따라서, 제1 연장부(831)는 제2 홈(642)의 전방 측에서 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the first extension portion 831 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 제1 연장부(831)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에는 제1 삽입부(832) 및 제1 체결부(833)가 연속된다.The first insertion part 832 and the first fastening part 833 are continuous to one side of the first extension part 831 facing the support frame 600 and the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
제1 삽입부(832)는 제1 결합 돌기(830)의 부분 중 수용 홈(645)에 수용되는 부분이다. 제1 삽입부(832)는 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 수용 홈(645)에 삽입될 수 있다.The first insertion portion 832 is a portion of the first coupling protrusion 830 that is received in the receiving groove 645 . The first insertion part 832 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 삽입부(832)는 제1 연장부(831)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 연장부(831)에 연결되는 제1 삽입부(832)의 일측 단부의 단면적은, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 타측 단부의 단면적보다 작게 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the first insertion portion 832 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the first extension portion 831 . In other words, a cross-sectional area of one end of the first insertion part 832 connected to the first extension part 831 is smaller than a cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 제1 삽입부(832)는 작은 단면적으로 형성되는 부분이 제2 홈(642)에 먼저 삽입된다. 따라서, 제1 삽입부(832)가 제2 홈(642)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, in the first insertion portion 832 , a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the first insertion part 832 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
제1 삽입부(832)와 제1 연장부(831)가 연속되는 부분에는, 제1 체결부(833)가 외측으로 돌출된다. 이에 따라, 제1 삽입부(832)는 제1 연장부(831)보다 큰 폭으로 형성된다고 할 수 있을 것이다.In a portion where the first insertion portion 832 and the first extension portion 831 are continuous, the first fastening portion 833 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the first insertion portion 832 is formed to have a greater width than the first extension portion 831 .
제1 삽입부(832)의 일측에는 제1 체결부(833)가 위치된다. A first fastening part 833 is positioned on one side of the first insertion part 832 .
제1 체결부(833)는 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 임의로 인출되지 않게 한다. 제1 체결부(833)는 제1 삽입부(832)와 함께 수용 홈(645)에 수용된다.The first fastening part 833 prevents the first coupling protrusion 830 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out. The first fastening part 833 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the first inserting part 832 .
제1 체결부(833)는 제1 삽입부(832)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 체결부(833)는 제1 연장부(831)와 제1 삽입부(832)가 연속되는 부분에 위치될 수 있다.The first fastening part 833 is formed on one side of the first insertion part 832 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the front side. In an embodiment, the first coupling part 833 may be positioned at a portion where the first extension part 831 and the first insertion part 832 are continuous.
제1 체결부(833)는 제1 삽입부(832)의 측면에서 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 체결부(833)는 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 결합 모서리(820)에 치우친 방향인 좌측으로 돌출 형성된다.The first fastening part 833 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the first insertion part 832 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first coupling portion 833 is formed to protrude to the left in a direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
제1 체결부(833)는 제1 삽입부(832)의 일 측면, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 면과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 체결부(833)는 제1 삽입부(832)의 측면에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The first fastening part 833 may extend at a predetermined angle with one side of the first insertion part 832 , and a left side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the first fastening part 833 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the first inserting part 832 .
제1 삽입부(832)에 반대되는 제1 체결부(833)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 외측에 위치될 수 있다. 즉, 전방 측에서 바라보았을 때, 제1 체결부(833)의 상기 일측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 더 좌측에 위치된다.One end of the first fastening portion 833 opposite to the first insertion portion 832 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end may be located outside the surface of the plate portion 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the first fastening part 833 is located more left than the surface of the plate part 640 .
제1 체결부(833)는 제1 연장부(831)에서 멀어지는 방향을 따라 제1 삽입부(832)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 연장될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 제1 체결부(833)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향(즉, 전방 측)을 따라 제1 삽입부(832)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다.The first fastening part 833 may extend obliquely toward the end of the first insertion part 832 in a direction away from the first extension part 831 . In other words, the first fastening part 833 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the first inserting part 832 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
즉, 제1 체결부(833)는 제1 연장부(831)에서 멀어질수록 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다.That is, the first fastening part 833 is formed to have a reduced cross-sectional area as it moves away from the first extension part 831 .
따라서, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 상측에서 바라보았을 때, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향으로 연장되는 화살표, 또는 후크(hook)의 형상이다. Accordingly, the first coupling protrusion 830 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
이에 따라, 제1 결합 돌기(830)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입되면, 제1 체결부(833)가 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)와 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 제1 결합 돌기(830)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에서 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the first coupling protrusion 830 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling part 640 . Also, when the first coupling protrusion 830 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the first coupling part 833 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the first coupling protrusion 830 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
제2 결합 돌기(840)는 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 사이에 위치된다. 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)와 각각 이격되어 배치된다.The second coupling protrusion 840 is positioned between the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 . The second coupling protrusion 840 is disposed to be spaced apart from the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 , respectively.
제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장된다. 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합된다.The second coupling protrusion 840 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 . The second coupling protrusion 840 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
제2 결합 돌기(840)는 외력에 의해 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 제2 홈(642)을 통과할 때 결합 모서리(820)의 내측을 향하는 방향으로 형상 변형될 수 있다.The second coupling protrusion 840 is deformed in shape by an external force and may store a restoring force. Specifically, the second coupling protrusion 840 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
또한, 제2 결합 돌기(840)의 삽입이 완료되면, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 저장된 복원력에 의해 원래 형상으로 복귀된다. In addition, when the insertion of the second coupling protrusion 840 is completed, the second coupling protrusion 840 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
이에 따라, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 제1 돌출부(643) 또는 제2 돌출부(644)에 걸리게 되어, 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 수용 홈(645)에 안정적으로 수용될 수 있다.Accordingly, the second coupling protrusion 840 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the second coupling protrusion 840 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)의 두께 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)에서 일측으로 치우쳐 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)의 우측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The second coupling protrusion 840 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, the left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the second coupling protrusion 840 is located biased to the right of the coupling edge 820 .
일 실시 예에서, 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향은 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향과 반대될 수 있다. In one embodiment, the direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased.
즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)의 우측에 치우쳐 위치된다. 또한, 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다.That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the second coupling protrusion 840 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 . In addition, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located to the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
제2 결합 돌기(840)는 제2 연장부(841), 제2 삽입부(842) 및 제2 체결부(843)를 포함한다.The second coupling protrusion 840 includes a second extension portion 841 , a second insertion portion 842 , and a second fastening portion 843 .
제2 연장부(841)는 제2 결합 돌기(840)와 결합 모서리(820)가 연속되는 부분이다. 제2 연장부(841)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다.The second extension portion 841 is a portion in which the second coupling protrusion 840 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous. The second extension portion 841 is formed to extend from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
제2 연장부(841)는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성될 수 있다. 제2 연장부(841)의 두께(즉, 좌우 방향 길이)는 제2 홈(642)의 폭 이하로 형성될 수 있다. The second extension 841 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness. A thickness (ie, a left-right direction) of the second extension portion 841 may be formed to be less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
달리 표현하면, 제2 연장부(841)의 두께는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644) 사이에 형성되는 공간의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향 길이) 이하로 형성될 수 있다.In other words, the thickness of the second extension portion 841 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
따라서, 제2 연장부(841)는 제2 홈(642)의 전방 측에서 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the second extension portion 841 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 제2 연장부(841)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에는 제2 삽입부(842) 및 제2 체결부(843)가 연속된다.A second insertion portion 842 and a second fastening portion 843 are continuous to one side of the second extension portion 841 facing the support frame 600 and to the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
제2 삽입부(842)는 제2 결합 돌기(840)의 부분 중 수용 홈(645)에 수용되는 부분이다. 제2 삽입부(842)는 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 수용 홈(645)에 삽입될 수 있다.The second insertion portion 842 is a portion accommodated in the receiving groove 645 among portions of the second coupling protrusion 840 . The second insertion part 842 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 삽입부(842)는 제2 연장부(841)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 연장부(841)에 연결되는 제2 삽입부(842)의 일측 단부의 단면적은, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 타측 단부의 단면적보다 작게 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the second insertion portion 842 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the second extension portion 841 . In other words, the cross-sectional area of one end of the second insertion part 842 connected to the second extension part 841 is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 제2 삽입부(842)는 작은 단면적으로 형성되는 부분이 제2 홈(642)에 먼저 삽입된다. 따라서, 제2 삽입부(842)가 제2 홈(642)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, in the second insertion portion 842 , a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the second insertion portion 842 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
제2 삽입부(842)와 제2 연장부(841)가 연속되는 부분에는, 제2 체결부(843)가 외측으로 돌출된다. 이에 따라, 제2 삽입부(842)는 제2 연장부(841)보다 큰 폭으로 형성된다고 할 수 있을 것이다.In a portion where the second insertion part 842 and the second extension part 841 are continuous, the second fastening part 843 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the second insertion portion 842 is formed to have a greater width than the second extension portion 841 .
제2 삽입부(842)의 일측에는 제2 체결부(843)가 위치된다. A second fastening part 843 is positioned on one side of the second insertion part 842 .
제2 체결부(843)는 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 임의로 인출되지 않게 한다. 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 삽입부(842)와 함께 수용 홈(645)에 수용된다.The second fastening part 843 prevents the second coupling protrusion 840 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out. The second fastening part 843 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the second inserting part 842 .
제2 체결부(843)는 제2 삽입부(842)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 연장부(841)와 제2 삽입부(842)가 연속되는 부분에 위치될 수 있다.The second fastening part 843 is formed on one side of the second inserting part 842 , on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the second fastening part 843 may be positioned at a portion where the second extension part 841 and the second insertion part 842 are continuous.
제2 체결부(843)는 제2 삽입부(842)의 측면에서 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 결합 모서리(820)에 치우친 방향인 우측으로 돌출 형성된다.The second fastening part 843 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the second insertion part 842 . In the illustrated embodiment, the second fastening part 843 is formed to protrude to the right in a direction in which the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
제2 체결부(843)가 돌출되는 상기 방향은 제1 체결부(833)가 돌출되는 방향과 반대됨이 이해될 것이다.It will be understood that the direction in which the second fastening part 843 protrudes is opposite to the direction in which the first fastening part 833 protrudes.
제2 체결부(843)는 제2 삽입부(842)의 일 측면, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측 면과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 삽입부(842)의 측면에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The second fastening part 843 may extend at a predetermined angle to one side of the second insertion part 842 , and a right side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the second fastening part 843 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the second inserting part 842 .
제2 삽입부(842)에 반대되는 제2 체결부(843)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 외측에 위치될 수 있다. 즉, 전방 측에서 바라보았을 때, 제2 체결부(843)의 상기 일측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 더 우측에 위치된다.One end of the second fastening part 843 opposite to the second insertion part 842 , in the illustrated embodiment, the right end may be located outside the surface of the plate part 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the second fastening part 843 is located more right than the surface of the plate part 640 .
제2 체결부(843)는 제2 연장부(841)에서 멀어지는 방향을 따라 제2 삽입부(842)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 연장될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 제2 체결부(843)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향(즉, 전방 측)을 따라 제2 삽입부(842)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다.The second fastening part 843 may extend obliquely toward an end of the second insertion part 842 in a direction away from the second extension part 841 . In other words, the second fastening part 843 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the second insertion part 842 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
즉, 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 연장부(841)에서 멀어질수록 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다.That is, the second fastening part 843 is formed to have a reduced cross-sectional area as it moves away from the second extension part 841 .
따라서, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 상측에서 바라보았을 때, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향으로 연장되는 화살표, 또는 후크(hook)의 형상이다. Accordingly, the second coupling protrusion 840 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
이에 따라, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다. 또한, 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입되면, 제2 체결부(843)가 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)와 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에서 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the second coupling protrusion 840 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling part 640 . Also, when the second coupling protrusion 840 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the second coupling part 843 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the second coupling protrusion 840 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
제3 결합 돌기(850)는 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850) 중 가장 하측에 위치된다. 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 제2 결합 돌기(840)와 이격되어 배치된다.The third coupling protrusion 850 is located at the lowermost side of the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 . The third coupling protrusion 850 is disposed to be spaced apart from the second coupling protrusion 840 .
제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장된다. 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입 결합된다.The third coupling protrusion 850 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 . The third coupling protrusion 850 is inserted and coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
제3 결합 돌기(850)는 외력에 의해 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 제2 홈(642)을 통과할 때 결합 모서리(820)의 내측을 향하는 방향으로 형상 변형될 수 있다.The third coupling protrusion 850 is deformed in shape by an external force and may store a restoring force. Specifically, the third coupling protrusion 850 may be deformed in a direction toward the inside of the coupling edge 820 when passing through the second groove 642 .
또한, 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 삽입이 완료되면, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 저장된 복원력에 의해 원래 형상으로 복귀된다. In addition, when the insertion of the third coupling protrusion 850 is completed, the third coupling protrusion 850 returns to its original shape by the stored restoring force.
이에 따라, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 제1 돌출부(643) 또는 제2 돌출부(644)에 걸리게 되어, 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 수용 홈(645)에 안정적으로 수용될 수 있다.Accordingly, the third coupling protrusion 850 is caught by the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 , so that the third coupling protrusion 850 may be stably accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 두께 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)에서 일측으로 치우쳐 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 우측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The third coupling protrusion 850 is positioned to be biased toward one side in the thickness direction (ie, left and right direction) of the coupling edge 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, the third coupling protrusion 850 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 .
일 실시 예에서, 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향은 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 치우쳐 위치되는 방향과 반대될 수 있다. In one embodiment, the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased may be opposite to the direction in which the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased.
즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 우측에 치우쳐 위치된다. 또한, 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 결합 모서리(820)의 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다.That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the third coupling protrusion 850 is located biased to the right side of the coupling edge 820 . In addition, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are located to the left side of the coupling edge 820 .
제3 결합 돌기(850)는 제3 연장부(851), 제3 삽입부(852) 및 제3 체결부(853)를 포함한다.The third coupling protrusion 850 includes a third extension part 851 , a third insertion part 852 , and a third fastening part 853 .
제3 연장부(851)는 제3 결합 돌기(850)와 결합 모서리(820)가 연속되는 부분이다. 제3 연장부(851)는 결합 모서리(820)에서 지지 프레임(600)을 향해 연장 형성된다.The third extension 851 is a portion in which the third coupling protrusion 850 and the coupling edge 820 are continuous. The third extension 851 extends from the coupling edge 820 toward the support frame 600 .
제3 연장부(851)는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성될 수 있다. 제3 연장부(851)의 두께(즉, 좌우 방향 길이)는 제2 홈(642)의 폭 이하로 형성될 수 있다. The third extension 851 may be formed to have a predetermined thickness. A thickness (ie, a length in the left-right direction) of the third extension 851 may be less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
달리 표현하면, 제3 연장부(851)의 두께는 제1 돌출부(643)와 제2 돌출부(644) 사이에 형성되는 공간의 폭(즉, 좌우 방향 길이) 이하로 형성될 수 있다.In other words, the thickness of the third extension portion 851 may be less than or equal to the width (ie, the length in the left-right direction) of the space formed between the first and second projections 643 and 644 .
따라서, 제3 연장부(851)는 제2 홈(642)의 전방 측에서 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the third extension 851 may be inserted through the second groove 642 from the front side of the second groove 642 .
지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 제3 연장부(851)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부에는 제3 삽입부(852) 및 제3 체결부(853)가 연속된다.A third insertion portion 852 and a third fastening portion 853 are continuous on one side of the third extension portion 851 facing the support frame 600 and on the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
제3 삽입부(852)는 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 부분 중 수용 홈(645)에 수용되는 부분이다. 제3 삽입부(852)는 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 수용 홈(645)에 삽입될 수 있다.The third insertion part 852 is a part accommodated in the receiving groove 645 among the parts of the third coupling protrusion 850 . The third insertion part 852 may be inserted into the receiving groove 645 through the second groove 642 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 제3 삽입부(852)는 제3 연장부(851)에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다. 달리 표현하면, 제3 연장부(851)에 연결되는 제3 삽입부(852)의 일측 단부의 단면적은, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 타측 단부의 단면적보다 작게 형성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the third insertion portion 852 is formed such that its cross-sectional area is reduced in a direction away from the third extension portion 851 . In other words, the cross-sectional area of one end of the third insertion part 852 connected to the third extension part 851 is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the other end facing the support frame 600 .
이에 따라, 제3 삽입부(852)는 작은 단면적으로 형성되는 부분이 제2 홈(642)에 먼저 삽입된다. 따라서, 제3 삽입부(852)가 제2 홈(642)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다.Accordingly, in the third insertion portion 852 , a portion formed with a small cross-sectional area is first inserted into the second groove 642 . Accordingly, the third insertion part 852 may be easily inserted into the second groove 642 .
제3 삽입부(852)와 제3 연장부(851)가 연속되는 부분에는, 제3 체결부(853)가 외측으로 돌출된다. 이에 따라, 제3 삽입부(852)는 제3 연장부(851)보다 큰 폭으로 형성된다고 할 수 있을 것이다.In a portion where the third insertion portion 852 and the third extension portion 851 are continuous, the third fastening portion 853 protrudes outward. Accordingly, it can be said that the third insertion portion 852 is formed to have a greater width than the third extension portion 851 .
제3 삽입부(852)의 일측에는 제3 체결부(853)가 위치된다. A third fastening part 853 is positioned on one side of the third insertion part 852 .
제3 체결부(853)는 수용 홈(645)에 삽입된 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 임의로 인출되지 않게 한다. 제3 체결부(853)는 제3 삽입부(852)와 함께 수용 홈(645)에 수용된다.The third coupling part 853 prevents the third coupling protrusion 850 inserted into the receiving groove 645 from being arbitrarily drawn out. The third fastening part 853 is accommodated in the receiving groove 645 together with the third inserting part 852 .
제3 체결부(853)는 제3 삽입부(852)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 형성된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제3 체결부(853)는 제3 연장부(851)와 제3 삽입부(852)가 연속되는 부분에 위치될 수 있다.The third fastening part 853 is formed on one side of the third inserting part 852 , on the front side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the third fastening part 853 may be positioned at a portion where the third extension part 851 and the third insertion part 852 are continuous.
제3 체결부(853)는 제3 삽입부(852)의 측면에서 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제3 체결부(853)는 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 결합 모서리(820)에 치우친 방향인 좌측으로 돌출 형성된다.The third fastening part 853 is formed to protrude radially outward from the side surface of the third insertion part 852 . In the illustrated embodiment, the third coupling part 853 is formed to protrude to the left in the direction in which the third coupling protrusion 850 is biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
제3 체결부(853)가 돌출되는 상기 방향은 제1 체결부(833)가 돌출되는 방향과 같음이 이해될 것이다. 또한, 제3 체결부(853)가 돌출되는 상기 방향은 제2 체결부(843)가 돌출되는 방향에 반대됨이 이해될 것이다.It will be understood that the direction in which the third fastening part 853 protrudes is the same as the direction in which the first fastening part 833 protrudes. Also, it will be understood that the direction in which the third fastening part 853 protrudes is opposite to the direction in which the second fastening part 843 protrudes.
제3 체결부(853)는 제3 삽입부(852)의 일 측면, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 면과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 제3 체결부(853)는 제3 삽입부(852)의 측면에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The third fastening part 853 may extend at a predetermined angle with one side of the third insertion part 852 , and a left side in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the third fastening part 853 may extend perpendicularly to a side surface of the third inserting part 852 .
제3 삽입부(852)에 반대되는 제3 체결부(853)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 외측에 위치될 수 있다. 즉, 전방 측에서 바라보았을 때, 제3 체결부(853)의 상기 일측 단부는 플레이트부(640)의 면보다 더 좌측에 위치된다.One end of the third fastening portion 853 opposite to the third insertion portion 852 , in the illustrated embodiment, the left end may be located outside the surface of the plate portion 640 . That is, when viewed from the front side, the one end of the third fastening part 853 is located more left than the surface of the plate part 640 .
제3 체결부(853)는 제3 연장부(851)에서 멀어지는 방향을 따라 제3 삽입부(852)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 연장될 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 제3 체결부(853)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향(즉, 전방 측)을 따라 제3 삽입부(852)의 단부를 향해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다.The third fastening part 853 may extend obliquely toward an end of the third insertion part 852 in a direction away from the third extension part 851 . In other words, the third fastening part 853 may be formed to be inclined toward the end of the third insertion part 852 in the direction (ie, the front side) toward the support frame 600 .
즉, 제3 체결부(853)는 제3 연장부(851)에서 멀어질수록 그 단면적이 감소되도록 형성된다.That is, the third fastening part 853 is formed such that its cross-sectional area decreases as it moves away from the third extension part 851 .
따라서, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 상측에서 바라보았을 때, 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향으로 연장되는 화살표, 또는 후크(hook)의 형상이다. Accordingly, the third coupling protrusion 850 has the shape of an arrow or a hook extending in the direction toward the support frame 600 when viewed from the upper side.
이에 따라, 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 용이하게 삽입될 수 있다. 또한, 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입되면, 제3 체결부(853)가 제1 돌출부(643) 또는 제2 돌출부(644)와 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 플레이트 결합부(640)에서 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the third coupling protrusion 850 may be easily inserted into the plate coupling portion 640 . Also, when the third coupling protrusion 850 is inserted into the plate coupling part 640 , the third coupling part 853 comes into contact with the first protrusion 643 or the second protrusion 644 . Accordingly, the third coupling protrusion 850 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the plate coupling portion 640 .
(7) 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)가 결합되는 과정의 설명(7) Description of the process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled according to another embodiment of the present invention
본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 전자 접촉기(10)는 절연 부재(800)를 포함한다. 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)에 탈착 가능하게 결합된다. 절연 부재(800)는 복수 개 구비되어, 복수 개의 고정 접점부(400) 사이에 각각 위치된다.The electromagnetic contactor 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes an insulating member 800 . The insulating member 800 is detachably coupled to the support frame 600 . A plurality of insulating members 800 are provided and are respectively positioned between the plurality of fixed contact parts 400 .
이에 따라, 전자 접촉기(10)에 통전되는 서로 다른 상의 전류 사이의 전기적인 간섭이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, electrical interference between currents of different phases energized through the electromagnetic contactor 10 can be prevented.
이하, 도 32 내지 도 34를 참조하여, 본 발명의 다른 실시 예에 따른 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 과정을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 32 to 34 .
도시된 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)는 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)를 포함하여 두 개 구비된다. 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 형성되는 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)에 각각 결합된다.In the illustrated embodiment, two insulating members 800 including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b are provided. The first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b are respectively coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b formed on the front side of the support frame 600 .
상술한 바와 같이, 지지 프레임(600)은 전후 방향으로 서로 대칭되게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 지지 프레임(600)의 후방 측에도 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)가 형성될 수 있다.As described above, the support frame 600 may be formed symmetrically to each other in the front-rear direction. Accordingly, the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b may be formed on the rear side of the support frame 600 .
상기 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)의 후방 측에도 구비될 수 있다. 즉, 제1 절연 부재(800a)는 후방 측의 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a)에, 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 후방 측의 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)에 결합될 수 있다.In the above embodiment, the insulating member 800 may also be provided on the rear side of the support frame 600 . That is, the first insulating member 800a may be coupled to the first plate coupling part 640a on the rear side, and the second insulating member 800b may be coupled to the second plate coupling part 640b on the rear side.
이하의 설명에서는, 이해의 편의를 위해 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 결합되는 과정을 중심으로 설명한다. 상기 과정은, 절연 부재(8000가 지지 프레임(600)의 후방 측에 결합되는 경우에도 동일하게 적용될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.In the following description, for convenience of understanding, a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the front side of the support frame 600 will be mainly described. It will be understood that the above process may be equally applied even when the insulating member 8000 is coupled to the rear side of the support frame 600 .
도 32를 참조하면, 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 과정이 사시도로 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 32 , a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a perspective view.
절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)의 전방 측에 배치된다. 절연 부재(800)는 지지 프레임(600)을 향하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측을 향해 이동된다.The insulating member 800 is disposed on the front side of the support frame 600 . The insulating member 800 is moved in a direction toward the support frame 600 , in the illustrated embodiment, toward the rear side.
이때, 절연 부재(800)는 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)를 포함하여, 두 개 구비된다. 제1 절연 부재(800a) 및 제2 절연 부재(800b)는 각각 제1 플레이트 결합부(640a) 및 제2 플레이트 결합부(640b)를 향해 이동된다.In this case, two insulating members 800 are provided, including a first insulating member 800a and a second insulating member 800b. The first insulating member 800a and the second insulating member 800b move toward the first plate coupling part 640a and the second plate coupling part 640b, respectively.
일 실시 예에서, 절연 부재(800)의 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 하측 단부는, 제1 홈(641) 및 제2 홈(642)을 하측에서 감싸는 면과 같은 높이에 위치될 수 있다. 즉, 제3 결합 돌기(850)의 하측 단부는 상기 면에 안착되며 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 of the insulating member 800 may be positioned at the same height as a surface surrounding the first groove 641 and the second groove 642 from the lower side. That is, the lower end of the third coupling protrusion 850 may be seated on the surface and inserted into the plate coupling part 640 .
도 33을 참조하면, 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합되는 과정이 평면도로 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 33 , a process in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a plan view.
절연 부재(800)의 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 삽입된다.The first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 of the insulating member 800 are inserted into the plate coupling part 640 .
구체적으로, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)가 먼저 제2 홈(642)에 삽입된다.Specifically, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are inserted into the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the respective coupling portions 833 , 843 , 853 are first inserted into the second groove 642 . .
이때, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 탄성을 갖는 소재로 형성되어, 소정의 형상 변형이 가능하다. 또한, 폭 방향(즉, 좌우 방향)을 따라 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 사이의 최장 거리 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853) 사이의 최장 거리는 제2 홈(642)의 폭보다 길게 형성된다.In this case, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are formed of a material having elasticity, so that a predetermined shape deformation is possible. In addition, along the width direction (ie, left and right direction), the longest distance between the respective insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and the longest distance between the respective fastening portions 833 , 843 , 853 are greater than the width of the second groove 642 . long formed.
따라서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 서로를 향해 굽어져 형상이 변형되며 제2 홈(642)에 삽입된다.Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are bent toward each other to be deformed and inserted into the second groove 642 .
구체적으로, 결합 모서리(820)의 좌측에 치우치게 위치되는 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)는 우측, 즉 제2 결합 돌기(840)가 치우친 방향을 향해 굽어지며 형상이 변형된다.Specifically, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850, which are located on the left side of the coupling edge 820, are bent toward the right side, that is, the second coupling protrusion 840 is biased, and the shape is deformed. do.
또한, 결합 모서리(820)의 우측에 치우치게 위치되는 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 좌측, 즉 제1 결합 돌기(830) 및 제3 결합 돌기(850)가 치우친 방향을 향해 굽어지며 형상이 변형된다.In addition, the second coupling protrusion 840, which is located to the right of the coupling edge 820, is bent toward the left side, that is, the first coupling protrusion 830 and the third coupling protrusion 850 are biased, and the shape is deformed. .
상기 형상 변형에 의해, 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 사이의 최장 거리 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853) 사이의 최장 거리는 제2 홈(642)의 폭 이하로 감소될 수 있다. By the shape deformation, the longest distance between the respective insertion parts 832 , 842 , and 852 and the longest distance between the respective fastening parts 833 , 843 , and 853 may be reduced to less than or equal to the width of the second groove 642 .
이에 따라, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 제2 홈(642)을 관통하여 수용 홈(645)까지 삽입될 수 있다. Accordingly, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 may be inserted through the second groove 642 to the receiving groove 645 .
상기 삽입 과정에서, 절연 부재(800)는 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)의 최외측이 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 접촉되며 이동될 수 있다.In the insertion process, the insulating member 800 has the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 on the outermost side of each of the inserting parts 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , 853 . It can be touched and moved.
달리 표현하면, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 제1 돌출부(643) 및 제2 돌출부(644)에 의해 가압되며 제2 홈(642) 및 수용 홈(645)에 삽입 결합된다.In other words, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are pressed by the first protrusion 643 and the second protrusion 644 and inserted into the second groove 642 and the receiving groove 645 . are combined
도 34를 참조하면, 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된 상태가 평면도로 도시된다.Referring to FIG. 34 , a state in which the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 is shown in a plan view.
상술한 과정을 통해, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 결합된다. Through the above-described process, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are coupled to the plate coupling part 640 .
결합이 완료되면, 각 연장부(831, 841, 851)는 제2 홈(642)에 관통 삽입된다. 또한, 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 수용 홈(645)에 수용된다.When the coupling is completed, each of the extensions 831 , 841 , 851 is inserted through the second groove 642 . In addition, each of the insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , 853 are accommodated in the receiving groove 645 .
이때, 상술한 바와 같이, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장한다. 또한, 수용 홈(645)은 제2 홈(642)보다 넓은 폭(즉, 좌우 방향)을 갖도록 형성된다. At this time, as described above, the first to third coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , 850 are deformed in shape and store restoring force. In addition, the receiving groove 645 is formed to have a wider width (ie, left and right direction) than the second groove 642 .
더 나아가, 수용 홈(645)은 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 형상 변형되지 않은 상태에서, 좌우 방향을 따라 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)의 최장 거리 이상의 폭을 갖도록 형성된다.Furthermore, the receiving groove 645 includes the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 along the left and right directions in a state in which the first to third coupling protrusions 830, 840, and 850 are not deformed. It is formed to have a width greater than or equal to the longest distance.
따라서, 제1 내지 제3 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)는 저장된 복원력에 의해 원래 형상으로 복원된다. 즉, 제1 및 제3 결합 돌기(830, 850) 및 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 서로로부터 멀어지는 방향으로 굽어진다.Therefore, the first to third coupling projections (830, 840, 850) are restored to their original shape by the stored restoring force. That is, the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 and the second coupling protrusion 840 are bent in a direction away from each other.
달리 표현하면, 제1 및 제3 결합 돌기(830, 850)는 결합 모서리(820)에 치우치게 위치되는 방향인 좌측을 향해 굽어진다. 또한, 제2 결합 돌기(840)는 결합 모서리(820)에 치우치게 위치되는 방향인 우측을 향해 굽어진다.In other words, the first and third coupling protrusions 830 and 850 are bent toward the left, which is a direction biased toward the coupling edge 820 . In addition, the second coupling protrusion 840 is bent toward the right, which is a direction biased toward the coupling edge 820 .
이에 따라, 각 삽입부(832, 842, 852) 및 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 수용 홈(645)의 폭 방향으로 전개된다. Accordingly, each of the insertion portions 832 , 842 , 852 and each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 are developed in the width direction of the receiving groove 645 .
이때, 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 제1 및 제2 돌출부(643, 644) 및 수용 홈(645)을 후방 측에서 감싸는 면 사이에 위치된다. 즉, 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 절연 부재(800)가 삽입되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)을 따라 제1 및 제2 돌출부(643, 644)와 겹쳐진다.At this time, each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 is positioned between the surfaces surrounding the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 and the receiving groove 645 from the rear side. That is, each of the fastening portions 833 , 843 , and 853 overlaps the first and second protrusions 643 and 644 in the direction in which the insulating member 800 is inserted (ie, the front side).
구체적으로, 제1 체결부(833) 및 제3 체결부(853)는 제1 돌출부(643)와 전후 방향으로 겹쳐진다. 또한, 제2 체결부(843)는 제2 돌출부(644)와 전후 방향으로 겹쳐진다.Specifically, the first fastening part 833 and the third fastening part 853 overlap the first protruding part 643 in the front-rear direction. In addition, the second fastening portion 843 overlaps the second protrusion 644 in the front-rear direction.
즉, 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)는 플레이트 결합부(640)에 스냅 체결 또는 후크 결합된다.That is, each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , and 853 is snap fastened or hooked to the plate coupling part 640 .
따라서, 절연 부재(800)에 지지 프레임(600)에서 멀어지는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측을 향하는 힘을 인가하여도, 각 체결부(833, 843, 853)와 각 돌출부(643, 644)가 접촉되어 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)이 분리되지 않게 된다.Therefore, even when a force is applied to the insulating member 800 in the direction away from the support frame 600 , that is, toward the front side in the illustrated embodiment, each of the fastening parts 833 , 843 , 853 and each of the protrusions 643 and 644 are applied. ) is in contact with the insulating member 800 and the support frame 600 is not separated.
이에 따라, 절연 부재(800)와 지지 프레임(600)의 결합이 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the coupling between the insulating member 800 and the support frame 600 may be stably maintained.
또한, 각 결합 돌기(830, 840, 850)가 서로를 향해 가압된 후, 플레이트 결합부(640)에서 분리됨으로써 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에서 분리될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.In addition, it will be understood that the insulating member 800 may be separated from the support frame 600 by being separated from the plate coupling part 640 after the respective coupling protrusions 830 , 840 , and 850 are pressed toward each other.
더 나아가, 도시된 실시 예에서는 아크 박스(520)가 결합되지 않은 상태에서 절연 부재(800)가 지지 프레임(600)에 결합된다. 대안적으로, 지지 프레임(600)에 아크 박스(520)가 결합된 상태에서도 절연 부재(800)가 결합될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다(도 21 참조).Furthermore, in the illustrated embodiment, the insulating member 800 is coupled to the support frame 600 in a state in which the arc box 520 is not coupled. Alternatively, it will be understood that the insulating member 800 may be coupled even in a state in which the arc box 520 is coupled to the support frame 600 (see FIG. 21 ).
이상 본 발명의 바람직한 실시 예를 참조하여 설명하였지만, 당 업계에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 이하의 청구범위에 기재된 본 발명의 사상 및 영역을 벗어나지 않는 범위 내에서 본 발명을 다양하게 수정 및 변경시킬 수 있음을 이해할 수 있을 것이다.Although the above has been described with reference to the preferred embodiment of the present invention, those of ordinary skill in the art can variously modify and change the present invention within the scope without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention described in the claims below. You will understand that you can.
10: 전자 접촉기10: electromagnetic contactor
100: 프레임100: frame
110: 베이스부110: base part
120: 하부 프레임부120: lower frame portion
200: 구동부200: drive unit
210: 크로스바210: crossbar
211: 접점대 연결부211: contact bar connection
212: 가동 코어212: movable core
213: 고정부213: fixed part
220: 탄성 부재220: elastic member
221: 제1 탄성 부재221: first elastic member
222: 제2 탄성 부재222: second elastic member
300: 가동 접점부300: movable contact part
310: 가동 접점대310: movable contact point
320: 가동 접점320: movable contact
321: 제1 가동 접점321: first movable contact
322: 제2 가동 접점322: second movable contact
400: 고정 접점부400: fixed contact
410: 고정 접점대410: fixed contact point
411: 제1 고정 접점대411: first fixed contact point
412: 제2 고정 접점대412: second fixed contact point
420: 고정 접점 블록420: fixed contact block
421: 제1 고정 접점 블록421: first fixed contact block
422: 제2 고정 접점 블록422: second fixed contact block
430: 고정 접점430: fixed contact
431: 제1 고정 접점431: first fixed contact
432: 제2 고정 접점432: second fixed contact
500: 아크 소호부500: arc sohobu
510: 아크 챔버(arc chamber)510: arc chamber
520: 아크 박스(arc box)520: arc box (arc box)
521: 커버부521: cover part
522: 아크 배출공522: arc outlet hole
523: 프레임 결합부523: frame coupling part
600: 지지 프레임600: support frame
610: 아크 박스 결합부610: arc box coupling portion
620: 고정 접점 수용부620: fixed contact receiving unit
630: 격벽부630: bulkhead
640: 커버 결합부(플레이트 결합부)640: cover coupling portion (plate coupling portion)
640a: 제1 커버 결합부(제1 플레이트 결합부)640a: first cover coupling portion (first plate coupling portion)
640b: 제2 커버 결합부(제2 플레이트 결합부)640b: second cover coupling portion (second plate coupling portion)
641: 제1 홈641: first groove
642: 제2 홈642: second groove
643: 제1 돌출부643: first protrusion
644: 제2 돌출부644: second protrusion
645: 수용 홈645: receiving groove
700: 커버 프레임700: cover frame
710: 외면710: exterior
711: 제1 면711: first side
712: 제2 면712: second side
713: 제3 면713: the third side
714: 제4 면714: fourth side
720: 리브부720: rib part
721: 제1 리브721: first rib
722: 제2 리브722: second rib
730: 아크 공간부730: arc space
731: 제1 아크 공간부731: first arc space portion
731a: 제1 개구부731a: first opening
732: 제2 아크 공간부732: second arc space portion
732a: 제2 개구부732a: second opening
733: 제3 아크 공간부733: third arc space portion
733a: 제3 개구부733a: third opening
740: 아크 박스 체결부740: arc box fastening part
741: 연장부741: extension
742: 삽입부742: insertion part
743: 체결부743: fastening part
750: 프레임 결합부750: frame coupling part
750a: 제1 프레임 결합부750a: first frame coupling part
750b: 제2 프레임 결합부750b: second frame coupling part
751: 연장부751: extension
752: 삽입부752: insert
753: 테이퍼부753: tapered part
800: 절연 부재800: insulation member
800a: 제1 절연 부재800a: first insulating member
800b: 제2 절연 부재800b: second insulating member
810: 플레이트부810: plate part
820: 결합 모서리820: bonding edge
830: 제1 결합 돌기830: first coupling protrusion
831: 제1 연장부831: first extension
832: 제1 삽입부832: first insertion part
833: 제1 체결부833: first fastening part
840: 제2 결합 돌기840: second coupling protrusion
841: 제2 연장부841: second extension
842: 제2 삽입부842: second insertion part
843: 제2 체결부843: second fastening part
850: 제3 결합 돌기850: third coupling protrusion
851: 제3 연장부851: third extension
852: 제3 삽입부852: third insertion part
853: 제3 체결부853: third fastening part

Claims (30)

  1. 고정 접점;fixed contacts;
    상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점;a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact;
    상기 고정 접점을 지지하는 지지 프레임; 및a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and
    상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 지지 프레임의 일측을 덮는 커버 프레임을 포함하며,and a cover frame detachably coupled to the support frame and covering one side of the support frame,
    상기 커버 프레임은,The cover frame is
    서로 이격되어, 마주하도록 배치되는 복수 개의 외면;A plurality of outer surfaces spaced apart from each other and disposed to face;
    복수 개의 상기 외면 사이에 위치되는 리브부; 및a plurality of ribs positioned between the outer surfaces; and
    상기 리브부의 일측에서 연장되어, 상기 지지 프레임에 삽입 결합되는 프레임 결합부를 포함하며,and a frame coupling part extending from one side of the rib part and inserted and coupled to the support frame,
    상기 프레임 결합부는,The frame coupling unit,
    상기 리브부의 상기 일측에서 연장되며, 소정의 폭을 갖는 연장부; 및an extension portion extending from the one side of the rib portion and having a predetermined width; and
    상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 연장부보다 큰 폭을 갖는 삽입부를 포함하는,Located at the end of the extension, comprising an insert having a greater width than the extension,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 연장부는 상기 리브부의 두께보다 작은 폭을 갖게 형성되며,The extension portion is formed to have a width smaller than the thickness of the rib portion,
    상기 삽입부는 상기 리브부의 두께보다 큰 폭을 갖게 형성되는,The insertion portion is formed to have a width greater than the thickness of the rib portion,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  3. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 삽입부는, 사각 판형으로 형성되고,The insert is formed in a rectangular plate shape,
    상기 삽입부의 모서리 중 적어도 하나는, 모따기(taper) 가공되는,At least one of the corners of the insert is chamfered (tapered),
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  4. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 외면은,The outer surface is
    일 방향의 길이가 타 방향의 길이보다 긴 판형으로 형성되는 제1 면; 및a first surface formed in a plate shape having a length in one direction longer than a length in the other direction; and
    상기 제1 면의 상기 일 방향의 각 단부에서 연장되며, 서로 마주하도록 배치되는 제2 면 및 제3 면을 포함하며,and a second surface and a third surface extending from each end of the first surface in the one direction and disposed to face each other,
    상기 리브부는, The rib part,
    상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면 사이에서, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면과 각각 이격되게 배치되는,Between the second surface and the third surface, the second surface and the third surface are respectively disposed to be spaced apart,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  5. 제4항에 있어서,5. The method of claim 4,
    상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면은, The second surface and the third surface are
    상기 제1 면에서 멀어지는 방향으로 연장 형성되고,It is formed extending in a direction away from the first surface,
    상기 리브부는,The rib part,
    상기 제1 면과 연속되며, 상기 제1 면에서 멀어지는 방향으로 상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면보다 짧은 길이만큼 연장 형성되는,It is continuous with the first surface and is formed to extend by a length shorter than that of the second surface and the third surface in a direction away from the first surface,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  6. 제5항에 있어서,6. The method of claim 5,
    상기 프레임 결합부는,The frame coupling unit,
    상기 전자 접촉기를 향하는 상기 리브부의 일측 모서리에서, 상기 리브부의 단부에 인접하게 위치되는,At one edge of the rib portion facing the electromagnetic contactor, located adjacent to the end of the rib portion,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  7. 제4항에 있어서,5. The method of claim 4,
    상기 제2 면과 상기 리브부 사이 및 상기 리브부와 상기 제3 면 사이에는,Between the second surface and the rib portion and between the rib portion and the third surface,
    상기 제1 면, 상기 제2 면 및 상기 리브부와, 상기 제1 면, 상기 제3 면 및 상기 리브부에 둘러싸인 아크 공간부가 형성되며,An arc space portion surrounded by the first surface, the second surface and the rib portion, the first surface, the third surface, and the rib portion is formed;
    상기 아크 공간부는, 상기 전자 접촉기의 아크 배출공과 연통되는,The arc space portion is in communication with the arc discharge hole of the electromagnetic contactor,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,8. The method of claim 7,
    상기 제1 면의 상기 타 방향의 단부 중, 상기 전자 접촉기에 반대되는 단부에서 연장되는 제4 면을 포함하며,Among the ends in the other direction of the first surface, a fourth surface extending from an end opposite to the electromagnetic contactor is included,
    상기 제4 면은,The fourth side is
    상기 제2 면 및 상기 제3 면 사이에서 연장되고, extending between the second side and the third side;
    상기 프레임 결합부가 위치되는 상기 리브부의 일측에 반대되는 타측 단부와 연속되는,Continuous with the other end opposite to one side of the rib portion where the frame coupling portion is located,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  9. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 지지 프레임은,The support frame is
    상기 커버 프레임을 향하는 일측 면에서 함몰 형성되는 제1 홈; 및a first groove recessed from one side facing the cover frame; and
    상기 제1 홈을 양측에서 감싸는 면에서 돌출되며, 서로 마주하는 제1 돌출부 및 제2 돌출부를 포함하는,Protruding from the surface surrounding the first groove from both sides, including a first projection and a second projection facing each other,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  10. 제9항에 있어서,10. The method of claim 9,
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부는, The first protrusion and the second protrusion,
    상기 지지 프레임의 상기 일측 면에서, 상기 커버 프레임에 반대되는 방향으로 연장되며, From the one side of the support frame, it extends in a direction opposite to the cover frame,
    상기 제1 홈이 함몰 형성되는 깊이는, The depth at which the first groove is recessed is formed,
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성되는,The first protrusion and the second protrusion are formed to be longer than the extended length,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  11. 제10항에 있어서,11. The method of claim 10,
    상기 지지 프레임은,The support frame is
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부 사이에 형성되는 공간인 제2 홈; 및a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and
    상기 제2 홈과 각각 연통되며, 상기 커버 프레임에 반대되는 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부의 일측에 형성되는 공간인 수용 홈을 포함하며,and a receiving groove which is in communication with the second groove and is a space formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the cover frame,
    상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 연장부는 상기 제2 홈에 삽입되고,The extension portion of the frame coupling portion is inserted into the second groove,
    상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 삽입부는 상기 수용 홈에 삽입되는,The insertion portion of the frame coupling portion is inserted into the receiving groove,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  12. 제11항에 있어서,12. The method of claim 11,
    상기 프레임 결합부의 상기 삽입부의 높이는,The height of the insertion part of the frame coupling part,
    상기 제1 홈의 높이 이하로 형성되는,formed below the height of the first groove,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  13. 제9항에 있어서,10. The method of claim 9,
    상기 제1 홈의 일측은 개방 형성되고, 상기 일측에 반대되는 타측은 폐쇄되며,One side of the first groove is formed open, the other side opposite to the one side is closed,
    상기 삽입부는,The insert is
    상기 제1 홈의 상기 타측을 향하는 모서리가 모따기(taper) 가공되는,The edge facing the other side of the first groove is chamfered (tapered),
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  14. 지지 프레임에 고정되는 고정 접점;fixed contacts fixed to the support frame;
    상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점;a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact;
    내부에 위치되어 상기 고정 접점 및 상기 가동 접점을 수용하는 공간부 및 상기 공간부와 외부를 연통하는 아크 배출공을 포함하는 아크 박스; 및an arc box positioned inside and including a space for accommodating the fixed contact and the movable contact, and an arc discharge hole communicating with the space and the outside; and
    상기 아크 박스에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 아크 박스의 일측을 덮는 커버 프레임을 포함하며,and a cover frame detachably coupled to the arc box and covering one side of the arc box,
    상기 커버 프레임은,The cover frame is
    일 방향의 길이가 타 방향의 길이보다 긴 판형으로 형성되는 제1 면; 및a first surface formed in a plate shape having a length in one direction longer than a length in the other direction; and
    상기 제1 면의 상기 타 방향의 단부 중, 상기 아크 박스를 향하는 일측 단부에서 연장되어, 상기 아크 배출공에 결합되는 아크 박스 체결부를 포함하는,Among the ends of the other direction of the first surface, extending from one end toward the arc box, including an arc box fastening portion coupled to the arc discharge hole,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  15. 제14항에 있어서,15. The method of claim 14,
    상기 아크 박스 체결부는,The arc box fastening part,
    상기 제1 면의 상기 일측 단부에서 연장되는 연장부;an extension extending from the one end of the first surface;
    상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 아크 배출공에 삽입 결합되는 삽입부; 및an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and inserted and coupled to the arc discharge hole; and
    상기 삽입부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 연장부의 연장 방향에 대해 방사상 외측으로 연장 형성되어, 상기 아크 배출공을 둘러싸는 모서리에 접촉되는 체결부를 포함하는,It is located at the end of the insertion portion, is formed to extend radially outward with respect to the extension direction of the extension portion, comprising a fastening portion in contact with a corner surrounding the arc discharge hole,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  16. 고정 접점;fixed contacts;
    상기 고정 접점에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 고정 접점과 접촉되거나 이격되도록 구성되는 가동 접점;a movable contact positioned adjacent to the fixed contact and configured to be in contact with or spaced apart from the fixed contact;
    상기 고정 접점을 지지하는 지지 프레임; 및a support frame for supporting the fixed contact; and
    상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 결합되는 절연 부재를 포함하며,Including an insulating member detachably coupled to the support frame,
    상기 절연 부재는,The insulating member is
    판 형으로 형성되는 플레이트부;a plate portion formed in a plate shape;
    상기 플레이트부의 일측 모서리를 형성하는 결합 모서리; 및a coupling edge forming one edge of the plate part; and
    상기 결합 모서리에 구비되어, 상기 지지 프레임에 탈착 가능하게 삽입 결합되는 결합 돌기를 포함하고,It is provided at the coupling edge and includes a coupling protrusion that is detachably inserted and coupled to the support frame,
    상기 결합 돌기는,The bonding protrusion,
    상기 플레이트부의 상기 일측에서 상기 지지 프레임을 향해 연장되며, 소정의 폭을 갖는 연장부;an extension portion extending from the one side of the plate portion toward the support frame and having a predetermined width;
    상기 연장부의 단부에 위치되며, 상기 지지 프레임을 향해 연장되는 삽입부; 및an insertion part positioned at an end of the extension part and extending toward the support frame; and
    상기 삽입부의 일측에서 돌출되며, 상기 연장부보다 큰 폭을 갖는 체결부를 포함하는,Protruding from one side of the insertion portion, including a fastening portion having a greater width than the extension portion,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  17. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 플레이트부는 소정의 두께를 갖도록 형성되고,The plate portion is formed to have a predetermined thickness,
    상기 연장부는, 상기 플레이트부의 두께보다 작은 폭을 갖게 형성되는,The extension portion is formed to have a width smaller than the thickness of the plate portion,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  18. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 체결부는 상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로 돌출되고,The fastening part protrudes in the thickness direction of the plate part,
    상기 체결부의 일측의 단부는,The end of one side of the fastening part,
    상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로, 상기 플레이트부의 일측의 면보다 더 외측에 위치되는,In the thickness direction of the plate part, it is located more outside than the surface of one side of the plate part,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  19. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 체결부는,The fastening part,
    상기 플레이트부의 두께 방향으로 돌출되고,protruding in the thickness direction of the plate part,
    상기 삽입부와 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장되는,extending at a predetermined angle with the insertion part,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  20. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 삽입부는,The insert is
    상기 연장부에서 멀어지는 방향으로 그 단면적이 감소하도록 형성되고,It is formed so that its cross-sectional area decreases in a direction away from the extension,
    상기 체결부는,The fastening part,
    상기 연장부와 상기 삽입부가 연속되는 지점에 인접하게 위치되는,The extension and the insertion portion are positioned adjacent to a continuation point,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  21. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 결합 돌기는 복수 개 구비되어, 복수 개의 상기 결합 돌기는 상기 결합 모서리가 연장되는 방향을 따라 서로 이격되어 배치되는,A plurality of the coupling protrusions are provided, and the plurality of coupling protrusions are disposed to be spaced apart from each other along the direction in which the coupling edge extends,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  22. 제21항에 있어서,22. The method of claim 21,
    복수 개의 상기 결합 돌기는,A plurality of the coupling projections,
    상기 결합 모서리의 일측에 치우치게 위치되는 제1 결합 돌기;a first coupling protrusion that is biased toward one side of the coupling edge;
    상기 제1 결합 돌기에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측에 반대되는 타측에 치우치게 위치되는 제2 결합 돌기; 및a second coupling protrusion positioned adjacent to the first coupling protrusion and biased toward the other side opposite to the one side of the coupling edge; and
    상기 제2 결합 돌기에 인접하게 위치되며, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측에 치우치게 위치되는 제3 결합 돌기를 포함하는,Positioned adjacent to the second coupling protrusion, comprising a third coupling protrusion that is located biased to the one side of the coupling edge,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  23. 제22항에 있어서,23. The method of claim 22,
    상기 제1 결합 돌기의 제1 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출되고,The first coupling portion of the first coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge,
    상기 제2 결합 돌기의 제2 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 타측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출되며,The second coupling portion of the second coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the other side of the coupling edge,
    상기 제3 결합 돌기의 제3 체결부는, 상기 결합 모서리의 상기 일측을 향하는 방향으로 돌출되는,The third coupling portion of the third coupling protrusion protrudes in a direction toward the one side of the coupling edge,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  24. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 플레이트부는,The plate part,
    상기 결합 모서리에 반대되는 타측의 모서리의 각 단부가 모따기(taper) 가공되는,Each end of the edge of the other side opposite to the coupling edge is chamfered (tapered),
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  25. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 지지 프레임은,The support frame is
    상기 절연 부재를 향하는 일측 면에서 함몰 형성되는 제1 홈; 및a first groove recessed in one side facing the insulating member; and
    상기 제1 홈을 양측에서 감싸는 면에서 돌출되며, 서로 마주하는 제1 돌출부 및 제2 돌출부를 포함하는,Protruding from the surface surrounding the first groove from both sides, including a first projection and a second projection facing each other,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  26. 제25항에 있어서,26. The method of claim 25,
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부는, The first protrusion and the second protrusion,
    상기 지지 프레임의 상기 일측 면에서, 상기 절연 부재에 반대되는 방향으로 연장되며, From the one side of the support frame, it extends in a direction opposite to the insulating member,
    상기 제1 홈이 함몰 형성되는 깊이는, The depth at which the first groove is recessed is formed,
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부가 연장되는 길이보다 길게 형성되는,The first protrusion and the second protrusion are formed to be longer than the extended length,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  27. 제26항에 있어서,27. The method of claim 26,
    상기 지지 프레임은,The support frame is
    상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부 사이에 형성되는 공간인 제2 홈; 및a second groove which is a space formed between the first protrusion and the second protrusion; and
    상기 제2 홈과 각각 연통되며, 상기 절연 부재에 반대되는 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부의 일측에 형성되는 공간인 수용 홈을 포함하며,and a receiving groove which is in communication with the second groove and is a space formed on one side of the first and second projections opposite to the insulating member,
    상기 절연 부재의 상기 연장부는 상기 제2 홈에 삽입되고,The extended portion of the insulating member is inserted into the second groove,
    상기 절연 부재의 상기 삽입부 및 상기 체결부는 상기 수용 홈에 삽입되는,The insertion part and the fastening part of the insulating member are inserted into the receiving groove,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  28. 제27항에 있어서,28. The method of claim 27,
    상기 체결부는, The fastening part,
    상기 절연 부재가 상기 지지 프레임에 삽입되는 방향을 따라, 상기 제1 돌출부 및 상기 제2 돌출부와 겹쳐지게 배치되는,In a direction in which the insulating member is inserted into the support frame, it is disposed to overlap the first protrusion and the second protrusion,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  29. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 고정 접점 및 상기 절연 부재는 각각 복수 개 구비되어, Each of the fixed contact and the insulating member is provided in plurality,
    복수 개의 상기 절연 부재는,A plurality of the insulating member,
    복수 개의 상기 고정 접점 사이에 각각 위치되는,each positioned between a plurality of said fixed contacts,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
  30. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 절연 부재와 상기 지지 프레임은 후크(hook) 결합되는,The insulating member and the support frame are hook-coupled,
    전자 접촉기.electromagnetic contactor.
PCT/KR2020/019406 2020-01-10 2020-12-30 Electromagnetic contactor WO2021141320A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080092556.1A CN114946005A (en) 2020-01-10 2020-12-30 Electromagnetic contactor

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020200003859A KR102303549B1 (en) 2020-01-10 2020-01-10 Insulation component and magnetic contactor include the same
KR1020200003858A KR102303548B1 (en) 2020-01-10 2020-01-10 Cover frame and magnetic contactor include the same
KR10-2020-0003858 2020-01-10
KR10-2020-0003859 2020-01-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021141320A1 true WO2021141320A1 (en) 2021-07-15

Family

ID=76788787

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2020/019406 WO2021141320A1 (en) 2020-01-10 2020-12-30 Electromagnetic contactor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114946005A (en)
WO (1) WO2021141320A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02138834U (en) * 1989-04-24 1990-11-20
JPH0723871Y2 (en) * 1987-07-24 1995-05-31 富士電機株式会社 Electromagnetic contactor
JPH11167854A (en) * 1997-12-04 1999-06-22 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Electromagnetic contactor provided with terminal cover
KR20000005638U (en) * 1998-08-10 2000-03-25 다쯔타 도키오 Electromagnetic Contactor
KR200200492Y1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2000-10-16 엘지산전주식회사 A thermal overload relay with an independent install equipment and security cover
JP3360771B2 (en) * 1994-02-08 2002-12-24 富士電機株式会社 Electromagnetic contactor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0723871Y2 (en) * 1987-07-24 1995-05-31 富士電機株式会社 Electromagnetic contactor
JPH02138834U (en) * 1989-04-24 1990-11-20
JP3360771B2 (en) * 1994-02-08 2002-12-24 富士電機株式会社 Electromagnetic contactor
JPH11167854A (en) * 1997-12-04 1999-06-22 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Electromagnetic contactor provided with terminal cover
KR20000005638U (en) * 1998-08-10 2000-03-25 다쯔타 도키오 Electromagnetic Contactor
KR200200492Y1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2000-10-16 엘지산전주식회사 A thermal overload relay with an independent install equipment and security cover

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114946005A (en) 2022-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021040175A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021182788A2 (en) Air circuit breaker
WO2021006414A1 (en) Arc path forming part and direct-current relay comprising same
WO2021040172A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021006415A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2020256263A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2021182786A1 (en) Arc extinguishing unit and air circuit breaker comprising same
WO2021040174A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021040176A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2020241969A1 (en) Direct current relay and manufacturing method therefor
WO2020241968A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2021182789A2 (en) Air circuit breaker
WO2022098032A2 (en) Movable contact part and direct current relay comprising same
WO2022005077A1 (en) Arc path-forming part and direct current relay comprising same
WO2021230515A1 (en) Movable core unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021141320A1 (en) Electromagnetic contactor
WO2021112343A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2020241970A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2021040177A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2021112342A1 (en) Arc box and electromagnetic contactor comprising same
WO2021182787A2 (en) Arc extinguishing unit and air circuit breaker comprising same
WO2021075945A1 (en) Electromagnetic contactor capable of effectively extinguishing arc
WO2022240032A1 (en) Arc extinguishing unit, interruption unit, and air circuit breaker comprising same
WO2022234989A1 (en) Breaker unit and air circuit breaker comprising same
WO2023096165A1 (en) Arc induction unit and direct current relay comprising same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20912082

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20912082

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1